[a / b / c / d / e / f / g / gif / h / hr / k / m / o / p / r / s / t / u / v / vg / w / wg] [i / ic] [r9k] [cm / hm / y] [3 / adv / an / cgl / ck / co / diy / fa / fit / hc / int / jp / lit / mlp / mu / n / po / pol / sci / soc / sp / tg / toy / trv / tv / vp / x] [rs] [status / ? / @] [Settings] [Home]
Board:  
Settings   Home
4chan
/qst/ - Quests


File: herald.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
You are a Herald of Conquest, one who bears a flag and a message of war, violence, and domination that you are willing to deliver at all costs. You have a myriad number of items and skills at your disposal, as well as a few trusty comrades you’ve partied up with from the Adventurer’s Guild so you can gain the power and influence needed to spread word of your righteous cause.

Archive: http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive.html?tags=herald%27s%20journey

Twitter: https://twitter.com/HeraldQm

-

CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 30/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (Used)

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare. (Used)

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 146
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Buckler (Equipped)
Copper rank dog tag
Glowing Rock x14 (in backpack)
Goblin Longbow x6 (in backpack)
Goblin Spear x4 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Miscellaneous dog tag x13 (in backpack)
Pair of Goblin Ears x24 (in backpack)
Pair of Hobgoblin Ears (in backpack)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Scimitar (Good Quality) (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 25/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/3

Clarissa (Ranger)
Health: 20/30
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 4
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Arrows Left: 20

Clarissa's Techniques:
Headshot: Once per battle, Clarissa can choose to take -10 to an attack roll to hit. If she hits, she instantly kills the enemy (Not applicable against all enemies).
>>
File: of conquest.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
RECAP OF LAST THREAD

Starting in the small hamlet of Grayshire in the southern region of the kingdom of Belfrost, you made your way further south into the woods, where you encountered a merchant named Gerald being accosted by goblins.

After saving Gerald, you escorted him back to the town of Talmuth in exchange for some coin, as well as him putting in a good word with you to a young maiden’s father for the chance at love, something you didn’t have much experience with.

You met with this woman, Trina, and received from her a silver flute, which you’ve since gotten quite good with.

After hunting down some more goblins in the woods, you signed up to be an adventurer and met up with Trina and Barret, a young mage and fighter who were both tin ranked adventurers.

After going on a short date with Trina, you set off with your new party to escort Gerald through the mountains to the city of Rathalon- but not before causing a bit of trouble with a Harpy Broodmother and lying your way out of it, as well as giving Jeanne some love advice.

Once you arrived, you and your companions were promoted to copper ranked adventurers and officially signed on together as a party, the Super Conqueror Bros. From there you helped out the innkeeper with his giant rat problem before running into trouble with a member of the Thieves’ Guild trying to steal your hard earned cash.

After thwarting him, you decided to root out this Thieves’ Guild yourself, going under the pseudonym Guy Incognito and pretending to work with a halfling woman to get your way through their ranks, though you ended up interrogating her for information and found out you could learn more from a human named Finley who hangs out in the merchant square.

You took on a quest to vanquish a goblin cave that one of the goblins from the forest had told you about previously, meeting a captured woman named Clarissa there who joined your cause after getting her armor and weapon back.

However, after your companions charged forward into an eerie situation, you found yourself trapped between two hobgoblins and an enormous new enemy, who greeted you with a menacing smile.
>>
File: Gobhemoth.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Lhv_yFMuwxs

”Hello, adventurers” the figure says with a wide, toothy grin.

There’s no mistaking the creature in front of you- this is a bonafide goblin behemoth, just like you read about. It stands close to eleven feet tall, and is large enough to easily block the exit behind you.

It wears leather pants that seem to just be made up of many torn pieces of leather armor harvested from adventurers and crudely stitched together. Strapped to its back is an enormous stone maul that’s as tall as you are.

Your companions are shaking, unable to say anything or react. Even Clarissa, who charged forward recklessly, stands wide-eyed in awe at the enormous creature before you. You hold out your longsword at the ready, the flag of your banner waving briefly from the pressure created by the quick movement of your arm.

”Stay back monster, or I’ll strike you down!” you shout, narrowing your eyes at the creature.

The hobgoblins behind you begin to cackle, but stop when the behemoth raises a hand up.

”Now now, no need to get so angry, adventurer. I’ll admit, you’re a strong one- you made it aaaaaaallll the way to the back of my cave, probably ripping and tearing my whole clan to pieces, didn’t you?” he says, his voice almost playful- like he doesn’t even care about you eviscerating his kin.

”That’s right, and you’re next!” you say, holding back your fear and letting your force of will pour out as best you can.

”Mmmm, you’re stronger than the usual adventurers that give us trouble, but I could still crush you in three swings” he says casually, holding up three fingers from his outstretched hand for emphasis.

”Still, I think we can come to some sort of arrangement. As fun as it would be to murder you and your friend and repopulate my clan with your women, how about we make a deal? Come to a...mutual understanding?” he offers.

”What kind of deal would a monster like you even have to offer?” you inquire out of curiosity.

[1/2]
>>
File: Gobhemoth2.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
”Well you see, if I kill you now, even if I relocate, that pesky Guild of yours will know we’re still out there somewhere and keep sending adventurers to find us, which would be...highly inconvenient. So instead, I let you and your friends here leave and you can tell them that you finished your quest and defeated every last one of us” he says, stretching his arms out to his sides.

”And how do you know I won’t just tell the Adventurer’s Guild about your real plan?” you ask.

”Because if you did that, you wouldn’t get your reward! Oh yes, I tortured more than enough adventurers who tried to invade my cave and found out all the details of that little quest of yours. Doesn’t matter how many ears you collect- if you don’t destroy my clan in its entirety, no reward for you. It’d be a shame too, don’t you think?” he asks, chuckling.

“Seeing how many adventurers I’ve already destroyed, I bet finishing this quest would warrant a pretty new colored necklace for you, wouldn’t it?” he says in a mocking tone, pointing towards your dog tag.

You contemplate his words for a moment. Normally you would never accept such a disgraceful deal- the cause of Conquest that you serve simply wouldn’t allow such an ignoble deed. At the same time however…

Looking back to your friends, you can see them still shaking, fear written all over their faces as they look between you and the massive goblin behemoth. Even Barret, the headstrong and brave young fighter you’ve come to respect, can barely muster the courage to hold his sword in the wake of such a terrifying enemy.

Taking this deal would let you and your friends escape this wretched place and continue to live. You’d even get a pretty decent payout with all the ears you’ve collected. However...that would also mean this monster gets to move somewhere else and continue terrorizing people, and you know that goblins never make the same mistakes twice. If he had a chance to rebuild and reconfigure his plan, he might truly become a terrifying force to reckon with for some other poor part of the country.

What do you do?

>”I’ll never accept such a heinous deal! Die, monster!” (Fight for your lives)
>”It pains me to say this, but I can’t afford to lose my friends. Very well, I accept your terms” (Take the deal)
>Talk to someone/Ask a question (Who? What do you say?)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4668902
> Quickly pray to Castor
>> Kill the hobgoblins asap then 4v1 the behemoth
Taking the deal is a shitty idea. Castor and Gnon will know of our cowardice immediately and the guild will find out sooner or later. Punishment will be severe
>>
>>4668902
>"I'm the Herald of Conquest, pal, and you and your perverted little pals are about to get a lesson in what that means!"
>Tear up the hobgoblins near you with Barret, have Jeanne fireball Big Boy in the face, and Clarissa aim for the eyes.
>>
>>4668913
>>4668916
Gentlemen, can’t we just say we accept his deal then fucking cave in his little shit hole and kill him?
>>
>>4669010
Not a bad idea, but it runs the risk of Clarissa getting really angry at us and getting herself killed. Better to attack all at once. I also figure that we can manoeuvre around the fat fucker after we kill his oompa loompa minions
>>
>>4669010
That doesn't sound like a bad idea, but three things spring to mind:
1. If he and his pals survive they'll become very smart and be harder to kill
2. Do we have the tools needed to do that?
3. What's stopping him from leaving first when we accept the deal?

If we can handle this stuff then no sweat, let's do it. I would even suggest that we look for weak spots in the ceiling or cave that we can bring down on them.
>>
>>4669028
The Oompa Loompas are quite hard to deal with already and I don’t think we can actually take care of them that easily
>>4669029
1. Not our problem anymore it’s already a shit situation with a low survival rate. We can bearly handle a hobgoblin but two of them plus this fat fuck will be a problem.
2. Jeannes magic
3. Nothing really
>>
>>4668902
I think the only thing that will work is if we one v one the behemoth and have the other three take care of the hobs.

We can use the grapple hook to climb up his body and throw the scimitar down his throat.

There's no guarantee the goblins won't just kill us when our backs are turn if we take the deal or if they are just straight up lying about letting us go in the first place.

Besides, only 1 type of person tries to make a deal when they have an advantage and that's when they're afraid. I say we fight these walking corpses.

If we die, we make them remember Herald of Conquest.

That, or we go with the dumb plan of challenging him 1v1 each taking a turn to hit each other.
>>
>>4668902
>>Other (write in)
challenge him to a 1v1, tell our friend Jeanne to throw a fire ball if/when we get in over our head.
>>
>>4668902
calm his dark heart with gentle flute playing
>>
>>4668902
>>4668916
>"I'm the Herald of Conquest, pal, and you and your perverted little pals are about to get a lesson in what that means!"
>Tear up the hobgoblins near you with Barret, have Jeanne fireball Big Fag in the face, and Clarissa aim for the eyes.

Remember that Castor will probably smite our asses if we make a deal with this trash and leave just after praying.
And dozens more people more will die or get raped by these bastards. Matter of fact - after we've nearly killed all of them, these three will surely focus on the latter to grow in numbers.
tl;dr
Rip and tear and shit on its dead body.
>>
>Jeanne fireball the hobgoblins
>Clarissa fire arrows at any surviving hobgoblins
>Barrett flank the behemoth and attack the legs (perhaps we can incapacitate him faster than we can kill him)
>Herald throw banner pole like a javelin at the behemoths face (hopefully blinding him temporarily with the flag if it gets wrapped up on his face)

A fitting soundtrack for the battle I think
https://youtu.be/Auuqlcom6tM

As an aside if we come out on top of this battle we should stand on top of the vanquished behemoth, play the flute and name the song after castor in his honour. And tell a joke for good measure
>>
>>4669172
Underrated idea
>>
>>4668902
>"You wouldn't bargain with us if you weren't scared, beast. RIP AND TEAR!"
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
You take a deep breath as you examine your surroundings, mulling the situation over for a moment. This is greater than any enemy you’ve faced yet, and you’re not even at your full strength. The creature is enormous, and you’ve got enough experience in battle by now to recognize its wits and strength.

Even still...if it was really so tough, would it be trying to bargain with you right now? Besides, if you were to take such a deal, you would surely lose Castor’s favor and never garner Gnon’s attention. You’d always have doubt and shame in your heart, and that’s simply no way for one devoted to Conquest to live.

You close your eyes for a brief moment.

Castor, I may be charging forward unto my death, but I will not disappoint you. I’ll fight to the last, and rip and tear until it is done, or I am. I will not kowtow to this beast’s demands only to endanger other peoples’ lives. Even if I fall here, others from the Guild will pick up the job and hunt them down until they are annihilated. Thank you for giving me your strength thus far

With that, you open your eyes, a small smile on your face, hidden beneath your helmet. With all the strength and courage you can muster, you shout back your response.

”I’m the Herald of Conquest, pal, and you and your perverted little friends are about to get a lesson in what that means!”

The bravery and confidence you radiate is infectious, and you see your friends stop their shivering and begin to ready themselves, hope filling their expressions.

”That’s right! You’re messing with the Super Conqueror Bros, the most promising upcoming adventuring party!” Barret says with a wry grin.

”I’ll make you eat and shit fire, you bastards!” Jeanne calls out.

”You’ll pay for everything you’ve done to me and my friends” Clarissa chimes in.

A frown appears on the Goblin Behemoth’s expression, somewhat in disbelief of your defiance. ”Ahh… I had hoped you’d be smarter than this. I suppose I’ll simply have to crush you into a fine red paste, then” he says as he unsheathes the enormous maul from his back.

-

COMBAT HAS BEGUN (Since this is a Boss Battle, voting rounds will be one hour each! Hopefully the slower combat will be forgiven considering the tense circumstances of the fight! Also I saw a lot of attack ideas but since they were varied and among make a deal votes, I'm going to have what plan you go with finalized here now that combat has officially started!)

>Attack (Which weapon? Who?)
>Try something fancy (What?)
>Give commands (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4669508
The big fat lard is probably quite slow so our best chance is just to outmanoeuvre it

>Barret, Clarissa and You target the Hobgoblins and take them out ASAP
>Jeanne fireballs the fatso in the face while running around him
We just gotta whittle him down from afar
>>
File: totally_not_an_orc.jpg (22 KB, 443x356)
22 KB
22 KB JPG
>>4669508
>>4669517
>Barret, Clarissa and You target the Hobgoblins and take them out ASAP
>Jeanne fireballs the fatso in the face while running around him
+
>Tell Clarissa to go for the hob's head (Headshot)
Since behemoth is definitely immune to it and we gotta take them out asap.
>>
>>4669517
This

Although I think Jeanne needs to keep as far away from the goblins as possible, she is our source of light and without that we are done for
>>
Roll me a 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX) to hit. You need a 14 or higher to hit one of the hobs.

If you hit that, roll me a 1d10+14 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality, +7 for Goblin Slaying) for damage!
>>
>>4669545
wait sorry, it should be 1d20+11 (+4 for DEX, +7 for Goblin Slaying), apologies!
>>
Rolled 2 + 11 (1d20 + 11)

>>4669548
CONQUESSSSSSSSSSSSSTTTTTT
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
Rolled 9, 17, 10 + 4 = 40 (3d20 + 4)

”Clarissa, try to nail a headshot on one of the hobs! Barret, help me take them down! Jeanne, you focus on the big fucker!” you shout, giving your orders.

Clarissa knocks an arrow and steadies her aim, firing for one of the hob’s heads. You watch as it sails past, just barely missing as the hobgoblin’s expression changes from one of surprise to one of menacing glee.

You and Barret are next of course, rushing towards the other hob with your swords in hand, but both of you are parried away by its scimitar, unable to land a hit on the monster.

Jeanne, at the very least, manages to pull through. She holds out her oaken staff at the huge goblin behemoth, backing up towards you and the hobgoblins. ”Fireball!” she shouts, as that large, magic circle appears and lobs a huge sphere of flame at the enormous figure.

Flames dart all around his body, burning and scarring parts of his tissue, but he doesn’t simply turn into ash like his comrades before him. No- now he looks positively pissed off.

*Goblin Behemoth’s Health: -27 (73/100)*

”Oi oi, I’m gonna cave that little bitch’s face in!” he shouts, but you quickly run in front of her to gain his attention instead. After all, if you lose Jeanne, you lose your only source of light- and then this fight would really be over.

The two hobs lunge forward with their scimitars as well, one at Barret and the other at Clarissa.

-

First die is the goblin behemoth against you, the second is a hob against Barret, the third is a hob against Clarissa. The goblin behemoth’s die only has a +3 to it instead of a +4 like the other two.

Roll to evade the behemoth’s attack! 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX)
>>
Rolled 3 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4669556
Just gonna dodge this bitch to oblivion
>>
>>4669555
>>4669570
The dice gods hate ballsy maneuvers
>>
Rolled 4 + 4 (1d8 + 4)

Hobgoblin damage against Barret

1d20+4 (+5 for STR, -1 for Leather Armor)
>>
Rolled 2, 4 + 6 = 12 (2d6 + 6)

Goblin behemoth damage against you

2d6+6 (+10 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -1 for Buckler)
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
Clarissa dodges out the way of the hobgoblin’s strike, jumping back a few feet as she readies her bow for another shot. ”You’ll have to be faster than that to hit me, you piece of shit!” she taunts, though things don’t go as well for you and Barret.

Barret gets caught in his side by the scimitar, blood spilling out as he cries out in pain. ”Gah, fuck!”

*Barret’s Health: -8 (17/30)*

You, however, get it the worst of all. You try to dodge out of the way, but the behemoth is simply too quick. You watch, almost as if in slow motion, as the enormous maul barrels towards you, only just managing to put your buckler between the weapon and yourself.

The maul presses hard into your shield, nearly shattering it as you’re sent flying into the cavern wall, blood gushing out of your mouth as you make contact with the cold stone.

*Herald’s Health: -12 (18/40)*

”That’s one~” the behemoth says in a sing-song tone, laughing maliciously as he starts striding towards you. You feel nauseous and your body is shaking, but you can still fight!

>Attack (Who?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give orders (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4669585
Look, If you had one shot, or one opportunity
To seize everything you ever wanted
One moment
Would you capture it or just let it slip?

>Forward somersault sword attack on hobgoblin
>Clarissa try again for a headshot on other hobgoblin
>Barrett follow-up attack on either of them if they survive
>Jeanne keep torching behemoth (I forget her other spells, if she has any healing spells now would be a good time!)
>>
>>4669593
Support
I do wanna know how the fuck we would somersault with plate armour
>>
>>4669593
Unfortunately Headshot can only be used once per battle, but she can still do a normal attack!

Jeanne has Lesser Heal, but she only has 1 Major Spell slot left, so after you choose Fireball or Lesser Heal she can only use her minor spell Firebolt
>>
>>4669611
Hmm that's quite a choice... I think Jeanne should use fireball again on the behemoth and the other three focus their attacks on one hob
>>
>>4669601
Same way our friend is shooting fireballs lol Anything is possible in imagination land!
>>
Roll me 1d20+11 (+4 for DEX, +7 for Goblin Slaying) to hit the hob! You need at least a 14.

If you make that, roll 1d10+14 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality, +7 for Goblin Slaying) for damage!
>>
Rolled 2 + 11 (1d20 + 11)

>>4669638
Rolling
>>
File: DespairFace.png (262 KB, 600x731)
262 KB
262 KB PNG
>>4669654
Two 2's in a roll... during the big boss fight...I feel so hard for you guys
>>
>>4669658
Nooo don't be silly, that isn't a 2 it's a 20. Do you need glasses?
>>
>>4669638
>>4669654
>missed by another 1
Dues Ex machina please help us
>>
File: tegaki.png (31 KB, 400x400)
31 KB
31 KB PNG
Rolled 4, 10, 5 + 4 = 23 (3d20 + 4)

You charge forward towards one of the hobgoblin’s shouting more orders to your friends and ignoring the pain that courses throughout your body. ”Jeanne, unload another fireball at the behemoth! Clarissa and Barret, follow my lead!” you call out as you somersault into the air with your sword directly towards one of the hobs.

The orange creature manages to block your blow just in time with its scimitar, but the window of opportunity you create is enough for Barret and Clarissa to land their attacks.

”Taaaaaaake thiiiiis!” Barret cries out as he slashes at one of the hobgoblin’s arms right as you repel off of his sword and land on the ground.

*Hobgoblin 1’s Health: -7 (43/50)*

Just as the monster recoils from that hit, Clarissa’s arrow strikes true into its torso, blood spewing out as he takes a few steps back in pain!

*Hobgoblin 1’s Health: -11 (32/50)

Jeanne clenches her oaken staff tightly. You can tell she looks fatigued from firing off her previous Fireball, and this is the last Major Spell she has left. Taking a deep breath, she steels herself as best she can. ”Fireball!” she shouts as another torrent of flame erupts from her staff and finds its mark.

The behemoth’s body is riddled with burns and seared flesh now, and you can tell it’s starting to get worn down, but it still has plenty of fight left in it.

*Goblin Behemoth’s Health: -34 (39/100)*

”I’ll enjoy breaking you he says in a cold, merciless tone towards Jeanne, but once again you step in front of her to intervene and take the blow. Your mage companion looks exhausted now after firing off two Major Spells in a row, but she’s still conscious and willing to fight.

This time both of the hobgoblins lunge towards Barret, trying to deal with him once and for all as the behemoth swings its maul towards you again!

-

First dice is the behemoth against you, the other two are against Barret. Behemoth only has a +3. Roll 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 9 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4669665

>>4669601
>>4669626
plate armors are maneuverable
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qzTwBQniLSc
as fuck
>>
Rolled 6 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4669665
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
Perhaps slowed by the damage Jeanne’s inflicted on him, you’re able to sidestep out the way of the maul with time to spare as it swings through the empty air, leaving the behemoth open for a moment.

”Damn it, just stay still you worthless fucking human!” the behemoth shouts in anger.

Meanwhile, both the hobgoblins charge with their scimitars raised towards Barret, but he manages to roll backwards right as they swing their weapons down, the blades clattering against the hard, stone floor.

Sensing the flow of battle to start to change, you can feel the wind start to rise in your allies’ sails as they get used to fighting the hobs, largely thanks to the behemoth’s attention being solely on you.

”I think we can do this.... We can actually do this!” Barret calls out. Easy for him to say when there isn’t a maul as large as a man being swung at his face nonstop! Still, you can’t help but crack a smile, despite the pain you still feel from that previous blow.

>Attack (Who?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give orders (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4669677
>Aim for the Behemoths legs
>Barret, Jeanne and Clarissa all target 1 Hobgoblin
Divide and conquer
>>
>>4669677
>Herald and Jeanne attack Behemoth
>Barret and Clarissa keep hobs busy
>>
>>4669681
+1 to this! CONQUEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEESSSSSST
>>
>>4669681
+1

I hope our luck is changing
>>
Alright, roll me 1d20+11 (+4 for DEX, +11 for Goblin Slaying) to hit! You only need a 13 or higher to hit the behemoth.

If you make it, roll 1d10+14 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality, +7 for Goblin Slaying) for damage!
>>
>>4669681
HUZZAH
>>
Rolled 19 + 11 (1d20 + 11)

>>4669716
Roll
>>
Rolled 5 + 14 (1d10 + 14)

>>4669719
>>
>>4669719
wow we actually hit for once
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
Rolled 13, 20, 2 + 4 = 39 (3d20 + 4)

”Keep focusing down that hobgoblin, I’ll handle fatso!” you call out to your allies.

Jeanne’s swaying a bit, still recovering from her exhaustion as she holds out her staff and launches a firebolt towards the hob. Unfortunately, her aim is a little off and the flame ends up dissipating after hitting the far wall.

Barret fairs much better however, and manages to land a clean slice along the creature’s torso!

*Hobgoblin 1’s Health: -14 (18/20)*

”I’ll follow up!” Clarissa declares as she launches an arrow towards the same hobgoblin, getting him right in the knee. The creature continues to stumble back, its wounds bleeding profusely now as it struggles to keep fighting!

*Hobgoblin 1’s Health: -7 (11/20)*

You, however, charge towards the behemoth and strike at the back of its calf, blood spewing out like a fountain as the monster falls to one knee for a moment.

”Damn human, know your place! How dare you?! HOW DARE YOU?!” it shouts, howling in pain as you whirl your way back around towards it.

*Goblin Behemoth’s Health: -19 (20/100)*

Picking itself back up, the behemoth stumbles with the leg you injured before managing to steady itself again through sheer willpower, readying a blow with its maul aimed directly above you!

Meanwhile, the hob that your allies have been beating on goes to strike Barret, while the other aims for Clarissa.

-

First die is behemoth against you, second die is against Barret, third die is against Clarissa. Behemoth only has a +3.

Roll 1d20+4 (+4 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 2 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4669731
>>
>>4669733
you gotta be fucking kidding me
>>
Hobgoblin's damage against Barret

1d8+3 (+5 for STR, -2 for Chainmail)

I realized I retroactively made a mistake earlier, forgetting about Barret having chainmail now, so his Health is 1 higher than previously thought! 18/30 instead of 17/30, before this hit.
>>
Rolled 4 + 3 (1d8 + 3)

Did the dice wrong, here is the Barret damage
>>
Rolled 3, 2 + 6 = 11 (2d6 + 6)

Damage against you

2d6+6 (+10 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -1 for Buckler)
>>
Hobgoblin 1’s Health: -14 (18/20)*

Am I miss reading this? Shouldn't the hobs health be 6?
>>
>>4669755
The parentheses is their health after the calculation. His health was 32, so after -14 it was (18/50). I realize this confusion probably came because I put /20 instead of /50, apologies!
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CvFH_6DNRCY

Clarissa deftly dodges out of the way of the hobgoblin’s scimitar, backpedaling a few steps while she’s at it to keep her distance from the creature.

Barret, on the other hand, gets a scimitar to the arm as more blood gushes out of him, his face starting to lose color as the cumulative damage catches up with him.

*Barret’s Health: -7 (11/30)*

”H-Herald, I don’t feel so good” he says as he turns his head in your direction. You watch as his eyes widen with horror at what happens to you next.

Everything moves in slow motion once more. You see the maul raised overhead coming towards you, and try to jump backwards- but you just can’t put enough force into your legs with your current injuries.

You watch as the maul collides with your buckler one final time, shattering it to pieces as the maul catches your torso proper and thrusts you into the ground, the sound of cracking bone and sinew ringing out as several of your ribs break.

*Herald’s Health: -11 (7/40)*

*BUCKLER DESTROYED*

”That’s two” the goblin says, though his voice sounds slurred through the weird slow motion you’ve begun to perceive the world in. The sing song tone that was in his voice is gone now, replaced by a cold and vicious desire to kill.

The force of the blow as your body hits the ground is enough to cause a small crater to form beneath you, coughing up blood as the internal bleeding gets worse and worse. The maul slowly raises back up, likely the behemoth getting ready for another attack.

Every part of your body is crying out for you not to move, to just let everything end- but you simply can’t. Everyone needs you, the world needs you- you have to spread your message at all costs.

Pushing yourself as hard as you can, you find yourself still somehow able to move and act.

>Attack (Who?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give orders (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4669764
>Us, Jeanne and Barret attack and kill the Behemoth
>Clarria finishes off the last Hobgoblin
>if the Behemoth is killed give a death glare to the Hobgoblins and demand their surrender
>>
>>4669760
Makes sense now thanks!
>>4669770
This

No surrender NO MERCY!!!
>>
Is Jeanne out of major spells at this point?
>>
>>4669800

Yes, she has 0 Major Spells left
>>
Roll me 1d20+11 (+4 for DEX, +7 for Goblin Slaying) to hit! You need a 13 or higher against the behemoth.

If you make it, roll 1d10+14 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality, +7 for Goblin Slaying) for damage!
>>
Rolled 18 + 11 (1d20 + 11)

>>4669847
Dear dice gods, I don’t know what we have done to upset you but please forgive us
>>
Rolled 4 + 14 (1d10 + 14)

>>4669847
>>4669850
Our prayers have worked!
>>
File: tegaki.png (31 KB, 400x400)
31 KB
31 KB PNG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1_VBzONOP2U

You try to bark out orders, but all that comes out of your throat is air as you struggle to speak. Thankfully, it seems your battles and experience with your teammates over the last few days has paid off, as Jeanne and Barret come rushing to your aid regardless.

”Get the hell off our leader!” Barret shouts, thrusting his sword towards the goblin behemoth.

The huge monster manages to dodge out the way just in time, though he has to stop his swing midway, giving you some breathing room.

”Firebolt!” Jeanne shouts, pointing her staff towards the behemoth as a small flame darts out and whacks it in the face.

*Goblin Behemoth’s Health: -8 (12/100)*

”You’re gonna have to get through us first!” she taunts with a cheeky grin.

The behemoth scowls as the flame eventually dissipates on his face, leaving behind charred flesh. ”That does it- I’ll crush your skull right here and now! You’re all done for once the lights go out!” he says as he starts to raise his maul up in the air.

Clarissa fires an arrow at the damaged hobgoblin, catching it in the neck as it finally tumbles over to the floor dead, leaving just one of the orange bastards left to deal with.

*Hobgoblin 1’s Health: -14 (-3/50)*

She whirls around to face you for a moment, watching the monstrosity raise its weapon in the air to strike at Jeanne. ”Herald, do something!” Clarissa shouts.

Jeez, how greedy can your teammates get? Expecting you to keep carrying the day even in your current state? You chuckle to yourself- despite their outrageous demands, you just can’t disappoint them.

Pulling yourself up, you leap with all the strength you have left, clinging to the goblin behemoth’s back!

”W-what is this? Get off of me!” he shouts, starting to thrash around, but you keep climbing until you find yourself on his shoulders.

”No, NOOOOO!” he shouts as you plunge your longsword directly into his skull, blood and brain matter shooting out as you leap off of his shoulders and onto the ground, rolling a few times before landing against the wall with a quiet thud.

”D-damn it! Damn it all! I can’t die here… my plans! My LEGACY!” he cries out as he tries to raise his maul in the air, but he stumbles, unable to hold his balance, and finally topples to the ground dead.

*Goblin Behemoth’s Health: -18 (-6/100)*

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Picking yourself up, you find just enough air returning to your lungs to utter a single phrase at the remaining hobgoblin.

”Surrender...or die”

With that, it drops its scimitar to the floor and puts its hands up- only to immediately have an arrow find its way directly into its skull as the beast falls to the ground.

”As if we’d let you live, dumbass” Clarissa says, spitting on the ground as the rest of the group rushes over to you.

Barret and Jeanne wrap your arms around their shoulders as they pick you up off the ground. The damage you’ve sustained is serious, but with a few days of rest and some healing from the temple, you’ll make it.

Clarissa cuts the ears off the hobs and the behemoth before stuffing them into your bag for you. ”Here you go, boss man. Just take it easy, alright?” she says.

>What do you do?

[2/2]
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 7/40
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 4
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (Used)

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare. (Used)

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 146
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Copper rank dog tag
Glowing Rock x14 (in backpack)
Goblin Longbow x6 (in backpack)
Goblin Spear x4 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Miscellaneous dog tag x13 (in backpack)
Pair of Goblin Ears x24 (in backpack)
Pair of Goblin Behemoth Ears (in backpack)
Pair of Hobgoblin Ears x3 (in backpack)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x3 (in backpack)
Scimitar (Good Quality) (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 11/30
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 4
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 0/3

Clarissa (Ranger)
Health: 20/30
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 4
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Arrows Left: 16

Clarissa's Techniques:
Headshot: Once per battle, Clarissa can choose to take -10 to an attack roll to hit. If she hits, she instantly kills the enemy (Not applicable against all enemies).
>>
File: 1556432135957.gif (2.51 MB, 360x360)
2.51 MB
2.51 MB GIF
>>4669894
>>4669896
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH

WE!
DID!
IT!
>>
>>4669894
>Get up and explore the rest of the cave, trap checking along the way of course
I believe there were more rooms but if we see more gobs we are running
>>
>>4669894
>>4669885
High five, congratulate everyone, as Jeanne to heal everyone with her Lesser Heal, eat some rations, take their weapons, take their ears, except the behemoth, cut off his head to give to Castor as an offering, go to the where the goblins were mining and take the ore they mine, write CONQUEST on the outside of the cave and

RUN AS FAST AS WE CAN HOME!
>>
>>4669905
Unfortunately Jeanne is out of Major Spell slots for the day, so she can't use any Lesser Heals until you guys have slept.
>>
>>4669900
> explore the rest of the cave,
Dude, no, come on. There's literally another boss after this in the next cave that we're in no condition to fight.
If you mean the previous caves to check out for additional alcoves or tunnels, I"m all for that, since it should be full of jobbers, but it's suicide to press forward.
We need to leave, regroup, and come back later.
>>
>>4669907
My bad. I was mistaking Lesser Heal for Light as a Minor Spell. Keep everything the same, except that.
>>
>>4669894
make like a tree and fucking skedaddle

also supporting >>4669905 in that we should take the behemoth head
>>
>>4669908
Woah there who said their was another fucking boss? Pretty sure this was it, and plus I meant explore the cave as in loot everything it has.
Also yeah, take their weapons and shit+ Behemoth head as offerings.
>>
>>4669905
Fucking THIS minus the healing spell.
>>
>>4669899
>>4669911
>>4669905
Also yell out like this. The other person in the next room will hopefully mistake it for death screams and decide not to come snooping into an all too quiet cave room right next to them.

>>4669917
Herald QM's foreshadowing has all but said there's another boss waiting to kill you.

>>4667976
>You vaguely recognize the tools as the kind that the dwarf back in town was selling, and you piece together these were likely stolen from adventurers or travellers. Even more alarming, especially considering the knowledge you learned about how goblins typically aren’t smart or capable enough to make complex tools, you see a small forge and anvil.

>>4668519
> In the back of the large room you can see a tunnel leading elsewhere, perhaps to the real leader’s main lair even, but something is off.
>>
>>4669905
THIS

Let's get the fuck out of here before we get wrecked by something else
>>
>>4669896
Whatever we do,
>REST ASAP
There's no way our group would in their right mind explore in the current state without at least resting.

>>4669925
What foreshadowing? We literally killed the big bad and he screamed his legacyis fucked.
>>
>>4669939
How did he get behind us?
>>
>>4669925
I thought this behemoth was the big bad
>>4669944
the same way an antagonist does in a video game anon
>>
>>4669951
Yeah, good point. He was probably just waiting, peeking around the entrance, waiting for us to step in and then block the doorway.

Now I'm split 50/50. Either he was the big bad and he has goodies in his lair or he had a smaller Dark Elf guiding him like a puppet and they're resting in the back.

Still, we're low on health, no potions, no spells, and no techniques left, save one. We should leave and come back.
>>
>>4669944
He was clinging to the ceiling of the cavern and dropped down. Probably heard all the commotion getting closer and set up a plan with those two hobs
>>
>>4669944
>>4669953
anon, take meds pls
>>4669896
>>4669939
I repeat, set up a camp somewhere in the cave, sleep. Fucking rest and loot after we wake up and plop our ribs and kidneys back in place.
>>
>>4669958
ok, how about we peek into the cave and if we see anything we run away very fast
>>
>>4669956
LOLOLOLOLOLOLOL THAT IS FREAKING AWESOME! I should draw this.
>>
>>4669958
>rest inside the cave
>inside the cave

we should leave full stop. probably too late in the day (and too much injury) to make more than half an hour of journey, but resting outside the mouth of it should be fine at least.
>>
Gonna go with

>Cut off gobhemoth's head and take the weapons (Maul is much too large for any of you to carry or use, but the scimitars are fair game)
>Eat some rations (By the way, do you want to give one of yours to Clarissa? Or maybe ask Jeanne or Barret to give her one since she's empty handed?)
>Explore the room in the back, but if you see anything immediately bounce

Give me a couple of hours, doing something with a friend atm. Will try to get one more update out tonight, maybe two max in a bit!
>>
>>4670013
Yes, give one to Clarissa. She's probably hasn't eaten anything since they captured her.
>>
>>4670013
Give ours to Clarissa, we can do without
>>
File: tegaki.png (12 KB, 400x400)
12 KB
12 KB PNG
After your companions help you to your feet and walk with you for a little bit, you carefully remove your arms from around them. They seem worried, but you quickly speak up.

”I...I’m fine now, just need some rest. Thanks”

Jeanne and Barret nod as you collect the two scimitars the hobgoblins had and stow them into your backpack, which is nearly full now. Looking at the goblin behemoth head, you don’t think you’ll be able to fit it in your backpack, all things considered. You could always carry it of course, but carrying a monster’s severed head around in town wouldn’t be the best look.

”Damn it” you mutter to yourself, deciding to leave it for the time being. You knew you should’ve invested in a bag of holding before!

Feeling rather hungry, you take out a ration to eat, Jeanne and Barret following suit, and chow down. You had already eaten this morning, but having a little extra food never hurt anyone. Seeing Clarissa though and considering she probably hasn’t had much, you pull out a second ration and hand it to her.

”Here”

She seems grateful for the offer, giving you a smile in return. ”Thanks, Herald. Haven’t eaten much the last few days. Seriously, I can’t even begin to describe how much I owe you guys” she says before munching down on the ration.

After you all finish eating, Clarissa stops you before you continue to explore. ”Hey...about what I was asking earlier. I really do owe you guys a lot, and I’m gonna need a new party. When we get back to town and you turn this quest in, could I sign on with the Super Conqueror Bros?” she asks.

>Yes
>No

Tapping your banner pole along the ground, you make your way to the tunnel in the back, relieved not to find any traps.

The tunnel itself is very short, you only walk down it for about half a minute before coming to a small, open area of the cavern- the final area, that is.

In the center is an enormous throne about the right size for the goblin behemoth to sit in, made entirely of human bone. It’s disgusting, but you and your companions have seen enough gore and viscera at this point that it doesn’t faze you too much. The pile of limbs and discarded human body parts in the corner however...different story.

Ignoring that, there’s a couple of crudely drawn maps on tarps hanging from the walls, but nothing concrete that would give you any real information. The only major things of note in the room are a large chest in the back, and some sort of letter on the throne itself.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
You pick up the letter and give it a quick read.

Maglubiyet,

I hope you’re doing well and building your forces up steadily. I’m going to need you to carry your weight if my plans are to come to fruition. I taught you how to mine ores and turn them into real weapons and armors, and I raised you into the powerful creature you are now- do not forget what you owe me. Speaking of, you better make sure to meet this month’s quota and send it over- I want that war chest full this time.

- S


Stashing the letter away for now, you motion for your party members to follow as you make your way over to the chest. With a deep breath, you pop it open- and are startled to see what’s inside.

The chest is packed to the absolute brim with gold. It’s not like that shoddy little thing full of random shit in the forest- there’s a small fortune in here! After a brief counting with your allies, you find two thousand gold pieces!

”Ohmygodohmygodohmygod” Jeanne mutters, her eyes glimmering with greed.

”Now hold on guys- I know this is tempting, but this was all stolen from innocent people. We should turn it into the Guild so they can get it back into the right hands!” Barret chimes in.

>”Fuck that shit, we’re rich!” (+500 GP, as you’re splitting it four ways)
>”Yeah, you’re right- this should go back to its rightful owners” (Return the gold to the Guild on your way back)
>”Well, maybe we could take half?” (+250 GP)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4670123
Yes.
>Other (write in)
We're a team. We came in and vanquished these vile beasts. The people they robbed were too weak to defend themselves and some may have been killed already. We'll keep a fourth. (125 gp each)
>>
>>4670123
>>4670130
Oh, and destroy the throne.
>>
>>4670130

If the head won't fit in out backpack, a whole damn warchest full of dense metal coins may not be lugged back either.

Might be worth it to journey to town with a limited load and come back with a Bag of Holding?
>>
>>4670205
No worries about that, currency goes in your coin pouches, which can hold up to 1000 gold pieces at a time. Anymore than that needs a bank or a larger pouch of some kind.

Apologies for the confusion, I know the abstraction of some things and the more concrete-ness of others is a bit jarring
>>
>>4670162
>>4670165
support
also add:
>Chop off the Behemoths head and put it inside the war chest and bring it back to town for the offering
>"We are taking this fucking chest and that head one way or the other"
>>
>>4670215
Clever thinking- I love it!

Give me a little bit, next update is gonna be big. It'll be the last one for tonight too, and I'll continue more in the morning tomorrow. Heads up, updates may be sparse this weekend as usual, but I should be good to go full force tomorrow!
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
”We are a team. We came in and vanquished these vile beasts. The people robbed were too weak to defend themselves and some may have been killed already. We’ll keep a forth” you declare.

Jeanne seems a little upset that you’re having everyone claim such a tiny haul, but Barret looks very proud of you and he gives a thumbs up.

Clarissa seems pretty satisfied with your decision as well. ”Perfect! This’ll be enough to get a new bag and all the other adventuring gear I’ll need again” she says with a cheery grin as you and your comrades each pocket a small share of the gold.

*Gold: 271*

After you each take your shares of the gold, you notice the chest has a little more space in it- which gives you a genius idea. ”One second, everyone” you say as you walk back into the previous room.

You pick up the goblin behemoth head you cut off and squeeze out the remainder of the blood before bringing it back with you and tossing it into the chest, satisfied that it fits just right.

”Gross” Jeanne says, making a face as if she were gagging to tease you.

You shrug. ”We’re taking this fucking chest and that head one way or another”, to which Jeanne rolls her eyes.

”Clarissa, help me carry this out” you say, taking one side of the chest.

”H-hey, I could help you with that, Herald! No need to make the poor gir-”

You watch as Clarissa picks up her side with one hand just like you without any struggles whatsoever. As the two of you move forward, she gives Barret a pat on the arm. ”Maybe when you build a bit more muscle up, bud” she jokes, chuckling as you and your party make your way out of the cave and set up camp just outside.

It seems nobody stepped in your snare trap, which hints towards the fact that you did indeed destroy every last goblin in the cave, bringing you some peace of mind.

Seeing as you’re the most gravely injured, the other three volunteer to take shifts so you can get a full eight hours of rest instead of only six. After a brief argument, you eventually capitulate and get your bedroll set up.

As you drift into slumber, you go over everything that happened today in your mind. Goblins making real weapons and armor, an enormous goblin behemoth talking about its legacy, and a letter from a mysterious figure that seems to be pulling the strings.

Despite all the excitement and action that’s happened however, the final thing your mind drifts towards before your consciousness fades is that comforting and terrifying feeling of warmth you had when you comforted Jeanne before heading into the cave…

[1/?]
>>
File: tegaki.png (4 KB, 400x400)
4 KB
4 KB PNG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p9hoAyx3-0I

...
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
Right, that's what warmth felt like. It had been so long you'd nearly forgotten.

[?/?]
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
"Your mother loves you very much"

And you loved her. She meant the world to you.

[?/?]
>>
File: tegaki.png (35 KB, 400x400)
35 KB
35 KB PNG
If only you could remember her face

[?/?]
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
Your eyes flutter open as you awaken, though they feel a bit more moist than usual.

All of the hits you took yesterday, combined with the training you’ve been doing with Barret, has led to your body feeling heartier and more capable of taking a beating.

*ATTRIBUTE INCREASE! (CON: 5)*

You also were able to get a full eight hours of sleep, thanks to your companions handling the watches over the night. It seems that nothing too eventful happened while you were knocked out, which is a relief.

*Herald’s Health: +8 (25/50)*

”Ah, you’re up!” Barret calls out to you with a wave, him and the rest of your companions already having their things packed up and ready to leave. It’s about 8:00AM and you’ve got a little time if you want to do anything else before setting out on the nine hour journey back to Rathalon. What will you do?

>”Alright, time for training!” (What will you have everyone do?)
>”Jeanne, can you top Barret and I off with some healing?” (Have her spend all her Major Spells on Lesser Healing)
>”Right, let’s get moving” (Head straight back to Rathalon)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 25/50
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 5
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage. (Used)

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare. (Used)

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 271
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Copper rank dog tag
Glowing Rock x14 (in backpack)
Goblin Longbow x6 (in backpack)
Goblin Spear x4 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Letter from S (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Miscellaneous dog tag x13 (in backpack)
Pair of Goblin Ears x24 (in backpack)
Pair of Goblin Behemoth Ears (in backpack)
Pair of Hobgoblin Ears x3 (in backpack)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x1 (in backpack)
Scimitar x2 (in backpack)
Scimitar (Good Quality) (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 27/40
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 5
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 3/3

Clarissa (Ranger)
Health: 20/30
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 4
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Arrows Left: 16

Clarissa's Techniques:
Headshot: Once per battle, Clarissa can choose to take -10 to an attack roll to hit. If she hits, she instantly kills the enemy (Not applicable against all enemies).

---

Barret's CON also went up by 1 thanks to the training and the hits he took, and all of the spells Jeanne's had to work hard on landing has earned her a +1 to her WIS!
>>
>>4670291
Minor error, Clarissa's Health is actually at 26/30!
>>
>>4670289
>>4670291
>As Strong as a Bronze ranked Adventurer
Pretty neat

>”Alright, time for training!” (What will you have everyone do?)
Fancy footwork. Have Jeanne and Clarissa shoot Barret and Herald with arrows and Firebolts to try to dodge them. Maybe set up some targets for them to work on their aim along with our regular routine.
>>
>>4670289
>”Right, let’s get moving” (Head straight back to Rathalon)
yeah, we aren't staying here anymore, fuck this place.
Now here is what we should do once back in the city:

>Head to the guild and drop off the adventurer tags, stolen gold and complete the quest.
>Head to temple for healing and offer the Behemoth head to Castor
>Head to the barracks and meet with our military pals and show them the letter
>>
>>4670301
+1

yesterday was enough of the real deal that i think we can skip our usual morning training or at least postpone it till we're back in town
>>
>>4670301
+1 this. Gotta take care of bidness.
>>
>>4670301
+1 I agree
>>
>>4670301
+1 I like the way you think

I think as we march through town with the chest Herald should play the flute. It will get people's attention and once word gets out about the cave they will know it was us.

Good publicity for CONQUEST!
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”Right, let’s get moving” you say, picking yourself up as you begin to pack your things.

”Aww, no morning training?” Barret protests, though he’s quickly stopped by an elbow to the ribs from Jeanne.

”Cut it out you training dork! He’s still pretty injured, and besides, I think yesterday was more than enough practice fighting” she says, though you can’t tell how much of that is actual concern for you and how much is her just wanting to avoid exercise.

The nine hour trip back to Rathalon is long, but because you and your comrades left so early in the morning, you arrive at around 5:00pm while the sun is still out.

As you enter back into the city streets, you motion for Barret to come over. ”Hold this” you say, giving him the chest. His arm sags a little at the sudden weight, but he seems to manage.

With that taken care of, you whip out your silver flute and start playing a peppy, upbeat tune to announce your arrival back into town and get the city’s attention. Many of the townsfolk you pass by lend their eyes and ears, some of them nodding along to the music or waving at your group as you go.

The question is… where do you go?

>The Adventurer’s Guild - Let’s turn in this quest and the stolen gold!
>The Temple - We can get healing and make offerings to Castor!
>The Barracks - Maybe Jeffrey will have some insight about this strange letter you found!
>The Blacksmith - You’ll need a replacement for your buckler!
>The Inn - Man you’re fuckin’ tired and just want to relax after that grueling quest- and maybe the bard can give you one of those lessons you won in that bet too!
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4670513
>>The Adventurer’s Guild - Let’s turn in this quest and the stolen gold!

Let's definitely show off the head as we go, too, townsfolk love that shit. If Barret complains we can call him a muscle nerd.
>>
>>4670513
>The Adventurer’s Guild - Let’s turn in this quest and the stolen gold!
Straight to the Guild
>>
>>4670524
+1
don't show off the head just yet
you never know who's watching
>>
>>4670527
Good point, let's open the chest with the severed head surrounded by gold to drive home the point of how badass we are.

Maybe the guild can give us something inconspicuous to carry the head in through town to the temple
>>
To clarify open the chest in the guild not in town
>>
>>4670513
>>The Adventurer’s Guild - Let’s turn in this quest and the stolen gold!
and the dogtags :(
>>
>>4670266
I agree with Jeanne completely.
Barret is still set 250g back and we want to dump 1500 gold into a literal corporate machine for no reason. After we all nearly got killed.
How much of it will even be returned? There's no way of verifying who was robbed for how much, let alone the people who also got killed. The Guild will just keep a lot of this money for themselves, while someone laughs at our stupidity behind the curtain.
We could've directly put it to good use, or at least compensate Barrett.
>>
>>4670639
+1 to this too
also get some gold to have a nice dinner with the gang
>>4670527
(im this anon btw just so you dont have to look at ids)
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
It’s off to the Adventurer’s Guild first!

You enter inside, where dozens of adventurers mill about, talking amongst their fellow party members or enjoying some drinks and food from the concessions area at the tables laid out.

Without hesitation, you fling open the chest, revealing the veritable mountain of gold and the severed goblin behemoth head on top of it. You hear murmurs from various adventurers as they look your way, some of them craning their heads or moving near you to get a better look.

”Did he stuff a goblin head in there? Gross”

”No, that’s not just a goblin- head’s way too big. What the hell is that?”

”Some kind of ogre maybe? It’s a bit green though…”

You let them all gape and wonder at your prize as you bring the chest to the girl behind the counter.

”EEP!” she cries out at the sight of the head, blushing in embarrassment before collecting herself. ”Err-hem, I mean, what’s all this- wait a minute!” she says, her eyes lighting up in recognition. ”You’re the adventurers who took the goblin quest the other day, right? And you even brought back another adventurer with you! Does that mean you succeeded?!” she asks, voice filled with hope.

”Indeed, we slew every last one of them. This is gold that was stolen by the clan we figured you’d be able to help return. This,” you say, tossing a pouch full of ears onto the counter, ”is all the ears we collected. There’s a goblin behemoth’s among them too”

”A goblin behemoth? I think I’ve heard of those before- most impressive, Super Conqueror Bros! I don’t mean to ruin the mood, but umm...that wasn’t technically listed in the quest, so I can’t give you anything for the behemoth ears”

”That’s fine” you say, plucking them out of the pouch and stuffing them into your backpack. ”I’m sure Castor will like them. Speaking of, now that you’ve got those ears…” you drift off, taking the behemoth head and stuffing it into your backpack now that you have enough room.

”Lastly...you should have these” you say, pulling out the assorted dog tags and setting them onto the counter. The girl behind the counter’s expression looks grim, but nevertheless she gives you a nod. ”It seems they really are gone, then. Thank you for returning these” she says, collecting them and stuffing them under the counter for now.

”Well, I have to admit this is quite a haul! As per the standards of the contract, you’ve earned yourself three hundred and ninety gold pieces! Considering the feat you’ve accomplished as well, you and your teammates are up for promotion! Your dog tags, please?” she asks as you, Jeanne, and Barret hand over your tags.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
”I’ll be just a moment” she says as she heads into a back room. You hear the sounds of jingling coins and metal being pressed before she returns, handing you, Jeanne, and Barret each a pouch with 130gp, as well as brand new bronze dog tags!

*Gold: 401*

”Holy shit, we’re bronze rank now!” Barret cries out in joy, pumping his fist into the air.

”I can’t believe how far we’ve made it in only a few days” says Jeanne, ”all that wolf leather farming seems like a distant memory now.”

The girl behind the counter smiles at your group. ”Now that you’re bronze ranked, you’re allowed to stay the night at any Adventurer’s Guild Branch free of charge. There are two large communal rooms- one for men and one for women. We don’t provide any meals without pay” she informs you. ”Now, is that everything?”

”Actually, one last thing” you answer, motioning with your head for Clarissa to come forward. ”Clarissa Novum will be officially joining the Super Conqueror Bros” you say, a warm smile finding its way on the ranger’s face.

”Very well then, I’ll get the paperwork done and make it official. Good luck with your future endeavors!” she says, giving a curt bow.

And with that… it’s time to decide what’s next!

”We should pick up another quest right away- I’m fired up!” Barret suggests, but Clarissa shakes her head.

”All the good stuff gets taken early in the morning, we’d just be wasting our quest slot. We should get whatever else you want done and return in the morning” she advises.

>Head to the quest board- it wouldn’t hurt to take a look
>Go to the Temple
>Visit the Barracks
>Make your way to the Inn
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4670767
>Go to the Temple
For our bro Castor
>>
>>4670767
>Go to the Temple
>>
>go to the temple

Before we give the behemoth head to castor maybe we should ask the priest if he thinks it would help the girl who escaped the cave to see it as some kind of closure? Or would it be traumatic?
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
With your work at the Adventurer’s Guild finished up, you decide to make your way over to the temple next. Before you go however, you’re stopped by Jeanne.

”Herald, I’m gonna hit the library and do some more studying. I’ll meet you back at the inn later tonight? Unless you wanna stay here I guess- no hard feelings either way” she informs you.

”Yeah, I’m gonna go get some training done at the Barracks. Gotta work on these muscles!” Barret says, to which Clarissa chuckles.

”I suppose I’ll join him then. Better make sure I didn’t get too rusty”

With that, the four of you split ways as you enter into the large, marble building. Townsfolk and various assistants working with the church are spread out across the main hall at various shrines or in pews praying.

Mary is off in one of the corners, mindlessly sweeping away, while the pastor looks over some religious text or other on a lectern at the far end of the hall. The healers are at their usual table, taking requests as needed and selling various healing items.

>Worship Castor
>Head over to the Healers
>Talk to someone (Who? About what?)
>Worship another God (Who?)
>Other (write in)

-

Gods you know so far (you can always ask the pastor or some townsfolk about others):
Harius (God of Merchants and Travel)
Gnon (God of Conquest)
Milla (Goddess of Fortune and Opportunity)
Anera (Goddess of the Harvest)
Imeus (God of Knowledge)
Castor (Demi-god of Goblin Slaying)
Baeyar (God of Life)
Hadis (God of Death)
Gaynor (God of Gains)
>>
>>4670835
support
>>
>>4670852
>Ask Pastor to see if showing Mary the head of the Behemoth will help her, if yes then show her and offer it to Castr, if not skip straight tot offering.
>Ask healers to heal up to full
>>
>>4670852
>>4670858
+1 This. We said we'd kill those guys, might as well give someone some closure.
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
You approach the pastor. Hearing you coming, he looks up from his book, closing it as his face reflects an expression of relief and joy. ”Ah, it’s good to see you return in one piece, Herald!” he says as he makes his way over to you, planting a frail hand on your shoulder. ”I take it you took care of those goblins, then?”

You nod your head. ”Every last one of them is dead, and I brought back plenty of trophies for Castor. Even got the head of a goblin behemoth” you explain, showing him the head, at which he retches and looks away.

”P-please put that back in your backpack for now” he says, to which you oblige him.

”Do you think seeing it would give Mary some closure?”

The pastor takes a few moments to recover from the sight you showed him before pondering your question. ”Truth be told, most people wouldn’t want to see such a grotesque sight. Then again, she did use to be an adventurer. If there is any of her old self still left, she might? Or it might just remind her of the horrible things done to her. Honestly, I wouldn’t risk it, but I wouldn’t blame you for giving it a try either” he says.

”I see, thank you for your advice. I’ll keep that in mind”

”Of course, my child. Gods be with you” he says, giving you a curt bow as you make your way over to Mary.

She doesn’t react to your presence at all, continuing to mindlessly sweep away at the floor.

>”Hey, I defeated those goblins. You don’t have to live in fear anymore”
>”My name’s Herald. You’re Mary, right?”
>”It is finished. I showed them no mercy” (Present the Goblin Behemoth head)
>Maybe you should just let her be and go make your offerings
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4670902
>”My name’s Herald. You’re Mary, right?”
>”Hey, I defeated those goblins. You don’t have to live in fear anymore”
I don't think we should show her the head, I trust the pastor's judgement here.
>>
>>4670902
>>4670905
+1. Seems like a good middle ground--worst comes to worst we can maybe show her an ear or something if necessary.
>>
>>4670905
Yeah let's do this, maybe gauge her reaction to the news then mention we have the severed head in our bag. She can open it up and look if she wants, if not that's cool too
>>
>>4670905
support
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
”My name’s Herald. You’re Mary, right?”

The woman doesn’t say anything, but she does lift her head away from the floor to meet your eye level. The lady at the guild wasn’t kidding about that thousand yard stare- it’s like she’s seeing right through you to somewhere far, far away.

”Hey, I defeated those goblins. You don’t have to live in fear anymore”

”Gob...Goblins...GOBLINS!” she mutters before beginning to shout, wrapping her arms around herself as she begins to shake with fear. ”No, n-no more goblins...no more!” she cries out, but you quickly move to place your hands on her shoulders.

”It’s okay, it’s okay! Everything’s alright now, they’re gone. Dead. They can’t hurt you anymore”

”Gone…?” she asks, finally looking at you now. ”D-dead?”

You breathe a sigh of relief as you remove your hands. ”Yes, gone and dead. They don’t exist anymore, and you don’t have to fear them” you say.

Realization begins to dawn on her, as her mouth curls into the slightest, almost imperceptible smile. She doesn’t say anything else after a few seconds, so you turn around to go make your offerings, only to feel a weak grip on your wrist. You crane your head over your shoulder.

”Thank...you” she says before letting go.

”Of course” you respond.

Well, you couldn’t expect much- like the pastor said, her mind seems long gone. Even still, you swear you feel some sort of relief or closure washing over her. Maybe that’s just your mind playing tricks on you, making you perceive what you want to, but it’s nice to think that your words offered her some kind of comfort. Considering the state she’s in, you decide to refrain from mentioning the head and make your way directly over to Castor’s shrine.

>Make an offering (What items do you send up to Castor?)
>Just pray
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 25/50
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 5
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 401
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze rank dog tag
Glowing Rock x14 (in backpack)
Goblin Behemoth Head x1 (in backpack)
Goblin Longbow x6 (in backpack)
Goblin Spear x4 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Letter from S (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Pair of Goblin Behemoth Ears (in backpack)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x1 (in backpack)
Scimitar x2 (in backpack)
Scimitar (Good Quality) (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)
>>
>>4670936
>Make an offering (everything goblin-related we have)

>Umm...that wasn’t technically listed in the quest, so I can’t give you anything for the behemoth ears”
That's what we get for working with corporate. Unironically poetic.
>>
>>4670936
>>4670941
This includes scimitars, cause thanks to that demidude we're still alive.
>>
>>4670941
+1
>>
>>4670941
+1 this
>>
File: tegaki.png (11 KB, 400x400)
11 KB
11 KB PNG
You take out all the spoils of your trip to the goblin cave. The goblin longbows, the goblin spears, the behemoth head and ears. Hell, you even take out the scimitars, looking over them for a moment. They could probably sell for a nice profit...but it’s thanks to Castor that you and your friends survived, so he deserves them more. In they go!

You watch as the bright pillar of light flashes from the offering bowl, and you can feel a sense of satisfaction emanating off of it. Your great deeds combined with such a hefty offering has made Castor very pleased.

-

Roll 1d100+30. Taking the best of 3 separate rolls!
>>
Rolled 62 + 30 (1d100 + 30)

>>4670971
Perhaps it's time to become the conquestor of goblins
>>
Rolled 2 + 30 (1d100 + 30)

>>4670971
Roll
>>
Rolled 51 + 30 (1d100 + 30)

>>4670971
CMON DICE
>>
File: Prayer.png (28 KB, 400x400)
28 KB
28 KB PNG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6xUnSVTh8fI

*Total roll: 92*

You kneel down in front of the shrine once more, clasping your hands together in prayer as you close your eyes. Now that you’ve connected with Castor once and become a vessel for his blessing, you can actually feel the connection between you and him this time around.

Taking a deep breath, you regard your patron with reverence.

Castor, I am eternally grateful for your assistance. With the power you lent me, I was able to rip and tear until it was done, and completely destroy every last one of those goblins in the cave. Without you, I and my friends may not still be here, so...thank you, from the bottom of my heart

There’s nothing but silence for a moment as you anticipate what he’ll say next. Was your offering suitable? Was he pleased with your performance?

”Holy shit, you fucking killed them! I mean really, you absolutely wrecked that clan. Oh, and when you climbed up on that behemoth and shoved your sword through his head? That was so- what’s the word the Gods are using these days- based? That was extremely based”

It’s good to see the demi-god is in his usual goofy mood, though you’re a bit confused by his wording.

Based? Based on what, Castor?

Shut the fuck up he snaps back, to which you quickly apologize.

Sorry, sorry! I did not mean to offend, I was merely confused

No no, it’s fine. You didn’t do anything wrong, it’s just a bit tricky to explain. Anyhow, your actions and your generous offering have pleased me greatly, and I have decided to grant you a boon, Herald of Conquest! Use it wisely, and continue to slay goblins in my name!

*BOON ACQUIRED! Goblin Sense*

Goblin Sense: When you concentrate, you can detect any goblins within a 1 mile radius. You're able to tell which direction they are in, a rough estimate of how far they are, and whether they are goblins, hobgoblins, or goblin behemoths.

You feel Castor’s energy surge through your body, this time far more powerful- and permanent feeling- than the prior blessing you had received. This is a bonafide boon, an upgrade you’ll carry with you forever!

Castor, I offer you my most sincere gratitude for this boon. I will make you proud

Indeed, I’m expecting great things from here on out! Continue to prove yourself worthy, and being my champion may become a reality for you. Work hard, Herald

With those parting words, you feel the connection between you and him sever as you pick yourself off the ground, holding your head high towards the future. It’s around 6:00pm now, an hour since you’ve come into town. It’s still light out, but the sun will set soon.

>Head to the Barracks
>Visit the Blacksmith
>Take it easy at the Inn
>Go elsewhere (Specify)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4671006
>Head to the Barracks
we have become the goblin slayer, now let's alert our military buds
>>
>>4671006
>Head to the Barracks
>>
>>4671006
>>Head to the Barracks

Hell yea. Goblins be warned.
>>
>barracks

Don't forget we have the theives guild to vanquish too
>>
>>4671006
>Go elsewhere
>Go to library and read conquest shit
>Talk to Jeanne about healing magic

Is G-Sense a passive or active, and if the latter, how many uses /day?
>>
>>4671043
It's something you have to consciously choose to do, just say when you want to focus on it. Unlimited uses

Also update will be out a bit later, got a lot to do tonight unfortunately!
>>
>>4671006
>>Head to the Barracks
>>
>>4671043
>>4671057
oh nice then let's
>Test our newly acquired Goblin Sense
(yes, ik we're in the temple, but still)
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
With your offerings made and the news delivered to Mary, you set off towards the barracks next. That letter you found is suspicious, and gives off the impression that there’s someone bigger behind all of this pulling the strings.

Before that though...you close your eyes and steady your breathing, concentrating. You feel a pulse of energy ring out from your body, washing over the land in a large radius around you. You can tell, without a doubt, that there are no goblins of any kind within a mile of your person.

With that done, you make your way over to the large building, spotting Clarissa and Barret chatting in the courtyard. It seems the former is working on target practice while the latter is practicing their footwork. They don’t seem to notice you however, and you feel it best not to interrupt.

Once inside you’re greeted with a grunt by the same gruff, older lady behind the desk you met last time. Giving her a cursory nod, you make your way over to Jeffrey’s room and knock on the door.

After a few moments it swings open, revealing the man in his casual attire. Peeking into his room through the crack, you can see he’s hung up a tapestry with the symbol of Conquest painted on it.

”Oh Herald, what are you doing here?”

”I wanted your opinion on something” you respond, pulling the letter out of your backpack. ”I found this while exploring the goblin cave. Do you know anything about someone working together with monsters, or who this ‘S’ character might be?”

He reads the letter over, brushing the hair out of his remaining good eye. ”This...does not look good” he says, handing it back to you. ”I’ll make sure to let the military know about what you found. I’m not aware of any figures like this, but if someone was trying to raise an army in secrecy...it likely means rebellion or some attempt to overthrow the government” he states matter of factly.

”Of course I could be blowing this out of proportion- but even if it's just some newfangled cult or strange bandit troupe, raising and working with monsters and giving them proper tools is going to spell a whole world of trouble for us military folk and you adventurers alike. I’ll keep my ear to the ground and let you know if I hear anything”

You give him a curt bow. ”I appreciate that Jeffrey, sincerely”

”Say, while you’re here, would you want to chat a little? I have a couple of questions about Conquest- I could take you to the cafeteria and get us some tea” he offers.

>”Of course, I’d be more than happy to talk with you”
>”Unfortunately, I’m too busy. Perhaps another time” (Where do you go next?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4671006
Before we leave, toss Mary her guild adventurer tag.
>>
>>4671188
>”Of course, I’d be more than happy to talk with you”
>>
>>4671189
She had her tag when she made it back, she gave it back to the guild when she retired from adventuring
>>
>>4671188
>”Of course, I’d be more than happy to talk with you”
But please get us coffee, shit's been tough and we still have things to do today.
>>
>>4671194
I didn't know if she had managed to grab it and return it when she quit. I thought the stuff she grabbed was just her clothes and weapons. It would have made it more real in her mind that somebody went to the cave and came back alive if we had found her tag and gave it back to her.
>>
File: Mary.jpg (745 KB, 1080x1173)
745 KB
745 KB JPG
>>4671201
For reference
>>
>>4671188
>>”Of course, I’d be more than happy to talk with you”
>>
File: askme.png (198 KB, 800x600)
198 KB
198 KB PNG
>>4671188
>>”Of course, I’d be more than happy to talk with you”
Always happy to shoot the shit about CONQUEST
>>
>>4671239
This is amazing! I love it!

Also heads up gonna be doing something for a bit, will try to get one or two more updates out in a few hours. Thank you all for reading and playing so far!
>>
>>4671208
>Your ultimate fate, your final doom, is always just a roll of the dice away. It's a perfectly ordinary thing, when adventurers are overrun by goblins.

Looks like I forgot. It sucks there's nothing more we could have given for other than a kind word.
>>
>>4671188
>”Of course, I’d be more than happy to talk with you”
>>
>>4671188
>>”Of course, I’d be more than happy to talk with you”
>>4671188
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
”Of course, I’d be more than happy to talk to you, though I’d prefer a coffee to some tea if you don’t mind”

Jeffrey flashes you a smile, ”Sure thing, Herald”

With that, he escorts you to the cafeteria and goes into the kitchen to brew a pot of coffee, returning with the pot and two ceramic mugs after a few minutes. You take hold of the mug and down a little of the warm, brown liquid. It certainly helps wake you up a little, giving you enough energy to continue forward despite how harrowing yesterday was and how long you spent travelling today.

”So Jeffrey, what’s on your mind?”

”Well you see, I’ve been thinking a lot about this whole Conquest thing since you were preaching in the square the other day. I think I really and truly want to dedicate my life to it, but I just...don’t know where to start, you know? There are so many aspects and I know you don’t need to pour your heart into every single one, but where do I even begin? he asks.

”Well, there’s a lot of places you can start. Conquest covers a lot of nuanced topics, once you get past the basic concepts”

”Well, what about you, Herald? What’s the most important part of Conquest for you?” he asks.

>”To constantly become better than the man I was yesterday” (Strength)
>”The heat of battle where my blood is pumping is what makes me truly feel alive” (Violence)
>”To assert myself as superior to another with my hard-earned power” (Domination)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4671464
>”To constantly become better than the man I was yesterday” (Strength)
>>
>>4671464
>”To assert myself as superior to another with my hard-earned power” (Domination)
>>
>>4671464
>>”To assert myself as superior to another with my hard-earned power” (Domination)
>>
>>4671464
>”To assert myself as superior to another with my hard-earned power” (Domination)
>"The greatest Conquest there can be is the Conquest over your self. More than anything, to me, Conquest is the rejection of weakness by imposing your own strength."
>>
>>4671464
>”To constantly become better than the man I was yesterday” (Strength)
>>
File: tegaki.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
”To assert myself as superior to another with my hard-earned power” you answer sincerely.

”Ah, domination, right? Come to think of it, I did feel a rush while climbing the ranks myself...perhaps that’s where I should start my focus then!” he says, a realization dawning on him.

You nod your head in satisfaction. ”Absolutely! Of course, becoming better than the man I was yesterday and rejecting weakness by imposing my own strength are also important parts of Conquest for me”

Jeffrey nods his head in response, but you can tell his focus is on the prospect of domination now. It seems he’s found a path forward for himself thanks to your help. How this pans out will certainly be interesting.

The two of you continue to converse, and by the time you check the clock on the wall, it’s already 8:00pm! Shit, that means the blacksmith and the general store will be closed!


”Forgive me Jeffrey, but I must be going now” you say, getting up and pushing your chair back into the table.

”Not a problem at all! Thanks for your help Herald, I mean it. I think I’ve got a good idea on how to start tackling Conquest head on!” he responds, giving you a toothy grin.

With that, you’ll probably want to focus on finding a place to rest for the night. The guild’s lodgings are open to you now as a bronze-rank adventurer, and they’re free, but they don’t come with a meal.

The inn costs a little, but comes with breakfast in the morning. You can already start to feel your stomach rumbling, the last time you’d eaten being last night. You can probably make it until the morning just fine, but if you do stay at the Adventurer’s Guild, perhaps you should grab a bite to eat.

You could also work off the remaining energy the coffee’s given you and get some training in. Your companions are probably winding down for the night, but you could still do some basic exercises and get some practice swings in on the dummies in the courtyard.

Or maybe you could head to the merchant’s square and try to do some shopping. A lot of stalls have probably already started to pack up, but you’re well aware that plenty others remain open until midnight.


>Head to the Inn
>Retire at the Adventurer’s Guild
>Grab a bite (Where? Reynash’s, Harrison Family Diner, Wilson’s Wacky Wheels, or search for somewhere else?)
>Get some training in (How do you train?)
>Try the library
>Shop around in the merchant square
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4671570
>Shop around in the merchant square
Time to spend our money!
>>
>>4671570
>Get some training in (How do you train?)
Bench press anything you see. A barrel? Bench press it. A training dummy? Bench press. Someone's dog? Bench press. Don't forget to grunt a lot so that everyone knows you're exercising.
>>
>>4671570
>Training
Go for some strength training

Tomorrow I think a bag of holding should be in our shopping list after a new shield
>>
>>4671570
>Training
DOMINATE OURSELF
>>
>>4671570
>Head to the Inn
eat sleep heal
>>
>>4671570
>>Get some training in (How do you train?)
get strong.
>>
>>4671570
>>Get some training in (How do you train?)
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Well, now that the stores are closed, you’ll need some way to work all this caffeine off. Heading over to the courtyard, which is completely empty now, you start with some of the basics. Pushups, squats, crunches, some stretching, so on and so forth. After a while though, you realize it’s simply not enough.

That’s when you notice a barrel full of training swords. You take that and start bench pressing it. You’re actually starting to feel a burn now!

But you need more

Next are a few of the training dummies themselves. You take them and the posts they rest on and start bench pressing them along with the barrel! It should be fine, as long as you stick them back in the ground when you’re done.

After about an hour of this you eventually put everything back in its place, sweating profusely as you feel a good bit of that energy has left your body. That was a good ass workout!

It’s 9:00pm now though and you’re getting tired and hungry. What are you gonna do now?

>Inn
>Restaurant (Where?)
>Adventurer’s Guild
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4671946
>Restaurant (Where?)
Harrison Family Diner
>>
>>4671946
>Inn
wind down for the night
>>
Gonna give this one another hour before tiebreaking for the sake of getting updates out.

Also to expedite the process, what would you wanna order from Harrison Family Diner should you head there? (It's got typical diner food, think Denny's or something, but more...medieval fantasy lol)
>>
>>4672069
How much does the diner cost for food compared to the inn?
>>
>>4672075
Generally eating out at a restaurant is 'treating yourself' compared to rations or complementary breakfast. Wilson's Whacky Wheels is super cheap, 1 or 2 gold, Harrison Family diner will range from 5-10 based on what you get, and Reynash's can be upwards of 20 gold a person. The food is much better though and I also privately roll to see if you meet any interesting characters at restaurants (last thread you met a crackhead in the bathroom)
>>
>>4672090
Whoops forgot my trip code!
>>
>>4671946
>Inn
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WXxy3Y8daks

Now that the sun has set and night has befallen the city, you figure it’s time to get some rest, especially after working all that caffeine out of your system.

You make your way back to the inn to see the place bustling with people of all different races, some gambling, some arm wrestling, others still enjoying the bard’s music. Tables filled with happy groups laugh and drink as they share stories and jokes with one another.

At the other side of the room is the bar, where Jeanne, Barret, and Clarissa are all seated, each with their own pint of beer. They’re talking about something, but from here you can’t understand what they’re saying.

>Get some flute practice with the bard!
>Arm Wrestling time! (Who do you challenge? Enormous guy, buff guy, or scrappy newcomer?)
>Time to gamble with some of this newfound coin (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
>Chat with your party members (What do you say?)
>Let’s just get to sleep so we can do cool shit in the morning (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4672116
>Get some flute practice with the bard!
>>
>>4672116
>Flute practice

That should give the rest of our party some time to finish their drinks so we can buy them another round (should be a good bonding exercise...and, you know, beer)
>>
>>4672116
>Get some flute practice with the bard!
Hell yeah, embrace the music
>>
>>4672116
>>Get some flute practice with the bard!
That flute saved our gods-damned life in the goblin cave, you bet we're gonna practice.
>>
>>4672116
>>Get some flute practice with the bard!
play something soft
>>
>>4672116
>Chat with your party members (What do you say?)
What's going on everyone? Let's celebrate!
You ready to hit the adventurer's guild tomorrow?
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
Deciding to take full advantage of the spoils you won from your flute-off the other day, you make your way over to the bard, who switches his song from a peppy, upbeat tune to a slower, easier to play melody so that he can focus on talking with you.

”Ahhh, if isn’t the knight hustler!” he says, though his tone is more endearing than scathing. ”Come for one of those lessons, have you? I’m not sure how much you really need them, given how well you performed last time, but I’d be happy to go over some of the basics with you”

You give him a curt bow in response. ”I sincerely appreciate it, bard”

He looks a little surprised at your sincerity, blushing for a moment in embarrassment before clearing his throat, his hand leaving the strings for a moment. ”R-right, didn’t expect you to be so earnest! Very well then, allow me to explain to you how the different notes are arranged…”

-

Roll 1d20+6 (+3 for INT, +3 for Flute) to see how well the lesson goes! A 10 or higher means you make a little progress, a 15 or higher means you make some fairly good progress, and a 20 or higher means you learn a lot and really work your way towards that next flute level!

(Also sorry for smaller and sparser updates, as mentioned before weekends are pretty busy for me. Thank you for your patience thus far and for playing A Herald’s Journey!)
>>
Rolled 16 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4672475
One step closer to Stairway to Heaven.

And hey, updates are updates--thanks for not flaking and ditching the quest like 90% of other QMS.
>>
Rolled 16 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4672475
Toot toot toot here comes the FLUTE
>>
Rolled 11 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4672475
No worries, brah.
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
https://youtu.be/rGbfD4e2wRo?t=17

*Total roll: 22*

Though you’re already experienced enough to know which finger placements make what sounds, the bard gives names to the notes and shows you a few series of them you can string together for consistent sounds you can rely on.

First, he has you play each note individually and learn the differences between them, and then he shows you a few sequences and what kinds of emotions they can invoke if you’re trying to play improvisational music.

You take to the lesson surprisingly well and break off into a series of rapid, staccato beats that somehow manages to sound dope as fuck instead of cringy or awkward, as the bard and a few onlookers start bobbing their head to your sick flute beatboxing.

”Woah, now you’re getting it knight!” the bard says as he begins strumming on his lute, though he takes a background role and makes more of a point to accentuate your own playing rather than overshadow you.

After about an hour of playing and performing, you receive applause from a sizable crowd of people before the bard packs up his things. You feel as though you’ve made a lot of progress tonight, and are probably relatively close to bringing your flute skills to the next level!

”As I said, I’m only free between five and ten in the evening, and now that it’s ten, I’m off my shift. I’ve got to say though...it’s been rather fun playing with you. I know I said that snarky remark about only doing duets with women before, but I wouldn’t mind playing with you in the future. If you get good enough, maybe we can even split the profits?” he offers.

You give him a thumbs up. ”I’ll think it over. Thank you again for the lessons”

With that, he waves you goodbye and heads out the front door, presumably back to his home. The night is still young- okay maybe not that young, but there’s still a couple of hours before you have to sleep!

You notice that Jeanne and Barret seem to have retired, leaving Clarissa by her lonesome at the bar. Beyond that, the gambling is still going strong- though the arm wrestling seems to have ceased for the night. Of course, you could always just head back to bed yourself.

>Check in on Clarissa (What do you say?)
>GAMBLE (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
>Sleepy time (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4672559
>>Check in on Clarissa (What do you say?)
YO! Where did the other two head off to? You want to celebrate our success and drink until we throw up our guts?
>>
"hey Clarissa, how are you feeling? It's been quite a day..."
>>
>>4672568
support
>>
>>4672559
>Check in on Clarissa (What do you say?)
>"How's it going?"
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”Yo!” you greet Clarissa, waving your hand as you take a seat next to her at the bar, ”Where did the other two head off to? You want to celebrate our success and drink until we throw up our guts?” you ask playfully, trying to keep the mood light.

She chuckles, ”I’d love to, but I gotta make this gold we picked up count. I’ll have to hold off on the celebrations. As for the other two, they headed off to bed early.”

With that out of the way, you lower your voice a bit as you inquire more seriously with her. ”Hey Clarissa, how are you feeling? It’s been quite a day, and yesterday…” you begin to say, trailing off to see if she feels like talking or not without pushing anything.

”Yeah, I’m gonna be okay. I won’t lie and pretend I’m not afraid that I’ll wake up and still be in that Gods forsaken cave in the morning, and I don’t think I’ll ever forget what I went through...but I’m going to keep trucking along and look towards the future. If something’s gonna make me retire, it won’t be those little green fuckers” she says, drinking the rest of her pint in one go.

”I’m glad to hear that, honestly. Considering all you’ve been through, I’d say you’re likely one of the strongest people I’ve ever met”

The ranger gives you a warm smile, setting her empty glass down. ”Thanks, Herald- I’m at least trying to put on a front. I’m hoping the next few adventures will help me forget about everything- and maybe some more drinks when I can afford them wouldn’t hurt either”

>Continue conversing (What do you ask/say?)
>Leave to go gamble
>”I’m gonna rest for the night. Sleep well, Clarissa” (5gp)

---

(Whoops, forgot a small detail the first time I posted!)
>>
>>4672958
>”I’m gonna rest for the night. Sleep well, Clarissa” (5gp)
IN THE MORNING, WE TRAIN
>>
>>4672958
>”I’m gonna rest for the night. Sleep well, Clarissa” (5gp)
>>
Probably gonna retire early lads, apologies!

There will be few to no updates tomorrow as I crack down on college crap, but I'll be back in full force on Monday!
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”I’m gonna rest for the night. Sleep well, Clarissa”

She gives you a curt wave. ”See you in the morning, Herald”

You make your way over to the innkeep and drop down five gold pieces, to which he hands you the key for the room you’ve been staying in the past few days. ”Thanks again for your patronage!” he calls out as you make your way up the stairs.

*Gold: 396*

You tuck yourself into bed without much issue and get a good night’s rest, waking up bright and early at 8:00AM, the sun shining through your window. Later tonight is when you’re supposed to meet that halfling woman back here at the inn with the rest of your gold, assuming she didn’t betray you.

*Herald’s Health: +8 (33/50)*

Feeling your stomach grumbling, you head downstairs and pick up your complimentary breakfast- another bowl of stew served with a glass of water. It’s functional, at least. Jeanne and Barret are already seated at the bar, and Clarissa arrives a few minutes later.

”Morning everyone~” the ranger says, greeting you all with a tired yawn.

”Morning! Are you ready for training?” Barret asks.

”Ababa wha?” she responds, still somewhat tired, now with a dash of disbelief. ”I was already a bronze rank adventurer, I don’t need to go through any training this early in the morning. I’m no good until noon at the least” she says with a dismissive hand wave.

”It’s mandatory I’m afraid!” Barret fires back, but he doesn’t sound too afraid.

”I-it doesn’t have to be!” Jeanne panics, ”Herald, you’re still injured right? Maybe we should just go look at what’s on the quest board and take it easy another day!”

>”Barret’s right- it’s training time” (What do you have everyone do?)
>”Jeanne’s got a point, let’s go check out the board” (Head to the Adventurer’s Guild)
>”First and foremost, you and I should get patched up Barret” (Visit the healers at the temple)
>”Actually, I need to do a little shopping first…” (Blacksmith, General Store, or Merchant Square?)
>Other (write in)

---

(Okay, one more update for you guys because you're epic. Now I retire for the night!)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 33/50
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 5
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Boons:
Goblin Sense: When you concentrate, you can detect any goblins within a 1 mile radius. You're able to tell which direction they are in, a rough estimate of how far they are, and whether they are goblins, hobgoblins, or goblin behemoths.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 396
Backpack
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in backpack)
Behelit (in backpack)
Bronze rank dog tag
Glowing Rock x14 (in backpack)
Grappling Hook (in backpack)
Letter from S (in backpack)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x1 (in backpack)
Silver Flute (in backpack)
Waterskin (in backpack)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 35/40
Str: 4
Dex: 6
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 2
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 5
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 3/3

Clarissa (Ranger)
Health: 30/30
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 4
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Arrows Left: 16

Clarissa's Techniques:
Headshot: Once per battle, Clarissa can choose to take -10 to an attack roll to hit. If she hits, she instantly kills the enemy (Not applicable against all enemies).
>>
>>4673261
>”Barret’s right- it’s training time” (What do you have everyone do?)
>Everyone do the standard 50 situps 50 pushups 50 squats
>Clarissa practices headshotting dummies
>Jeanne to spam firebolts to build her stamina
>Barret to spar with us with a focus on dodging
>>
>>4673261
>”First and foremost, you and I should get patched up Barret” (Visit the healers at the temple)
>>
>>4673261
>>4673290
+1 This. GET THEM GAINS
>>
>>4673290
>>4673361
NO PAIN
NO GAIN
>>
>>4673290
+1
>>
>>4673290
+1
get healing later
>>
>>4673261
>>4673290
+1
and then let's hit the healers, maybe they'll be willing to lower prices/heal for free after we tell em we avenged Mary
>>
Alright I'm tearing through this coursework. Assuming my focus stays with me I should be done around ~6pm CDT and have an update done by 7pm. Thank you guys thus far for your patience!

Just to clarify, the general consensus is
>>4673290 training scheme
followed by
>Going to the Healers to top off

I can auto detract the gold once you visit the healers to keep things moving quickly and get you guys to your next destination after one bigger update if that works for everyone.
>>
>>4674190
Sounds good boss
>>
>>4674190
Suits me. Glad to hear your coursework is going well!
>>
File: tegaki.png (41 KB, 500x500)
41 KB
41 KB PNG
”Barret’s right- it’s training time”

Jeanne and Clarissa let out a collective groan, but Barret gets out of his seat immediately, excitement written all over his face. ”Of course, boss! What do you have planned for us today?” he asks you.

”We’ll start with the standard training: fifty pushups, fifty situps, and fifty squats” you begin.

”Oh, that’s not so bad” Clarissa responds, casually flipping her hair.

”I’m surrounded by mutants. None of you are real people, NONE OF YOU!” Jeanne complains, but you ignore her and continue.

”After that, I’ll have you practice headshotting the training dummies in the barracks, Clarissa. Jeanne, you’ll work on casting as many firebolts as quickly as you can to build up stamina. Barret, I’ll work with you directly on your footwork”

”Yes sir!” Barret answers. ”I’ve been practicing your advice about moving more like water too, in my spare time. Clarissa was helping me with it yesterday”

”Ah, it was no big deal- standard stuff, really. It was also fun watching you try to dodge my shots” she teases.

”I just wish you would have used training arrows instead of real ones” he retorts, shivering a little as he recalls the event.

With that said and done, the Super Conqueror Bros make their way over to the barracks, entering the courtyard to begin their training. There are quite a few soldiers already out and about practicing, but you head to the area for civilian use, which is just as empty as always. It’s almost like most people have jobs or hate the idea of exercising first thing in the morning!

You, Clarissa, and Barret all finish your basic exercises without any issues. Even Jeanne, though she still complains and struggles, manages to finish all of them without any extra help from you and Barret this time! You can probably increase the reps soon, if you wanted.

”Building a bit of muscle, huh Jeanne?” you ask playfully.

She scoffs, ”Yeah, and I’m soooo glad- muscles are super important for spellcasting” she retorts sarcastically, but you just laugh her off.


Clarissa takes to firing at the training dummies, landing a headshot nearly every time. You’re surprised by this for a moment before realizing it’s probably much easier to hit a still target than a moving one. Perhaps you can work on rigging up some sort of simple machine or process to give her more of a challenge, but even this should at least help her get back into the groove.

Jeanne, for fear of starting a fire, aims her firebolts at the stone walls around the training area, casting them over and over. She doesn’t seem to get worn out very easily- it seems only casting Major Spells is tiring for her- but you can see visible progress in her form and endurance as she continues throughout the hour.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
On your end, you work with Barret first hand on his footwork, both of you practicing and honing your dodging skills, as well as the proper form for actually fighting an opponent. You take it relatively easy with the training swords, focusing more on the actual movements than the force behind them.

After about an hour passes, you and your companions finish practicing and reconvene, all a bit sweatier now than when you woke up.

”Alright, I think we’re finished here. Barret, come with me- I’m gonna pay for the healers to fix you and I up” you inform him.

He gives you a nod, ”Thanks Herald, I appreciate it man”

”Jeanne and Clarissa, when do you want to meet up for picking out a quest?”

”Actually, I still need to go shopping for supplies and get myself set up. I don’t care what you pick- I trust your judgement. Just a heads up though, you’ll probably want to get there before noon. If you don’t, you’ll likely miss out on all the good quests” Clarissa informs you.

Jeanne lets out a sigh, ”Yeah, I’m fine with what she said. I want to cool down, maybe get some reading done at the library”

”Fair enough” you respond, breaking with the group to head to the temple with Barret.

You meet with the healers and pay them twenty-two gold pieces to heal you and Barret completely. Feeling refreshed and rejuvenated, you let out a sigh of relief. Healing magic really hits the spot.

*Gold: 374*

Other than that, you spot Mary talking to the pastor about something at the lectern on the far end of the table, but Barret quickly speaks up to grab your attention. ”So what’s next then, boss? We headed to the Guild?”

>”Hang on, I want to check in on something first” (Talk to Mary and/or the pastor. What do you say?)
>”One second, let me do some worship” (Pray or make an offering to a God. Who?)
>”Yeah, let’s get going” (Head to the Adventurer’s Guild and check out the board)
>”Actually, I’m gonna do some shopping first. You’re free to do whatever you want” (Blacksmith, General Store, or Merchant Square? What are you looking for?)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]

---

(Managed to finish up earlier than I expected, so here's an update for y'all)
>>
>>4674367
>”Hang on, I want to check in on something first” >Ask the pastor how Mary is doing now knowing that the goblins are dead
>Tell Barret to get into the guild to spot out a few quests
>Go to the blacksmith to see about a new shield and possibly a sword
>>
>>4674367

>”Hang on, I want to check in on something first” (Talk to Mary and/or the pastor. What do you say?)
Play the flute for Mary and ask "How are you doing today? "

Then

>”One second, let me do some worship” (Pray or make an offering to a God. Who?)
Hadis. I mostly want to thank him, figure out what the specific rituals and offerings are for a major god, and ask that he continues guiding our hands as we escort more to his lands.
Barret, maybe you should offer something to Anera while we're here.

>”Yeah, let’s get going” (Head to the Adventurer’s Guild and check out the board)
As long as Barret doesn't mind waiting for us.
>>
Gonna leave the vote up for another two hours since the update was a bit big and I wanna eat dinner and relax a bit. If there are no more votes by then I'll tiebreak!
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

Rolling!

1: >>4674403
2: >>4674405
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Hang on, I want to check on something first” you tell Barret, making your way over to the pastor and Mary.

You get close enough just in time to hear the tail-end of the pastor’s sentence. ”...just be careful, alright?” he says as she nods her head, making her way out the temple without noticing you. The pastor, on the other hand, does see you and waves hello.

”Ah, if it isn’t Herald! How can I help you, my child?” he asks, his expression filled with warmth and compassion.

”Good to see you too, pastor. I was wondering how Mary’s been doing? I told her about how I vanquished the goblins yesterday” you inquire.

The old man’s eyes light up in recognition. ”Ah, that might explain the sudden change in attitude. She’s still quiet, but she actually asked me if she could run some errands! I was worried at first, but she insisted she’d be fine to pick some things up for me at the general store. Perhaps she’s starting to regain a bit of her former energy, though it’s too early to tell” he answers.

”I see. I hope she continues to improve then. Thanks for your time, pastor” you say, satisfied with the information as you head back over to Barret.

”You know Barret, I think I’ll trust you to pick out a quest for us”

The young man looks shocked by this. ”For real? You’re our leader though. Are you...are you sure?” he asks hesitantly, though you can see the excitement written on his face.

”Indeed, I need to visit the blacksmith. Good luck” you say, giving him a pat on the back before making your way out.

You arrive at the blacksmith at around 9:30AM, the forge and building itself much larger than Drake’s back in Talmuth. You’re greeted by an older gentleman, probably in his late fifties or early sixties. ”Whaddya need, kid?” he asks, his voice gruff and his question to the point.

”I’m interested in procuring a new shield, and maybe a sword as well” you answer.

”Right. Here’s the prices…”

Rathalon Blacksmith's prices:
Shortsword: 20gp
Scimitar: 20gp
Longsword: 40gp
Rapier: 50gp
Buckler: 13gp
Kite shield: 67gp
Tower Shield: 266gp

>Make purchases (What do you buy?)
>Haggle for prices (What do you want? How much do you try to haggle for?)
>Ask about other items (What do you ask about?)
>”Nevermind, perhaps I’ll come back another time” (Leave. Where to?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4674652
>Ask about other items (What do you ask about?)
>"Odd question, I know, but where do you get the materials to forge your weapons? Is there a local quarry?"

Maybe we can track down suspicious folks who like to teach goblins how to mine?
>>
>>4674652
>>Make purchases (What do you buy?)
Kite shield: 67gp
>>
For the sake of expediency I'll only leave this vote up another 50 minutes!
>>
>>4674704
>>4674710
support, get the new shield and ask the question afterwards
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
”I’ll take the kite shield” you say, dumping sixty-seven gold coins into the old man’s hands.

*Gold: 327*

He grunts, heading back into his store proper and returning about a minute later with an iron kite shield. The craftsmanship is fine, clearly made by the hands of someone experienced. In fact, as much as you don’t want to admit it, this guy’s work is probably better than Drake’s…

”S’that all?”

His manners, not so much.

”Odd question, I know, but where do you get the materials to forge your weapons?”

He looks at you like that’s the dumbest question he’s ever heard. ”From the merchants. What are you, brain dead?” he asks with a snort, but you decide to be polite for now.

”I meant is there a local quarry?” you inquire.

”Ah, most of the iron comes from Yesmir to the east. I think there’s a smaller quarry in that hamlet a couple of days north from here. Place is called Fulton” he answers.

”I see, thank you for your time” you say, giving him a curt nod before making your way to the Adventurer’s Guild.

You arrive at around 10:00AM to a bustling lobby filled with adventurers pouring over the boards or hosting loud conversations at one of the many tables littered throughout the area. The same girl as always stands behind the counter, though she’s got her hands so full with talking to adventurers and filing paperwork that she doesn’t even notice you come in.

Pushing his way through the crowd, you see a familiar, doofy looking haircut making its way towards you, eventually revealing the man underneath it- Barret himself.

”There you are, Herald!” he says, gasping for breath a little after worming his way through the thick flood of people. ”I picked out a quest I thought you’d like and registered it with the lady at the counter. Something’s been stealing livestock from the farmers who live on the outskirts of town. They don’t know what it is, but every night for the last week they’ve had sheep, pigs, and even cows go missing! They’re offering a reward of three hundred gold pieces for finding and apprehending the target, dead or alive. Oh, and no clear due date- but they want it taken care of as soon as possible.” he informs you.

>”That’s a stupid quest, we don’t have enough information” (Go to the counter and tell the lady you want to break your contract with the quest. 10gp fee)
>”Great pick Barret, let’s find the others and investigate immediately!” (Gather everyone and investigate)
>”That’ll do, Barret. I’ve got to investigate something, why don’t you come with me?” (Look for Finley with Barret’s help)
>”That’ll do, Barret. I’ve got to investigate something, you’re free to go” (Look for Finley alone)
>”Sounds like a plan. You’re free for the day” (Go somewhere/do something else. Where/what?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4674788
>”Great pick Barret, let’s find the others and investigate immediately!” (Gather everyone and investigate)
Cattle rustlers are NO damn GOOD
>>
>Other (write in)
Great pick Barret. I've got to go pick up supplies from the general store. Do you want to come with? Either way, I have something I had to do right afterwards by myself. (Finding Finley in the merchant square)
>>
>other

Go to the general store and buy a bag of holding. Space became an issue pretty fast in the cave
>>
>>4674788
>>4675135
This--we're the Herald of Conquest, not back spasms.
>>
>>4675135
Support
>>
>>4675135
good call
>>
>>4675135
Forgot this >>4674803 we need a bag of holding ASAP
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
”Great pick Barret. I’ve got to go pick up supplies from the general store. Do you want to come with? Either way I’ll be doing something else on my own afterwards”

Barret smirks at your compliment, happy to see you satisfied with the quest he chose. ”I think I’ll be alright, boss man. I’m gonna go do my own thing for a little bit if that’s cool” he says, to which you simply give him a thumbs up.

You make your way over to ‘Ye Olde General Shoppe’ and see the place filled with about two dozen customers, as well as two store attendants trying to make things work amongst the crowd. At the counter is the dwarf who owns the place. Taking a deep breath, you make your way over and greet him.

”Ah, it’s you” he says, his tone still a bit pointed. At the very least he doesn’t send you out of his store kicking and screaming! ”What can I do ya for?”

”First things first, I need a bag of holding immediately” you answer.

”Ah, that’ll be fifteen gold pieces then”

You hand over the coin without question and take the bag of holding, which is much lighter and easier to carry than your backpack. It’s more like a large satchel, really. You spend several minutes transferring all your belongings from the backpack to the bag, before finally putting the backpack itself inside as well. Man, talk about taking a load off!

*Gold: 312*

”Anything else I can help ya with?” he asks, stuffing the coins somewhere behind the counter.

You recall wanting to pick up some rope and a shovel earlier for constructing traps with your newfound technique, and ask him what the prices on those are, as well as a shovel.


”Right, let me get that for ya…”

General Shoppe Owner’s prices:
Rations (1 days worth): 1gp a pop
Shovel: 1gp
Rope (50ft. hempen): 5gp

>Make more purchases (What do you buy?)
>Ask about other items (What do you ask for?)
>”Thanks for your time” (Look for Finley)
>”Thanks for your time” (Go elsewhere. Where do you go?)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 50/50
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 5
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Boons:
Goblin Sense: When you concentrate, you can detect any goblins within a 1 mile radius. You're able to tell which direction they are in, a rough estimate of how far they are, and whether they are goblins, hobgoblins, or goblin behemoths.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 1
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 312
Backpack (in bag)
Bag of Holding
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in bag)
Behelit (in bag)
Bronze rank dog tag
Glowing Rock x14 (in bag)
Grappling Hook (in bag)
Kite Shield (Equipped)
Letter from S (in bag)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x1 (in bag)
Silver Flute (in bag)
Waterskin (in bag)
>>
>>4675547
>Make more purchases
Shovel, Rope, 3x Rations
let's stock up
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
You decide to purchase a shovel, some rope, and three more rations, handing over nine gold pieces to the shopkeep as you take the items and stow them in your bag.

*Gold: 303*

You thank the dwarf before making your way out, heading to the merchant square. You might be able to find Finley there, or perhaps get some more exotic shopping done. Of course, if you change your mind you can always go elsewhere.

You arrive at the square at around 10:30AM to the sights of packed crowds swarming from stall to stall, some just simple folks getting their daily shopping done, and others more like outsiders or merchants doing a little window shopping.

>Try to find Finley (How?)
>Look for a specific kind of stall (What?)
>Shop around (I’ll privately roll for a random stall)
>Nevermind, let’s go somewhere else instead (Where?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4675592
>Look for a specific kind of stall (What?)
Something selling jewelry or instruments, for when we next meet Trina
>>
>>4675655
support
>>
Roll me 1d100, I'll take the best of 3 rolls (If there aren't three separate rolls within a half hour of this post, someone can roll again to fill them up)
>>
Rolled 91 (1d100)

>>4675658
>>
Rolled 52 (1d100)

>>4675658
>>
Rolled 44 (1d100)

>>4675658
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
*Total roll: 91*

The neurons in your brain fire off on all cylinders, remembering Trina back in Talmuth. You’ll probably receive a letter back from her within the next couple of days, and it wouldn’t hurt to get her a present now to show her you still care. Long distance relationships have become so much more viable thanks to the Messenger’s Guild, after all!

You push past the crowds and scan the various stalls for someone selling jewelry. There are plenty of small time peddlers amidst the noise, and you even spot the merchant you helped warn about the Thieves’ Guild, but suddenly you spot something really high end.

Your eyes fall on an extremely fancy looking stall, decked out with fine, satin cloth all along the counter and around the structure. Beautiful earrings, necklaces, bracelets, and rings are displayed in glass cases and along the back wall of the little wooden enclosure the merchant is in.

The merchant himself is an older gentleman who is more than a little plump, only further accentuating his successful career. As you approach he greets you with a warm smile.

”Hello there, knight- it seems you have a good eye if you’ve found your way to my stall. How can I help you? Do you need a fine piece to show your status, or perhaps a gift for your loved one? My goods come at a high price, but I assure you they are only of the finest quality”

>”Yes, I would appreciate that. I’m looking for…” (What?)
>”I appreciate the offer, but I’m afraid this is outside of my price range” (Visit the jeweler you helped earlier or one of the small time peddlers)
>”As if I would spend so much of my hard earned gold on worthless rocks and trinkets!” (Do you focus on finding Finley or look for another kind of store?)
>Other (write in)

-

(Will leave vote up for 40 minutes to keep things moving)
>>
>>4675691
>I am looking for something to send the object of my affectionate, what can you recommend?
>>
>>4675691
>I am looking for something to send to the object of my affections, what can you recommend?
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”I am looking for something to send the object of my affections, what can you recommend?”

”Ah, that depends on the nature of your relationship, my friend- as well as how serious you are! If this is simply a friend or perhaps a newly budding romance, you may want to send something more platonic and simple- perhaps a nice bracelet or a pair of earrings” he says, showing you a few examples from his display case.

”Of course, if you want to move things along and show you have strong feelings for this lucky person, I would recommend a necklace. The quality of the gemstones will show how important they are to you, as well as make for an easy to see mark to let other suitors know that you’re pursuing them” he goes on, showing you a few various necklaces.

”And if you’re really serious, you may want to look into getting a ring” he says at last, pulling out two separate rings- one jade with an emerald stone, and the other gold with a set diamond. ”My rings, of course, are of the finest quality- and come with a minor enchantment so that they can fit the finger of any man or woman easily. Such convenience and beauty is part and parcel for my wares, though of course that means they don’t come cheap” he explains.

”Let me show you my prices on such goods…”

Fine Jewelry Merchant's prices:
Silver earrings with sapphire: 75gp
Gold earrings with ruby: 90gp
Silver bracelet with assorted minor gemstones: 80gp
Gold bracelet with assorter major gemstones: 140gp
Silver necklace with gemstone of your choice: 200gp
Gold necklace with gemstone of your choice: 300gp
Jade ring with emerald stone: 650gp
Gold ring with diamond: 800gp

>Make purchases (What do you buy?)
>Attempt to haggle (What do you haggle on? What prices do you try to get them down to?)
>Ask about something else, more specific
>”Nevermind. Thank you for your time” (Leave. What do you do next?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4675730
>Attempt to haggle Gold Bracelet down to 100 gp
She already has something for her neck, but I don't want to downgrade our purchase too much.
>>
>>4675747
+1
Ought to show that we are taking her seriously without going over the top and scaring her away... And we have money left over for beer and swords and shit
>>
I gotta do some recording in a bit and take care of some college crap, so I'll be back in a few hours with more posts! Probably good to leave this vote up for a hot second anyway since you may end up spending a good chunk of money here
>>
>>4675730
>Gold bracelet with assorter major gemstones: 140gp
>>
Roll me a 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Haggling) to haggle for 100gp. Since he's an experienced merchant and it's a steep drop in price, you need a 20 or higher to succeed!
>>
Rolled 6 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4675903
>>
File: tegaki.png (10 KB, 400x400)
10 KB
10 KB PNG
You lace your fingers together, cracking your knuckles. You know how to haggle- you’ve gotten pretty good at it! ”I’ll take that gold bracelet off your hands...for eighty gold pieces” you say, smirking underneath your helmet.

”One forty” the merchant replies back without hesitation, still smiling and in a jovial tone.

”H-how about a hundred?” you retort, somewhat put off by his stalwart stance.

”One forty”

*Failure*

Your blush in embarrassment, though thankfully your helmet covers that as well, as you hand over the 140gp to buy the bracelet at full price for Trina. The money’s worth putting a smile on a lady’s face, after all.

*Gold: 163*

”Thank you for your patronage. Take care of yourself, knight- and good luck in your romantic endeavors!” the merchant calls out to you, waving goodbye as you leave his stand, tucking the bracelet away in your bag of holding for now.

With that done… what’s next?

>Search for another specific stall (What kind)
>Browse around (Private roll)
>Attempt to find Finley (How?)
>Try and gather the crew to investigate the outskirts of town
>Go somewhere else (Where?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4675938
>>Attempt to find Finley (How?)
throw the sign.
>>
>>4675962
+1 but remember to hide that adventurer tag
>>
>>4675962
>>4675972
Support
>>
>>4675938
>>4675972
+1 this--we ain't no narc
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
With your shopping done, you stash your Adventurer’s Guild dog tag into your bag of holding and take a deep breath, preparing yourself for whatever you may encounter. After all, Finley could be some huge rough and tough brute- or perhaps someone so clever and sly you’ll have to watch your words carefully. Whoever they are though, they’re the ticket to figuring out where the Thieves’ Guild headquarters is and exacting your reven- uh, justice!

Taking a few steps out of the massive crowd, you casually flick out the sign that you’re looking for a job. You actually get a few response signs in return- which makes sense considering you’re at the best place to do some thievery right now and there’s a huge number of people.

Two of them are halflings hanging around the outskirts of the merchant square, wearing dark cloaks with hoods pulled over top to hide their faces. The third, however, is a man about your age with a thin frame and long, blonde hair, giving you a cheeky grin. Considering that’s the only human amongst the responses you received, you’d guess that’s Finley.

You make your way over to him as subtly as possible while wearing full plate armor and sidle up next to him to whisper.

”Name’s Guy Incognito. I’m looking to join the Thieves’ Guild proper and see the headquarters. Willing to do whatever it takes to make it” you say, having practiced your approach beforehand.

”My oh my, aren’t you a big guy~” the young man says in a sing-song voice, eyeing you up and down in a way that suggests more than just platonic interest. ”That’s an awful lot to ask of little old me, isn’t it? There needs to be more of a give and take before you can just join the Guild proper~” he responds, giggling.

”You’re Finley, right? That red-haired halfling gal told me about you- I was already doing a job for her. Look, I’m tired of playing games. I’ve put in the work, I’ve proven my skills- let me join” you say, starting to get a little frustrated.

”Is that so…?” he says, trailing off for a moment. ”Fine then, I can take you to headquarters and see about you officially joining our ranks, if you’re going to be so hot headed about it” he answers in a teasing tone.

Your face lights up in excitement, thankfully hidden by your helmet for the most part. Hey, this is going easier than you expected! ”Perfect, where do I go?” you ask.

”Oh, just follow me- shouldn’t take too long” the man says, moving away from the merchant square and out into the streets proper.

Nodding your head, you oblige him and go down a few different streets, turning erratically every so often. You notice as you move that he twitches or gestures in odd ways every now and then, but otherwise seems perfectly amicable, even trading snippets of small talk with you.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
Eventually the two of you find your way in a quiet, closed off alley away from the hustle and bustle of the city streets proper. You’re flanked on either side by walls, and once you reach the end of the alley you find yourself stopped by yet another stone wall.

”Alright, so where do we go n-” you start to ask, only to be interrupted by a snicker from your guide.

Turning around, you see a dozen men total, Finley included among them. Six halflings and five other humans, all dawning dark cloaks or other obscuring clothing of some kind. Two of the halflings and two of the humans are standing on the roofs of the buildings that make up the sides of the alley, training crossbows on you, while the remaining seven stand around the blonde man with knives drawn.

”What is the meaning of this?!” you ask, putting a hand on the hilt of your sword.

”You’re a man in full plate armor carrying around a bunch of weapons and a bag of holding. If that doesn’t spell adventurer, then I don’t know what does! You seemed way too eager to find out where the Thieves’ Guild was as well. Did you take that bounty quest for our leader?” he asks with a smug, satisfied smile on his face.

”You don’t know who you’re dealing with, the Super Conqueror Bros-”

”Is that your little adventuring party?” Finley asks, looking around in the alley, ”Well, I don’t see anyone else around here right now! Tell you what, why don’t you strip down and give us everything you own, and maybe we’ll let you live buddy” he says, drawing a dagger of his own and pointing it at you.

>Surrender, you’re severely outnumbered (Lose all your possessions and gold)
>Attempt to bargain (Persuade, Intimidate, or Make a deal? What do you say?)
>”Twelve to one? Then it is an even fight” (Fight your way out)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4676032
>Other (write in)
Strapple the grapple, and dapple on outta here.
lol
JK

>Attempt to bargain
Intimated these punks.
"The Super Conqueror Bros are the new muscle in town led by me. I could kill you all now and take your place by your boss' side, or you could wise up and let me talk with the man himself."
>>
>>4676032
>"A bunch of thieves against goblin slayer in full plate, ha-"
>Thrust your sword at him before he can even react.
>>
>>4676032
>Other
>"Don't see anyone? Then you've clearly underestimated the skills of The SUPER CONQUEROR BROTHERS! Now, boys!"

>Grappling hook the FUCK outta there while they're hopefully distracted
>>
>>4676047
Support
Kek
>>
>>4676038
>>4676056
Wait actually, I got a good idea.
If we can take these little shits down, we can just force them to tell us where the HQ is!
>>
>>4676059
Should be more specific, hold him hostage and if required: meat shield.
>>
Since this may drastically change the course of the next few posts, I'll leave this up another hour.
>>
Supporting any decision that has a distraction, then grappling hook escape.

We can melee a crossbowman and drag him along for interrigation
>>
The one thing to keep in mind is that these are Thieves Guild goons--I'm not so sure they're going to care much if we hold one of them hostage. A human shield is also basically useless in the alleyway--if we scramble upwards we can escape via the rooftops or take a crossbowman hostage if we really need to like
>>4676135
said. We are nowhere near badass enough yet to go 1v12.
>>
>>4676032
>>Attempt to bargain (Persuade, Intimidate, or Make a deal? What do you say?)
tell them that you are about conquest by any means. and that they could use someone with our talents. im far more then just a killing machine. then play flute.
>>
>>4676203
actively against fighting. would rather persuade and then grapple out if that doesn't work.
>>
1 for fight, 2 for persuade, and 3 for grapple. Gonna go with the grapple with optional hostage scenario!

Roll me 1d20+5 (+4 for DEX, +1 for Acrobatics) to abscond up the wall before your distraction wears off! You need at least a 15 to avoid being caught mid climb.

Should you succeed the first roll, make a 1d20+5 (+4 for DEX, +1 for Acrobatics) roll to try and grab a crossbow hostage! You need a 20 to succeed, but there's no downside if you fail- succeeding just nets you a shield/bargaining chip
>>
Rolled 15 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4676243
fingers crossed
>>
Rolled 12 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4676243
SNATCH
>>
>>4676249
>>4676256
I am a benevolent man, and thus I will pretend these dice were rolled in the opposite order for cool effect and let you have it
>>
>>4676258
thank you qm, very cool

let's see what we can beat out of this sucker
>>
>>4676258
Thank you our lord
>>
File: tegaki.png (11 KB, 400x400)
11 KB
11 KB PNG
You burst out into laughter, making a point to really sell that you find something funny, even slapping your knees. It’s a little over the top, but enough to irritate Finley and grab his attention. ”What’s so funny, adventurer?” he calls out.

”Don’t see anyone? Then you’ve clearly underestimated the skills of the SUPER CONQUEROR BROTHERS! Now, boys!” you call out, and immediately the thieves both on the ground and the roof panic, even Finley frantically looking around behind him and to the rooftops.

Taking the opportunity, you hurl your grappling hook onto the nearby roof to your right and climb faster than you ever have before. Thankfully the building isn’t very high up, and by the time everyone’s panic dies down, you’re already at the top of the building.

*Success*

Furious, Finley points at you, shouting. ”DON’T LET HIM GET AWAY, YOU IDIOTS! FILL THAT BASTARD WITH HOLES!”

The crossbowmen train their weapons on you, but you’re simply too quick. With great speed and effort, you dart over to the closest one and firmly wrap an arm around his neck, your dagger drawn in hand and pressed against the human’s neck.

”One wrong move and I fillet him like a fish!” you shout, to which the other crossbowmen anxiously lower their weapons.

*Success*

Man, all these epic maneuvers are really helping you get used to maneuvering around quickly!

*SKILL INCREASE! (Acrobatics: 2)*

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”What are you doing, idiots? It’s just one man- he’s disposable! GET HIM!’ Finley shouts.

One of the halflings on the roof opposite you answers. ”L-lieutenant Finley sir, we can’t! That’s Josh- he’s always done right by me”

Another man on the ground, this one human, chimes in. ”Yeah, same here. Besides, it’s his birthday! Killing him today would just be too cruel, boss man”

”Wait, it's your birthday?” you ask your hostage.

’Y-yeah, I’m turning 25”

”Congratulations!” you say in a cheery tone, not moving your knife an inch. Looking out to the others, you shout your demands. ”I’ll be taking this Josh with me then, to ensure my safety! If you don’t follow me, I will release him unharmed. Try to pursue me, and I’ll cut his throat without hesitation!” you announce.

”Damn it… fine, adventurer, but I’ve got eyes and ears everywhere in this town! This isn’t the last you’ll hear from the Thieves’ Guild! If you know what’s good for you, you’ll drop this hunt of yours and leave this town- forever!” the blonde man shouts as you make your exit.

You travel for about a half hour over the various rooftops, making sure nobody’s followed you along the way, before releasing Josh, who immediately falls to the ground, gasping for air. ”You...got...one hell...of a grip” he says, panting.

>Let him go, it is what you promised after all
>Interrogate/Persuade/Bargain (What do you say?)
>No mercy for criminals (Kill him)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4676258
u are a god among men, thank you
.>>4676266
maybe we could use him as a bargaining chip. get to the top and hold him over the edge and shout down to the small crowd of thives "can we talk peacefully?"
>>
>>4676303
>Interrogate
Bring him to the barracks and let the soldiers have their way with him while we watch
>>
>>4676309
+1

but let's not be inhumane to him, or let the guards do so when the interrogation happens
>>
>>4676303
>>Interrogate/Persuade/Bargain (What do you say?)
Play him a Birthday song on the Flute. persuade him we aren't out for him or the thieves by saying we seek power and willing to break the law for power.... ask him about himself to set him at ease. if he seems receptive tell him we want to meet the one named S. think about letting him go.
>>
>>4676309
i think turning him in would ruin a good source of info. also its his birthday!
>>
>>4676366
Switching to this. Let's politely interrogate him solo, independent of the guard
>>
Gonna give it another hourish (until 9:00pm CDT) before updating, which will probably be the last update for the night.

Got a shift tomorrow so won't be able to update again until a bit later than usual, around 2 or 3pm CDT. Once again thank you guys for reading and playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
>>4676303
>>4676366
+1 to this--no need to bring him to the barracks. It's his BIRTHDAY, we're not ANIMALS.
>>
>>4676366
you all bring very good points, it is his birthday. Light interrogation but also tell him to stop doing crime and get a good honest job.
>>
>>4676303
>Interrogate/Persuade/Bargain (What do you say?)
Ask him where the Thieves Guild is
>>
>>4676303
lel I really like how tiny our dagger is. Not to nitpick, but we gave our daggers to our Clarissa.

>>4676338
This. Ask for the locale of the Thieves Guild.
>>
>>4676545
D-did I say your dagger? I meant your shortsword! Yes, haha!

(You're right, I have it marked as such in the inventory but it slipped my mind. Please forgive!)
>>
>>4676553
Longsword*

damn it I even messed that up lol
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
Sheathing your LONGSWORD, which looked strangely small in the last drawing- must’ve been the light- you open the flap on your bag of holding and reach inside, thinking of your silver flute. Instantaneously you feel the instrument in your hand and pull it out with ease. Man, this thing totally ROCKS!

Considering your current skill level, you’re easily able to play the ‘Happy Birthday’ song for poor Josh, whose breathing and demeanor relaxes a little as you play for him. By the end of your short and sweet tune, he gives you a little clap. ”Thanks man, that was really nice of you! Oh, my name is uh, Josh by the way- though you’ve figured that out by now” he says, picking himself off the ground. He doesn’t even bother to ready his crossbow to attack, he seems completely chilled out now that you and him are alone.

”Not a problem at all- happy birthday! I’ve got to ask though Josh, why would you join the Thieves’ Guild? You seem...pretty friendly for someone who just got kidnapped, and clearly you’re a nice guy if your fellow thieves stood up for you against your leader” you ask.

”Who, Finley? I mean, he’s technically above us, but he’s just the boss’ right hand man. Real leader is Mr. Trawn. As for me...I didn’t really have much of a choice” he says, opening up to you fairly quick. ”Used to work down at the docks, but ever since Krosh’tar got weirdly aggressive and stopped trading with our kingdom, there hasn’t been much need for ships to go out- and in turn…”

”Not much need for dockhands” you finish.

”Exactly. I’m not exactly the sharpest tool in the shed, and there ain’t anyone else really looking for dumb labor right now. I’ve got a wife and daughter to feed, so I do what I gotta do to make ends meet” he finishes.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”I’m sorry to hear about that, Josh. Do you know anything about someone named ‘S’ by any chance?” you ask next, thinking they might be related to the Thieves’ Guild in some way.

”Me? Nah, don’t know anyone that goes by a single letter. Not sure anyone I know does either- oh, except maybe the big boss, Mr. Trawn. He’s got information gatherin’ down to a science. If anyone in the city would know, it’d be him!” he answers.

”I see, and the Thieves’ Guild? Where is that located?”

”Well, we mostly operate out of the sewers, actually. You can pop in and out all over the city real easy through em- though it’s practically a damn maze down there. Most of us know a few concrete routes, but I doubt anyone, myself included, could navigate ya through the whole place- ‘cept for maybe Finley or the big boss himself. The boss is rumored to have his main stash and hang out down there somewhere, but I’ve never seen it. Usually Finley relays his orders”

”I see. Thank you for your time Josh, you’re free to go” you tell him, waving dismissively with your hand for him to leave.

”Oh, are you kidding me? My pals may have been able to stand up for me when they had the numbers, but Finley is paranoid as fuck! He’ll assume I told you everything you wanted to hear no matter what- which is why I figured I should just be honest with ya. No, that man’ll have my head! You gotta take care of me now, tin can- at least until you can take out that freak for me!”

”Wait, what? That’s not what I agreed on!” you snap back in frustration.

”Oh what, so you’re gonna throw me to the wolves and let me get merc’d? On my birthday?!” he answers, surprisingly persistent for a dude who almost got murdered by you a second ago.

>Well, it is his birthday… (Offer to shelter him. Where and how?)
>Conquest states a man must make his way by his own strength (Shoo him off)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4676621
>"Hmmm... We'll need DISGUISES."
>>
>>4676636
Backing
>>
>>4676636
support
Get him a disguise and tell him to lay low until we take care of these shits.
Also dumb manual labour? I'm sure there are plenty of jobs out there for him. Encourage him to branch out more and find something that he may like.
>>
>>4676636
>>Other (write in)
ask if his pals and most of the thieves are looking for a way out. "if your hearts not in it then it is not true CONQUEST, i would like to help you find this true CONQUEST"(QM can we start a independent Army?) "i can help you but you also need to help yourself."
>Well, it is his birthday… (Offer to shelter him. Where and how?)
"You cant hide forever. they set a trap for me now its time for me to set a trap for them."
>"Hmmm... We'll need DISGUISES."
>tail him with Carrisa
>send him back with "INFO" on us
>try to have him mend things so we can get the sweet info
>or get him to Unionize his friends so we only need to fight Finley and the Boss.

this is my clusterfuck of ideas
>>
>>4676636
>>4676679
>>4676680
I love this! I'm done updating for the night, but assuming the votes don't drastically change, everyone who's into disguises please leave suggestions/descriptions for how you want Josh and Herald to look in disguised form (Try to keep it simple if possible, am not an artist)

>>4676681
Forming an army is absolutely something you can do, assuming you put the time, money, and effort in. It was even mentioned as a suggestion in the 2nd ever post in the og thread!
>>
File: boom.png (27 KB, 843x401)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
>>4676685
>>
"it's his birthday" you just made me spit my coffee out!

Remember guys there is no honour among thieves. I wouldn't feel comfortable with an army of backstabbing mercenaries, especially if they sell out their current leader to join us
>>
File: fancy herald.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”Hmm…” you ponder for a moment, thinking about what to do here. On one hand, Conquest dictates survival of the fittest, and that one must become strong enough to defend themselves. On the other hand, you’ve certainly grown fond of your companions over the last few days, and you can only imagine how devastated a family would feel over losing a loved one compared to that. Besides, it is the man’s birthday!

It’s during your thinking that your eyes stumble upon a strange, small building sandwiched between two larger businesses: Garen’s Disguise Emporium! The lightbulb finds its way above your head as you snap your fingers in revelation.

”We’re gonna need DISGUISES!”

*Gold: 158*

A jump cut later, you and Josh walk out of the bizarre store with two FLAWLESS DISGUISES. ”I still can’t believe we managed to pick these up for a buy one get one free deal. Five gold is an absolute steal your new charge says, playing with his fake mustache.

”Indeed, I doubt anyone will see through this clever ruse anytime soon. Nevertheless, you should lay low for now- maybe use the time to think about what you really enjoy, perhaps pick up a hobby or two and branch out to find another line of work” you suggest as you amble through the streets.

”I gotcha. I’ll just stop by my house real quick and let my family know the situation- I should be able to stay at the inn under a pseudonym for a few days” he answers before heading off on his own.

It’s around 2:00PM now, the sun still high in the sky as you find yourself contemplating what to do next.

>Try to find a teammate (Who? What do you say/do with them?)
>Try to gather everyone to head to the outskirts
>Visit the library and find a book to read (Specific topic or have me privately roll for a few options?)
>Skip to meeting the halfling at the inn (Timeskip to 8:00PM)
>Other (write in)

---

(Third time posting this update, think I finally got it right. Apologies for anyone who saw that awkward mess!)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 50/50
Str: 6
Dex: 4
Con: 5
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Boons:
Goblin Sense: When you concentrate, you can detect any goblins within a 1 mile radius. You're able to tell which direction they are in, a rough estimate of how far they are, and whether they are goblins, hobgoblins, or goblin behemoths.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 2
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 3
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 158
Backpack (in bag)
Bag of Holding
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in bag)
Behelit (in bag)
Bronze rank dog tag (in bag)
Flawless Disguise (Equipped)
Glowing Rock x14 (in bag)
Gold bracelet with assorted major gemstones (in bag)
Grappling Hook (in bag)
Kite Shield (Equipped)
Letter from S (in bag)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x4 (in bag)
Rope, 50ft. hempen (in bag)
Shovel (in bag)
Silver Flute (in bag)
Waterskin (in bag)
>>
>>4677651
>Try to gather everyone to head to the outskirts
>>
>>4677651
>Try and gather everyone and head to the outskirts
>>
>>4677651
>>Try to gather everyone to head to the outskirts
I hope we don't confuse them with our CUNNING DISGUISE
>>
>>4677683
We are going to get some good mileage out of that disguise I can feel it....
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
You decide it’s probably a good idea to get started on your quest. Even if you can’t finish it before your meeting with the halfling, doing some investigating at the very least will help out in the long run.

You spend about an hour running around town and finding your allies, each time having to explain who you are when they’re inevitably confused by your FLAWLESS DISGUISE. Barret takes the longest to convince, to the point where you actually have to remove the mustache, monocle, and hat for him to really believe it’s you.

Eventually though the SUPER CONQUEROR BROS are united once more, and after another half hour of travel you make it outside the walls to the outskirts of Rathalon, taking off your FLAWLESS DISGUISE for now and putting your dog tag back on since you’re outside the city walls. Here, the buildings are much simpler- mostly wood cabins with simple, thatched roofs and acres upon acres of farmland. The people are dressed much more humbly, and live a busy but simple life.

Despite this, you can already see some points of interest. Several farms have their fences busted up with strange, unnatural plant growths having torn through them- likely victims who’ve had their livestock kidnapped. Eventually, following the directions that Barret read on the quest, you find your way to the village elder. He’s an older gentleman, probably in his 60s or 70s and at the tail end of his life.

”Ahh, I take it you’ve come to help us with our little situation then, adventurers” the old man greets you, giving a bow of gratitude. We sincerely appreciate your help. Whatever’s been taking our livestock is seriously hurting our livelihoods, and if the problem isn’t fixed soon, I’m afraid many families will lose everything. Most of us barely make ends meet as is” he explains.

”Not to worry, that’s why we’ve come. Do you have any leads for us to go on?” you ask, hoping for something that can give you a place to start.

”Well, little Timmy, the Smiths’ son, claims to have seen a strange figure at night. Aside from that, you’re welcome to investigate any of the crime scenes as you see fit- they’re the fences that have been busted up with those bizarre plants” he answers.

You thank the old man for his time and think about how you want to start. It is 3:30PM.

>Track down little Timmy
>Attempt to investigate one of the crime scenes
>Fuck it, just explore the nearby woods
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4677698
>>Track down little Timmy
If The Witcher has taught me anything it's that kids know their shit when it comes to monsters.
>>
>>4677711
+1
>>
>>4677711
+1
>>
>>4677711
+1, but i also propose bringing Timmy to the crime scenes to help us investigate
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
You decide that perhaps little Timmy is the best place to start this investigation. After all, he’s the only one who’s actually seen something, and in your experience children have a bizarre knack for witnessing things and possessing accurate knowledge- or at least so you’ve heard around the Adventurer’s Guild.

It doesn’t take you long to notice a young boy, probably eight or nine, pushing a wooden hoop along the paved dirt roads with a stick, looking like he’s having the time of his life. Is that what a good childhood looks like? You wouldn’t know.

”Excuse me” you call out, approaching the young lad, ”Are you Timmy? Timmy Smith?” you inquire, the boy stopping in his tracks as the wooden hoop rolls a few more inches before falling to the ground.

”Huh? My mommy told me not to talk to strangers” he answers, sticking a finger up his nose.

Sighing, you kneel down and show him your dog tag. ”It’s okay, I’m an adventurer. We’re here to help” you explain.

Clarissa flashes the boy an award winning smile. ”We just want to make sure everyone is safe and doesn’t get hurt! We heard you saw something around here at night time, right? Could you tell us about it?” she asks.

The boy looks between the two of you for a moment before taking his finger out and responding. ”Yeah, I saw a small guy running around with a big stick- smaller than a halfling even. Didn’t look like a goblin, either. I’m pretty sure it was someone my age, but I saw him wave that big stick around and plants came right outta the ground and smashed up our fence! I got scared and screamed, and the guy ran off into the woods before I could get a better look” he explains.

Jeanne puts a hand to her chin in thought. ”Some kind of mage, maybe? I’ve never heard of a child who was that adept at magic though- most people don’t even have the ability to cast spells until they’re at least fifteen” she mutters to herself.

>What do you do?
>>
"where was he standing Timmy? And which direction did he run off to?"

Perhaps he left some clues, a shred of clothing on a branch for example
>>
>>4677748
>>4677761
+1 to this, plus:
>"Was there any other time you saw plants sprout like this?"
>>
I've got an appointment in a bit here, so I'll leave this vote up for another little while before getting an update out. Apologies for the wait, and as always thank you for reading and playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
>>4677748
>"Do you know any monsters smaller than goblins with magical abilities and opposable thumbs?"
Let's see if kids really are like monster manuals, and we just gotta open him on the right page... er, ask the right questions.
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
”Were there any other times you saw plants sprout like this?”

The boy answers immediately. ”Nope! I know how plants work, I live on a farm- it takes months or years and it’s slow. These ones grew in an instant, came right outta the ground all suddenly. It scared me- but don’t tell Jared about that” he says, looking worried that he might lose some sort of reputation if the other kids were to hear about his fear.

”Where was he standing Timmy, and which direction did he run in?” you ask next.

The boy thinks for a moment before picking up his wooden hoop, this time circling around it to move in the opposite direction he was going before. ”It was at my house. I can take you guys there if you want” he offers.

You nod your head, giving him your best smile- only for it to be hidden underneath that damn helmet of yours. ”That’d be awesome, buddy. Show us the way” you answer, gesturing for him to take the lead.

The boy insists on pushing the darn wooden hoop the whole way there, which makes a five minute walk turn into a ten minute one, but eventually you arrive at a fairly humble abode with several large corn fields behind it. About a minute’s walk further is their barn, which has a formerly enclosed animal pen, now busted open with strange, tentacle like plant growths. He lays his hoop and stick against the barn door before moving into the pen.

You walk over to get a better look of the place, and he runs a couple hundred feet away from you, close to the perimeter of the woods before shouting. ”This was where he was standing!”

With that, he jogs back up to your group. ”It looked like he ran straight back into the woods, but he might’ve changed directions afterwards. He was right where the trees start, after all” the boy explains.

”Great job, Timmy! One last question: do you know any monsters smaller than goblins with magical abilities and opposable thumbs?” you ask for your last question.

”Uhh....” he says, trailing off for a while before you realize that he’s not going to be any help. Interestingly enough however, a look of realization seems to dawn on Jeanne’s face.

”Wait, it could be…” she says, trailing off herself before you lightly jab her with your elbow. ”Oww! Right, sorry. It could be a gnome. They’re not monsters, they’re a sapient race like us, but they’re so rare that most people don’t know anything about them. I mean, I’ve lived in the royal capital most of my life, which is a huge cultural melting pot, and I’ve never seen one before” she informs you.

”Well, it’s a start at least”

>Search for tracks
>Examine the plants more closely
>Try to search the forest for more concrete clues
>Head back to Rathalon, there’s only a few more hours until your meetup with the halfling woman
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4677922
>Search for tracks
We don't have a lot of time to follow them, but we can at least locate tracks before they erode too much.
>>
Gonna give this one 30 more minutes for votes before updating!
>>
>>4677922
Can we
>Examine the plants more closely
and make Clarissa
>Search for tracks
She's a ranger, right?
>>
>>4678035
That is indeed an option!
>>
>>4678039
Haha, Clarissa go brrrrR.
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

1: Search for tracks. If this is rolled, roll 1d20+4 (+3 for WIS, +1 for Tracking)

2: Investigate the plants while Clarissa searches for tracks. If this is rolled, roll 1d20+3 (+3 for INT)
>>
>>4678035
I agree, this is a good idea. Ranging is her specialty.
>>
Rolled 10, 16 + 3 = 29 (2d20 + 3)

>>4678064
Alright nevermind, that's 2 votes or the latter. Roll me a 1d20+3 (+3 for INT)

This roll is for Clarissa tracking (NPC's don't get skills like you, but they roll with advantage for things they're 'good at', so Clarissa takes the best of 2d20 here)
>>
Rolled 9 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4678068
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
”Clarissa, you look for tracks while I take a closer look at these strange plants” you order, to which your companion nods in the affirmative.

”Understood boss, I’ll get right on it!”

Using your nifty SHOVEL to dig around the plants, you notice that they have an extremely premature and barely developed root system that cannot support them, and that they’re already starting to wilt a little. Whatever this was, there’s no way it could’ve grown naturally- it was done so by force, likely with the aid of magic.

*Success*

Doing such a thorough job checking out the bizarre situation has netted you some experience with probing for clues. You can feel yourself already on your way to becoming a master detective!

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Investigation: 1)*

”Jeanne, check this out. Do you sense any magic energy coming from here?” you inquire.

”Of course Herald, just a moment” she says, making her way over to you. She closes her eyes for a minute and takes a deep breath, concentrating as she places a hand against the thick vines. ”Yup, this is definitely transformation magic, and it’s not something I’m terribly familiar with. It feels...different than typical wizardry, and there’s no distinct holiness to imply it’s of a divine nature. There are no sorceries that necessarily have an affinity for plants either, so it has to be druidic” she concludes.

Shortly after your examination, Clarissa calls out to your group. ”Guys, over here!” she says, waving for everybody to come take a look. You oblige, and find yourself looking at a trail of tiny little footprints, or rather the tracks of someone wearing tiny little sandals, to be more specific.

”I think I can follow this deeper into the forest without much trouble, but I don’t know how far the trail will go. It could take a couple of minutes, or a few hours” she explains, looking to you for a decision.

>”Let the hunt begin” (Pursue quest regardless of how long it takes)
>”I cannot afford to miss my meeting” (Head back to town at the inn and fast forward to 8:00PM)
>Talk to/Ask someone something (Who? What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4678081
Transmutation magic*
>>
>>4678081
>”I cannot afford to miss my meeting” (Head back to town at the inn and fast forward to 8:00PM)
Let's remember we these are and come back tomorrow.
>>
Rolled 3 + 3 (1d20 + 3)

>>4678068
>>
>>4678097
sorry
>>
>>4678081
>>”I cannot afford to miss my meeting” (Head back to town at the inn and fast forward to 8:00PM)
>"Jeanne and Clarissa--sketch and measure this footprint if you can, then while I'm at my meeting you can do a little research. We're clearly not dealing with a routine pest problem here."
>>
>>4678142
+1

If Clarissa is a ranger worth her salt I'm sure she'll be of more use in this tracking endeavor than we will
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
”I cannot afford to miss my meeting. Jeanne and Clarissa- sketch and measure this footprint if you can, then while I’m at my meeting you can do a little research. We’re clearly not dealing with a routine pest problem”

Jeanne and Clarissa nod in concert, the latter being the first to speak up. ”Shouldn’t be a problem at all, Herald. I restocked on arrows and got some other supplies at the store earlier- including…” she trails off, pulling a sketchpad and a pencil out of her brand new bag of holding, ”this!”

You give her a thumbs up. ”Perfect. I take it you’ll head up the research end of things when she’s done here?” you ask Jeanne.

”Sure, I’ll just cancel the date I had planned with Barret” she says casually, though he doesn’t look too pleased.

”W-wait, can’t the research wait until tomorrow? I made reservations!” he protests.

”Sorry sweetcheeks, adventuring waits for no one” she says, patting her hand against his cheek a few times before moving to help Clarissa with the sketches.

”Apologies buddy, but there’ll be other days” you say in an attempt to console him, giving him a firm pat on the back as the two of you make your way back to Rathalon proper. Considering that wearing your disguise would only confuse the halfling girl, you decide to hold off on donning it until after your business is finished, instead making a point to stick to the shadows until you reach the inn proper.

*8:00PM*

You arrive at the inn to the sounds of cheering, song, dance, and of course the usual antics you’re starting to get used to by now. This time instead of arm wrestling however, it seems a few tables have been arranged in a ring for some bar fights- though they seem to be more in good fun than out of any drunken anger.

Almost immediately you spot the red-haired halfling girl waiting in the corner, a nervous look in her eye as you approach. ”G-g-good to see you again, Guy!” she says, her voice shaking with fear. It seems your intimidation attempt three nights back really left an impression on her. ”I got the money, just like I promised! We can stop working together now...right?”

”Yeah” you answer with a sigh, ”we can.” Thanks to your haste in trying to deal with Finley, you sort of screwed up the whole point of working with this girl in the first place, but at the very least you made yourself a tidy profit. As she promised, you count a whopping seven hundred and fifty gold coins in the huge pouch she hands you!

*Gold: 908*

Before you can even say thank you, the woman is already gone, disappearing into the night. The question now is...what do? Barret’s nursing a pint at the bar as you put your disguise back on just to be safe.

>Talk to Barret (About what?)
>Gamble
>Fight!
>Bed time (5gp)
>Return to the outskirts with Barret.
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4678291
>Talk to Barret (About what?)
>"You have every right to be upset--all I'll say is that I'll make it up to you and Jeanne---honest!"
>Examine the payment--if she's Thieves Guild it might be enchanted to like... Walk away or some crap.
>>
Since it's getting pretty late, I'll leave this up until tomorrow morning for more votes to come in. See you guys tomorrow!
>>
>>4678291
>Buy Barret a beer

"Barrett, let me tell you a storey. There was a young bull and an old bull stood on top of a hill looking at all the cows below.

The young bull said 'come on! Let's run down there and screw a few of them!'

The old bull said 'no. Let's walk down there and screw them all'

If you try and rush things you will miss out on so much Barret, do you understand what I mean?"
>>
>>4678947
I don't think it's applicable when they're both missing a date because of us.
And honestly, Jeanne is closer to the bull in this relationship.
>>
>>4678947
>>4678952
Since this has a vote for and against, I'll go for
>>4678408
which just has a vote. writing now!
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
You close your eyes and breathe deeply, putting a hand into the mountain of gold coins you received. Nope, you have no idea how to check if they’re enchanted or sense magic- your understanding of ARCANA is simply too low. Perhaps Jeanne could teach you sometime or you could read up on some beginner magic studies yourself, but for now that’s not something you’d be able to detect.

You do, however, have another tried and true method for testing your new-found coinage. You take one of the new gold pieces you received and lift your helmet for a moment, biting down on it. Upon taking the coin back out and examining it, you do indeed see very faint teeth marks. At the bare minimum it’s real, legitimate gold- though whether it’s enchanted to walk away or not is something you unfortunately can’t tell. For now, you pull the drawstrings on your pouches tight and hope that’s enough.

Satisfied, you make your way over to the bar and plop down next to Barret, putting a hand on his shoulder. ”You have every right to be upset- all I’ll say is that I’ll make it up to you and Jeanne- honest!” you say, apologizing in an attempt to console him.

Upon closer examination, you’re surprised to see his expression is more one of relief than despair. ”Oh, don’t worry about it man. Sure I was a little excited, but I was also really nervous. This was gonna be our first date with just the two of us, and I was panicking over it. Sure losing the reservation sucks, but it’s nice to get some more time to prepare myself” he explains, taking another sip from his pint.

”Wait, you’ve never been on a date before? What about when I saw you and Jeanne go to that ice cream stand for couples back in Talmuth?” you retort.

’Wh- you saw that?” he answers, blushing out of embarrassment, ”I-I mean yeah, I guess we’ve done date-like stuff, but she’s always just been my friend you know? I never knew she liked me back until a few days ago- I don’t know how to act around her alone now that we’re...boyfriend and girlfriend” he answers, saying that last part quietly as a smile finds its way on his lips. Man this guy is innocent!

>Give expert dating advice (What do you say?)
>”You’re gonna do just fine, Barret” (Do something else. Gamble? Bar fight? Flute lesson? Back to the outskirts to do some night questing? Sleep for the night?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4679033
>>Give expert dating advice (What do you say?)
>"Listen Barret, I'm only saying this because I consider you a pal. That and dating is also a form of conquest, and I'm all about that. Here's the deal--you both like each other, right? Nothing's changed. She was attracted to you because you were... You. So just keep being you! "
>>
>>4679035
+1 sage advice, just relax and let it happen
>>
Sorry for delays, went to get lunch and got caught up in stuff until recording time. Soon as I'm done with that I'll pop out an update for y'all!
>>
>>4679033
>>4679035
>dating is also a form of conquest
dear lord
+1
>>
File: tegaki.png (28 KB, 400x400)
28 KB
28 KB PNG
”Listen Barret, I’m only saying this because I consider you a pal. That and dating is also a form of Conquest, and I’m all about that. Here’s the deal- you both like each other, right? Nothing’s changed. She was attracted to you because you were...You. So just keep being you!”

Barret shifts his arm to position it under his head as he leans over the bar, nodding to you from an angled position. ”Yeah, I get what you’re saying. I guess it’s just, how do I move that into like, dating stuff? Like holding hands and kissing and all that?” he asks.

You wave a hand dismissively. ”Don’t worry about that crap, it happens when it happens. Just be you and the rest will come naturally with time, man” you answer with a light chuckle.


The young man flashes a grin back at you, picking himself up as he gets out of his seat. ”Thanks, Herald- I appreciate it. Dating advice aside though, what’s the plan for the rest of the night? Are we going back out and doing the quest now that your meeting is done, or are we gonna save it for the morning? ‘Cause if we’re saving it ‘til tomorrow…” he says, trailing off as he looks over your shoulder. Turning around, you see his eyes are on the little ring that’s been set up for bar fights.

>”Let’s head back out. The sooner the problem is dealt with, the less people that suffer” (Go to the Outskirts)
>”It’s important to be at full capacity and give ourselves time to recuperate. Let’s go watch some fights!”
>”This’ll be great practice for you, good luck!” (Encourage him to fight)
>”Let me show you how it’s done” (Step in the ring yourself)
>”You go have fun, I’m gonna do something else” (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4679349
Are the girls still out there? If so then:
>”Let’s head back out. The sooner the problem is dealt with, the less people that suffer” (Go to the Outskirts)
Otherwise:
>”Let me show you how it’s done” (Step in the ring yourself)
CONQUEEEEEESSSSSSSTTT
>>
>>4679349
>”This’ll be great practice for you, good luck!” (Encourage him to fight)
I'd rather not wander deep into the forest during night time, we'll be at disadvantage.
Where's Clarissa, btw? I have a suspicion she'd wreck everyone in a bar fight.
>>
>>4679355
>>4679366

For clarity, Clarissa is finishing up with tracing and getting some preliminary tracking done, by now Jeanne is doing a little research. If you don't go to help them, they will return to the inn at around 11:00PM (It's ~8:00ish PM right now)
>>
>>4679368
I stay by my vote. We're at disadvantage in the dark and dunno what's in that forest, aside for at least one (1) magical gnome.
Let's encourage Barrett to try fights. Who knows, he might score some points if Jeanne sees him whoopin ass once she's back.
>>
>>4679349
>”This’ll be great practice for you, good luck!” (Encourage him to fight)
Remember, be like water.
Hopefully he becomes a counter-puncher.
>>
>”This’ll be great practice for you, good luck!” (Encourage him to fight)

Don't forget Barrett, if you don't move your head the other guy will move it for ya!
>>
Roll to see how Barret does!

1d20+4 (+4 for STR), taking the best of two rolls because he's good at scraps! He needs at least a 20 to get the upper hand here.
>>
Rolled 2 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4679465
BAR FIIIIIIIIIGHT
>>
>>4679486
Oh god, someone please roll better than me
>>
Rolled 14 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4679465
pummelin' time
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”This’ll be great practice for you. Good luck!” you say, slapping your companion on the back and urging him towards the ring.

”Wait, you want me to fight? I just meant we could watch or-”

”Remember what I taught you” you begin, placing your hands on his shoulders and turning him back in your direction, ”be like water. Oh, and if you don’t move your head, the other guy will!” you say before turning him back around and pushing him into the ring itself.

Thankfully you timed it well, as the only man in the ring was the winner of the last fight- a fairly buff looking man with a thick accent of some kind. ”Ahhh, so we finally have a challenger, eh?” he inquires with a hearty laugh. ”Oh kiddo…” he says, stepping up to Barret’s face, towering a full six inches or so above him, ”it’ll be over before ya know it.” The last part is said in a surprisingly cold tone, but soon the man’s jovial expression returns as he laughs some more, taking a few steps back and readying himself in a fighting stance.

To keep the fight fair, Barret removes his chainmail and hands it to you, readying his fists in a similar stance as he bounces on his feet.

The fight begins, and Barret proves himself quite capable! He sidesteps his aggressor’s blows and lands more than a few solid hits on his opponent’s abdomen and arms. For a while it looks like the fight is going to be your companion’s win with no contest. That is, until the large man finally makes contact.

A single, powerful haymaker to Barret’s jaw makes a resounding CRACK as spit and a little bit of blood fly out of the young man’s mouth as he staggers backwards. He barely manages to stay on his feet, only to be met with a second blow to the stomach, which sends the boy to his knees- at which point he raises his arms in surrender and the crowd calls the match.

*Failure*

Cheers ring out for the big man. ”Burkov! Burkov! Burkov!” the cries ring out, chanting his name as Barret returns to your side. You notice he’s already starting to develop a black eye around where his face was hit, and he looks ashamed of his performance. At the very least, it wasn’t any lasting damage that would affect his HEALTH, but you can tell he doesn’t feel too good.

”I’m sorry, Herald. I really wanted to impress you, but that guy was nuts” he says with an exhausted sigh, taking a seat at a spare chair nearby.

>”Hey man, it was a good fight- that was just a tough opponent” (Comfort)
>”Don’t worry, I’ll pay him back for ya” (Challenge Burkov)
>”You know what always cheers me up? GAMBLING!” (Blackjack or Coin Toss)
>”Let’s drown those sorrows, buddy” (Buy him a beer: 1gp)
>”Shall we call it a night?” (Go to bed: 5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4679516
>”Hey man, it was a good fight- that was just a tough opponent” (Comfort)
>>
>>4679516
>”Hey man, it was a good fight- that was just a tough opponent” (Comfort)
>”Don’t worry, I’ll pay him back for ya” (Challenge Burkov)
>>
>>4679545
And
>”Let’s drown those sorrows, buddy” (Buy him a beer: 1gp)
>>
Gonna leave this one up another hour. If there are no more votes by then I'll tiebreak!
>>
>>4679516
>”Don’t worry, I’ll pay him back for ya” (Challenge Burkov)
Nothing personnel, but let's kick his head in.
>>
>>4679516
>”Don’t worry, I’ll pay him back for ya” (Challenge Burkov)
Let's flip him like an omelette, boys.
>>
Roll me 1d20+6 (+6 for STR). You need a 20 or higher to beat Burkov! I'll give you the best of two rolls since you're fueled by vengeance for your friend!
>>
Rolled 17 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4679685
>>
Rolled 10 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4679685
>>
File: tegaki.png (30 KB, 400x400)
30 KB
30 KB PNG
”Hey man, it was a good fight- that was just a tough opponent” you say, putting a hand on Barret’s shoulder to console him. He sighs again, but soon his expression changes to reveal a tired smile.

”Yeah, you’re right. Seems I’ve got a long way to go with my training, doesn’t it?” he says, flashing you a toothy grin before you both break out into laughter. Once the fun dies down, however, your expression darkens for a moment.

”Don’t worry, I’ll pay him back for you” you announce as Barret finishes putting his chainmail back on. ”Here, hold this” you command, stripping out of your plate armor and handing it to him. The armor itself is large and heavy, but Barret manages to hold it just fine- though it does take you a few minutes to get down to your clothes underneath.

”Does anyone else want to challenge Burkov?” the big brute says, speaking about himself in the third person like some kind of cocky bastard. When he asks this, you push your way through a small space between tables.

”I’ll take you up on that action” you say, raising your fists in preparation as you take up a fighting stance.

”Ehh? You sure about that, baldy? You’ve got a little more muscle on you then the last boy, but you’re still no match for me he says, flexing his muscles as the crowd cheers him on.

You choose not to dignify his showmanship with a response. Conquest is all about proving your strength and dominating others with your own power, not being flashy- though defeating this bastard may provide you a good opportunity to preach the good word when you’re done wiping the floor with him!

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
The big oaf cracks his neck, jumping side to side as he throws a few jabs into the air in preparation. ”Alright then, little man he says in a condescending tone, ”try and dodge THIS!” he shouts, thrusting his fist towards you.

You, however, don’t dodge- you don’t need to. You simply stick your arm up at a ninety degree angle and throw it towards your opponents forearm- pushing it out of the way and stopping his blow completely. ”Eh? How you do that small man?!” he asks bewildered as he throws his other fist towards you.

This time you grab it with your free hand, stopping it once again mid-punch as you squeeze tightly around his fist. ”You’re not gonna get anywhere just blocking me!” he says, frustration seeping into his voice as you smirk smugly.

”Don’t have to tell me”

With that, you launch your leg upwards high into the air, kicking the bottom of his chin as hard as you can. His head is forced upwards as you hear a cracking sound, and he stumbles a few steps back much the same way Barret did at his attack. Unlike Barret, however, he actually recovers.

”So you’ve got a little fight in you, eh? I’ll show you what true strength looks like!” he shouts, throwing a barrage of punches your way. You deftly dodge each blow, not letting a single one hit as you duck low and throw two jabs at his stomach, causing air to leave his gut as he coughs in response to the blows.


”D-damn it” he pants out between a fit of coughing, ”you’re going dow-”

He doesn’t even get to finish his sentence as you strike him directly in the face, a tooth flying out as he falls to the ground backwards unconscious. The crowd erupts in cheers, Barret among them as you stand the victor.

After throwing down with your fists, you feel yourself understanding hand-to-hand combat a bit better. Might be good in a pinch if you ever lose your weapons!

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Pugilism: 1)*

>Preach Conquest (What do you say?)
>Check in with Barret (What do you say?)
>You’ll ride this high into some GAMBLING (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
>The bard’s still around- you can get some more music lessons!
>That’s enough for the night, time to get some sleep (5gp)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4679737
>Preach Conquest (What do you say?)
See how this mountain was dominated by a calm breeze? True strength comes from inside.(point to your heart) The single virtue I have given myself to granted me victory, CONQUEST. Know your own inner strength and demonstrate it to the world, THROUGH CONQUEST!
>>
>>4679765
+1
try to hype the crowd up more.
>>
>>4679737
>Preach Conquest (What do you say?)
"WHEN I SAY 'CON', YOU SAY 'QUEST!' CON!"
>>
>>4679845
QUEST!
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
While you have the crowd’s attention, you clear your throat to quiet them down, preparing to make a little speech. There’s no better time than the aftermath of a victory to preach the good word, after all. ”See how this mountain was dominated by a calm breeze? True strength comes from inside” you say, pointing towards your heart.

”The single virtue I have given myself to granted me victory, CONQUEST. Know your own inner strength and demonstrate it to the world, THROUGH CONQUEST!” you shout, finishing your short but rousing speed as the crowd cheers and applauds you.

”WHEN I SAY ‘CON’, YOU SAY ‘QUEST’! CON”

”QUEST!”

”CON”

”QUEST!”

The crowd chants with you, giving you one final ovation as you wave to them with both hands before exiting the ring and putting your gear back on.

Barret stares at you in disbelief. ”Holy crap Herald- that was awesome! You’ve even got me pumped about all this Conquest stuff now- err, not that I wasn’t totally keen on it before!” he says, stumbling with his words as he tries to recover.

*You have made significant progress towards converting others to Conquest. As a reward, you have been granted one Conquest Point. You can spend one point to succeed any roll you would have otherwise failed, you can spend two points to increase a skill level or learn a new skill, and you can spend three points to increase one of your attributes*

By the time all the hubbub dies down, you figure it’s probably around 9:00PM. The bard will leave in an hour, though you are also starting to feel pretty tired after running around all day and narrowly escaping death at the hands of mere thieves.

>Okay, that’s enough for today (Go to bed. 5gp)
>Let’s do some gambling! (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
>The bard will leave soon- let’s get that lesson!
>Talk to Barret (About what?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4679903
>The bard will leave soon- let’s get that lesson!
>>
>>4679903
>The bard will leave soon- let’s get that lesson!
>>
>>4679903
>The bard will leave soon- let’s get that lesson!
>>
>>4679960
>>The bard will leave soon- let’s get that lesson!
flute time!
>>
Gonna head to bed (apologies got caught up with some irl stuff and forgot to post here). Shift tomorrow so first update will be a bit later in the day.

For now you guys can roll me a 1d20+6 (+3 for INT, +3 for Flute) to see how well training goes! At least a 10 means a little progress, 15 means the lesson goes pretty well, and 20 means you make great strides in learning.

As always thank you guys for reading and playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
Rolled 15 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4680057
FLUUUUUUUUUUTE
Also thanks for running!
>>
>>4680057
Thanks for the updates!
Can we respectfully ask the bard to join him on stage tomorrow night?

>>4680132
NICE, One step closer to Stairway to Heaven.
>>
Dear lord, we really did kick his head in. Thank you, QM.
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
Running out of flute song videos, all I can find left now are hour long compilations of ambience style music. Will have to do some deep searching later!

”Excuse me Barret, but I have a lesson to attend to” you tell your companion before making your way towards the fancily-dressed man playing his lute in the far corner of the room.

”Pardon me but...who are you?” the man asks, confused by your FLAWLESS DISGUISE. You take a minute to explain it to him, making sure to whisper so as not to blow your cover to the general public.

”Ah, I see- you’re my knight friend! We are starting to get well acquainted, aren’t we? Come, let me show you a thing or two” he says. You notice he’s pulled over a second chair for you, gesturing towards it for you to take a seat, which you do.

”One thing you’ll want to be aware of is making sure you’re not blowing too hard. You don’t want to put out harsh notes, or worse get spittle in the thing, since flutes are a pain to clean properly. Here, try a softer technique…” he says, continuing to give you advice and pointers as you begin practicing.

You find yourself learning rapidly, and by the end of the lesson you’re starting to feel as though you possess genuine expertise with the instrument. If you keep playing and learning, you very well may meet the level of a professional and could rely on it as a quick way to get funding for further spreading your cause.

*SKILL INCREASE! (Flute: 4)*

The hour passes by in a flash, and soon your tutor is packing up his lute and preparing to head home. ”That was great work today, knight. If you keep this up, you’ll be at my level soon. I’m serious about us performing together some time- but even if you’re too busy, I think soon you’ll be able to play inns and taverns on your own in due time” he tells you.

”That’s good to know. Thanks again, and be safe on your way home” you respond, the two of you waving goodbye as the clock hits 10:00PM. You’re starting to feel pretty tired, but you could probably manage to stay up a bit longer if you really wanted to.

>Talk to Barret (What do you say?)
>Attempt to meet someone new at the bar (1gp to buy a drink for yourself)
>Gamble (Blackjack or Coin toss?)
>Wait for Clarissa and Jeanne to return (TImeskip to 11:00PM)
>Go to bed, it’s getting late and you’re tired (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4681034
>Wait for Clarissa and Jeanne
Would be rude not to
>>
>>4681034
>>Attempt to meet someone new at the bar (1gp to buy a drink for yourself)
I think we've earned ourselves a nightcap.
>>
I'll give it another half hour before tiebreaking!
>>
>>4681034
>Attempt to meet someone new at the bar (1gp to buy a drink for yourself)
>>
>>4681034
>>Wait for Clarissa and Jeanne to return (TImeskip to 11:00PM)
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

1: Wait for Clarissa and Jeanne
2: Attempt to meet someone new
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
You proceed to the bar, placing a gold coin down on the counter as you situate yourself on a stool. ”A pint for me, innkeep” you order, the man behind the counter nodding as he pours you a glass from the tap and slides it over to you.

As you catch the drink and take a large swig, you notice a sight that makes your eyes nearly pop out of your head. Sitting right next to you is another herald, though one with a cause very different than your own. Based on the insignia on their flag, you recognize them as a Herald of Peace, one that promotes a message of Love, Acceptance, and Diplomacy.

Though your own cause of Conquest is the polar opposite, there is a certain respect amongst most heralds given that you’ve all dedicated your life to a cause you want to spread amongst people. Generally they meet each other amicably and all hate doomsayers to some degree, though how you react is ultimately up to you.

As you set your drink back down, the herald of Peace, a young man around your age, notices you as well. ”Oh, I didn’t realize there was another herald in this town! I can’t believe we haven’t met before! Most people just call me Herald but...I imagine the same goes for you. You can call me Peace then, strange mustachioed friend, and I shall call you Conquest.” he states. You notice he’s nursing a glass of milk rather than an alcoholic beverage, and seems to lack any kind of armor or hearty build like you have, which makes sense given that his cause would likely be against fighting of any kind.

”I take it you were the cause of that chanting I heard a moment ago? It seems you’re doing much better than me. Good on you, friend!” he says with a smile.

>”Thanks. Hopefully your luck turns around soon” [Friendly]
>”Indeed, I’ve accomplished much since the start of my journey” [Prideful]
>”We all have our ups and downs. I simply found myself with a good opportunity” [Humble]
>”You best head somewhere else. Rathalon is my territory” [Hostile]
>Remain silent [Neutral/Aloof]
>Other (write in)

---

(Insignia is supposed to be a dove with an olive branch lol)
>>
>>4681142
>”Thanks. Hopefully your luck turns around soon” [Friendly]

If he isn't doing so well he is no threat to us or our conquest. If that changes we can always just beat him up or something. So for now let's be nice and see what he has to say
>>
>>4681142
>”We all have our ups and downs. I simply found myself with a good opportunity” [Humble]
>”But thanks. Hopefully your luck turns around soon” [Friendly]

Don't worry too much about the insignia, I was able to interpret the drawing just fine
>>
>>4681142
>”Indeed, I’ve accomplished much since the start of my journey” [Prideful]
>”Thanks. Hopefully your luck turns around soon” [Friendly]
Peas Herald in that image looks like a girl
>>
>>4681142
>>”We all have our ups and downs. I simply found myself with a good opportunity” [Humble]
>>
File: territory.png (122 KB, 480x360)
122 KB
122 KB PNG
>>4681142
>>”Thanks. Hopefully your luck turns around soon” [Friendly]
That said, the minute this tree-hugger tries to muscle into Rathalon we can go full pic related.
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”Thanks. Hopefully your luck turns around soon” you say, offering a consoling smile. Though the actual expression is mostly hidden beneath your helmet, as a fellow herald he seems to understand the look in your eye.

”Thanks, man. I just want to spread the word of Peace and create a better world. We may have different causes, but we’re still a lot alike. I wish you the best of luck too, and I hope that one of us changes the world for the better” he says, raising his glass of milk to you.

You raise your pint of beer back, the both of you taking a long swig of your respective drinks before setting them back down on the counter in an oddly synchronized fashion.

”Are you travelling alone then?” you inquire.

Peace lets out a sigh. ”Yeah. As much as I’d love to have companions, this whole job doesn’t exactly pay the bills. Tell me, how have you been keeping yourself afloat? Your coin pouch looks quite heavy” he says, nodding towards the bags you keep your money in.

”A little bit of this and that, you know. Largely adventuring” you say, pulling the dog tag out of your bag for a moment before storing it away again.

”Ahh, I see. Much too violent for my likings, and the peaceful jobs don’t really bring in much money from what I’ve heard. Don’t adventurers usually wear their dog tags though?” he asks, tilting his head.

”Yeah, but I’m going undercover at the moment. Working on a secret operation and have to lay low for a little bit” you say, surprised by how much the alcohol and meeting a fellow herald has loosened your lips.

Your worry must’ve reflected in your eyes, as Peace chuckles before responding. ”Don’t worry about it Conquest- I don’t have any intentions of talking about you if you’re trying to stay hidden. Just be safe, alright? There aren’t many like us anymore, and I’d hate to lose a fellow herald” he says, offering you a fist bump.

You return his gesture in kind. ”You too, man”

>Ask/Talk about something specific (What?)
>Gamble (Coin Toss or Blackjack?)
>Leave and wait for Jeanne and Clarissa
>BED TIME (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4681279
>>Ask/Talk about something specific (What?)
"What have you been doing to spread the word? Doesn't sound easy to spread Peace..."
>>
>>4681279
>Give 50g and ask if he ever considered becoming a bard. Flute feels pretty peaceful to us. If tavern barding feels too hardcore, he could play at the temple

>Tell him to please not stumble upon us during work hours or we might have to conquest his peace (Not threat, just concern)
>>
I'll give it another 30 minutes before tiebreaking!
>>
>>4681319
Supporting this one.
>>
File: tegaki.png (12 KB, 400x400)
12 KB
12 KB PNG
”What have you been doing to spread the word? Doesn’t sound easy to spread Peace…”

Peace smiles at you, leaning on his hand over the bar. ”You’re an observant one. A lot of people think it’s easy- who doesn’t want love and acceptance and happiness? The problem is those things take work. In the beginning everyone agrees that Peace is good, but few if any stick with it for more than a few days or weeks before returning back to their normal lives. There is so much greed and destruction in this world. In order for Peace to truly flourish, people have to put time, effort, and hard work into making it a better place. This costs money, requires volunteers- too many people are too afraid to drop everything and join that cause. I understand this, of course, but it does make things difficult” he admits.

”That’s interesting- for me it’s the opposite. People often find my cause barbaric or cruel, but once they believe in it, they stick with it for the long run. It seems we suffer different problems- perhaps we could benefit from sharing our experiences and working together” you offer.

Peace nods his head. ”I think that’s a great idea, Conquest. I’ll start as a show of good faith” he says, picking himself up and concentrating for a moment. ”Let’s see… the simplest approach is obviously preaching. It costs nothing but time- though if you aren’t careful with your words you may sound more like a crazy person or a cult leader rather than someone with a message worth listening to. If you go with this approach, you’ll do best in crowded places- like town squares and taverns” he begins.

”If you’ve got money to spare, putting up posters or creating pamphlets and spreading them out on a large scale makes your cause look a little more legitimate. At the very least it spreads awareness of it without making you look like insane- though you need to make a lot of them to have any real effects, and that can get quite costly”

”Of course, the hardest but most effective way is to complete some large feat through your cause and either do so in front of a crowd or bring evidence back of such to a crowd later. For me, that would be something like...opening up a soup kitchen and feeding the city’s homeless. For you, that might be something like slaying a big monster or defeating some kind of villain I’d imagine. Forgive me if I’m oversimplifying things- I don’t know much about Conquest so I’m estimating”

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
You nod in approval. ”I understand, and I appreciate the advice Peace” you assure him, taking note of his ideas.

”Of course there’s a lot of things you can probably come up with, but those are the big three that come to mind. Now tell me, how do you have so much staying power with your ideas?” he asks.

You...have to admit, you truly believe it has to do solely with the nature of your cause- but saying so not only wouldn’t be helpful to him, but may come across as rude. How does Conquest seem so much easier to spread? Are you just a better Herald? Do you perhaps do something that makes it stick more concretely in peoples’ minds?

>What’s your answer?

[2/2]
>>
I'll try and provide some extra prompts to be safe since it's been quiet for a second.

>"It's all about perseverance. If you don't give up, you'll eventually see results" [Work Ethic]
>"You have to be smart. You need to find out what's important to people and relate your cause to that" [Ingenuity]
>"You need to be headstrong. Maybe it's time to get a little more 'in their face' with your message" [Aggressive]
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4681394
>>4681481
Tough answer. It's honestly a little bit of all three.

You have to become a beacon and practice what you preach. You have to show people how your cause relates to their own lives and will make it better. With my belief, I could be taken out and I would not be mad, sad, upset, or bewildered, because I know they were better, but worse, it would make me a hypocrite.
It also helps I play flute and tell jokes. You can't expect people to follow your beliefs if you force it down their throats. You have to have them reach the conclusion themselves.
>>
>>4681498
Agree with this
but add that doing something a little special before preaching is a good idea
for example, us beating someone in a fight to get everyones attention and respect THEN speaking about conquest
for them, as a herald of peace, they'd probably want to do something like performing and then mentioning how it keeps the peace and how happy it makes everyone
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
You think carefully on your answer, a flood of ideas rushing through your mind, before finally speaking up. ”First and foremost, you have to practice what you preach” you tell Peace.

”Right, I’ve got that much down- or at least I like to think. Always make it a point to volunteer and help out wherever I can. What else?” he asks, leaning forward in his chair.

”You have to show people how your cause relates to their own lives and make it better. Sure, things like love and acceptance are all nice ideals people like to believe in, but you need something concrete related to their lives to tie it into”

Peace nods his head, ”That makes sense. Gotta think like the people to reach their hearts and minds” he reiterates.

”With my belief, I could be taken out and I would not be mad, sad, upset, or bewildered, because I know they were better, but worse, it would make me a hypocrite. You have to fully embody the tough parts of your cause as well as the fluffy stuff”

”That makes sense. It’s a little abstract to apply that to Peace, but I’ll make a point to think on it. I guess in terms of diplomacy that would be something like turning the other cheek? It’s never easy to do that!” he points out in an effort to relate. You nod your head, continuing on with your answer.

”It doesn’t hurt to do something a little special before you preach too. That whole big feat thing you mentioned is great and all, but doing little feats can seriously give you a boost before going up and talking. Just a moment ago I got those people chanting about Conquest because I proved my strength and dominated over a larger and more well-known opponent before preaching the good word. Showing your good deeds to prove you walk the walk before speaking can go a long way”

”That’s...that’s huge! I’ve been avoiding that until now because I didn’t want to be flashy about my good deeds, but admittedly that line of thinking may be making others believe I’m all talk. I’ll put that to use right away- thank you Conquest!” Peace says eagerly, excitement in his eyes.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Lastly, it helps to chill out and not be completely about your cause”

This last piece of advice causes Peace to go silent for a moment. Crap, you got so used to your new friends and trying all sorts of different things that you forgot a herald’s life is supposed to be solely dedicated to their cause.

”Conquest...I don’t know about that…” he says, trailing off. You’re losing him!

”That’s not to say the cause isn’t the first and most important priority any longer- but remember what I said about relating to the everyday man? Well, the everyday man doesn’t live their life with a singular motivation, even if you convert them! Picking up a few hobbies or skills to show people you can relax and are similar to them will make them more inclined to listen to you. For example, I recently picked up telling jokes and playing the flute, and its done wonders for me!” you say in an attempt to quickly recover.

After a few seconds, Peace’s confused and skeptical expression lightens up a little. ”I see...I suppose it wouldn’t hurt to give it a try. Thanks for all your help, Conquest- may we both find success in our futures!” he says, giving you a curt not.

”Yeah, same to you” you answer before Peace gets up. You both say your goodbyes as he heads up to his room for the night.

As you finish talking, you realize the time has really gotten away from you. You notice Jeanne and Clarissa walking into the inn, looking exhausted. Barret’s nowhere to be seen, likely already gone to bed by now.

>Approach the girls and ask what they found out
>Let them rest, you should be getting some sleep too (5gp)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4681536
>>Approach the girls and ask what they found out
Buy them a freakin' drink too for chrissakes, they've been out there for HOURS!
>>
>>4681547
+1
>>
>>4681547
Agreed
>>
>>4681547
+1 yep
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”Good to see you girls back!” you call out as you head towards them. There are dark rings under their eyes and their expressions relayl exhaustion, but nevertheless you need to hear what they found out. ”Come on, let me buy you two a drink. Please, sit down” you say, slapping two gold coins on the counter and pulling out stools for them.

Clarissa just grunts in frustration, taking the seat and the drink in stride, followed by Jeanne in silence.

*Gold: 905*

You pull up a third stool next to Jeanne and clear your throat. ”So uhh...how did everything go?”

The ranger takes a long sip from her drink before speaking up. ”Tracing the tracks went well. That only took about a half hour or so, give or take. The problem is after that, your mage friend decided to drag me to the library with her to read books. So...many…books she says, placing her head in her hands.

”There’s a ton of information to sift through about gnomes, and most of it probably isn’t even accurate! I needed as many eyes as possible” the mage snaps back. ”I’m just as tired as you are, believe you me. Research is supposed to be fun, but that was nightmarish!”

Both look to you as you twiddle your thumbs. ”Y-yeah, I was pretty busy over here too. Doing like...Conquest stuff”

There’s an awkward moment of silence before Jeanne continues. ”Anyway, it’s hard to tell what’s legit and what was fake given how extremely rare gnomes are and how little most races have interacted with them. From what we managed to gather though, research shows that they tend to have deep connections with nature and the land, mostly residing in places untouched by civilization like forests or meadows. The reason they aren’t seen so often is that they apparently have an innate gift for illusion magic and like to hide themselves- probably because they’d be easy to kill or capture otherwise given their small stature. They tend to live on the land they inhabit as is, with few to no structures. The ONE thing you can do to find them is sprinkle some sugar”

[1/2]
>>
File: sugar.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
”Sugar?” you ask, somewhat confused.

”Yeah, sugar. Apparently they love the stuff and will eat any they find, but it makes them go a little crazy. Crazy enough to lose their concentration and break their illusions- though records of how they react afterwards are...varied. Some say they just fall asleep peacefully after a short outburst, others say they become hyper and run all around the place, and others say they get extremely aggressive and will attack anyone and anything on sight. Best I can guess is it depends on the individual gnome, but most the reactions are… a pain to deal with” she explains.

You nod your head. ”I see, so I need to pick up some sugar tomorrow then”

”Yeah, you do” Clarissa retorts. It’s clear these two are very tired and a bit cranky, so you end up buying them each another drink to cool down.

*Gold: 903*

”Thanks” Clarissa mutters, starting on her second drink after finishing the first. ”Sorry, it’s just...you spend eight straight hours reading fairy tales and ramblings about something that nobody knows anything about and you start to get a little frustrated”

”I completely understand. You two should take it easy for the night”

The girls grunt in affirmation. The question now is...what do you do?

>Probably best to let them be. I need sleep anyways (5gp)
>Ask/Talk about something else (What?)
>Late night gambling anyone? (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4681954
>Ask the barkeep if he has some sugar we could buy off of him.
>>
>>4681958
This, dude's bound to have some and we've got some dosh.
>>
>>4681954
>>4681958
+1. Gimme some sugar, baby
>>
Asking for sugar it is! Sorry, had to do some shopping and ended up eating lunch while I'm at it. Will get that update out soonish!
>>
So are we going to set a trap and use sugar as gnome bait?
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
Leaving the girls to stew for a moment, you turn your attention to the man behind the counter. ”Pardon me innkeep, but could I have a cup of sugar? Actually, a whole bag would be more ideal”

”Eh? Do I know you?” he asks, confused by your FLAWLESS DISGUISE.

Tired of the QM’s gag, you remove the disguise for a brief moment, sparking recognition from the innkeep before putting it back on. ”Ah, it’s you! Thanks again for the help the other day. I got that hole in the basement all patched up and haven’t had anymore problems!” he says, flashing you a toothy grin. ”Sure, I’ve got a spare bag lying around. Don’t exactly bake a lot of pastries or anything. One second!”

The innkeep heads back into the kitchen for a moment, and you hear the faint sounds of various bags, boxes, and kitchen implements being shuffled around before he returns with a large bag of sugar. ”Should be about two pounds worth. That alright?”

You nod, taking the sack and tossing it into your bag of holding. ”That’ll do. Thanks, innkeep” you say, bowing your head in gratitude.

”Ah it’s no big deal, least I could do” he responds, waving his hand dismissively.

>Talk/Ask someone something (Who? What?)
>Bed time! (5gp)
>Gamble (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4682125
>>Bed time! (5gp)
Something tells me that we'll be needing some energy tomorrow, especially if we're gonna track down a GNOME.
>>
>>4682125
+1 for sleepy time
>>
Gonna be in and out of recording for a while, so won't have time to write a full update until a lot later tonight. Thank you all for your patience, and for reading and playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
Feeling pretty tired yourself, you hand the innkeep five gold coins and take the room key once more, making your way up to bed to enter a peaceful slumber.

*Gold: 898*

You crawl into bed and pull the blankets up over you, closing your eyes as you fall into a dreamless sleep.

You wake up alert and ready at 8:00AM to the sun shining through your window, little rays of light poking throughout the room as if probing it for some sign of life. You take your banner pole from up against the wall and strap it to your back, as well as put your FLAWLESS DISGUISE back on.

These last few days of training and fighting have made you more nimble, and you can feel a bit more speed behind your steps and flexibility in your limbs.

*ATTRIBUTE INCREASE! (DEX: 5)*

You make your way down the stairs to the sight of your teammates already at the bar, their daily soup and water beside them, with a fourth bowl waiting for you. You take the seat next to Barret and start eating, listening in to the conversation.

”I can’t believe you’re so old!” Jeanne says, though she’s promptly met with a chop to the head from Clarissa, who doesn’t seem too pleased with that description.

”Twenty-four isn’t old, you two are just young!” she retorts, though you have to admit you’re surprised to hear she’s older than you by a whole four years. You figured she was around the same age as you.

”Ah, morning Herald!” Barret greets you, finally noticing you’ve joined the group for breakfast. Jeanne and Clarissa’s little kerfuffle dies down soon after as they both greet you in kind.

”So what’s on the docket for today?” asks Jeanne.

>”Same as everyday- let’s get to training!” (What do you do?)
>”First things first, we’re heading to the Outskirts and starting our mission right away” (Proceed to quest)
>”I just have something I need to do real quick…” (Where do you go? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 50/50
Str: 6
Dex: 5
Con: 5
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6
Conquest Points: 1

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Boons:
Goblin Sense: When you concentrate, you can detect any goblins within a 1 mile radius. You're able to tell which direction they are in, a rough estimate of how far they are, and whether they are goblins, hobgoblins, or goblin behemoths.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 2
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 4
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Investigation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Pugilishm: 1
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 898
Backpack (in bag)
Bag of Holding
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in bag)
Behelit (in bag)
Bronze rank dog tag (Equipped)
Flawless Disguise (in bag)
Glowing Rock x14 (in bag)
Gold bracelet with assorted major gemstones (in bag)
Grappling Hook (in bag)
Kite Shield (Equipped)
Letter from S (in bag)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x4 (in bag)
Rope, 50ft. hempen (in bag)
Sack of Sugar (in bag)
Shovel (in bag)
Silver Flute (in bag)
Waterskin (in bag)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 40/40
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 3
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 5
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 3/3

Clarissa (Ranger)
Health: 30/30
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 4
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Arrows Left: 36

Clarissa's Techniques:
Headshot: Once per battle, Clarissa can choose to take -10 to an attack roll to hit. If she hits, she instantly kills the enemy (Not applicable against all enemies).

---

Barret's fighting and training have paid off, as his STR has increased to 5! Jeanne in a similar vein has gotten used to the daily exercises, building her own STR up to 3!
>>
>>4682307
>>”Same as everyday- let’s get to training!” (What do you do?)
>Everyone do the standard 50 situps 50 pushups 50 squats
>Clarissa practices headshotting dummies
>Jeanne to spam firebolts to build her stamina
>Barret to spar with us with a focus on dodging

The CLASSIC
>>
>>4682313
this but try to have moving targets for Clarissa and Jeanne, we learned these training methods that we tried already aren't so great for them.
>>
>>4682309
>”Same as everyday- let’s get to training!” (What do you do?)
>Everyone do the standard 50 situps 50 pushups 50 squats

>>4682316
Not bad, but

Jeanne, you need to up your Constitution.
It's Weeaboo time.

Barret, you knowing where to strike is just as important as how hard you can strike. You should mediate after the usual training sesh.

Clarissa, you know what you're doing, being the most senior adventurer here. ;^)
If you're up for it, we'll be doing sprints and running.
>>
I made a mistake and got/am a little too wasted. Might still try to post an update a bit later tonight but if I don't please forgive
>>
>>4682553
No sweat, QM, it's the weekend--you can take a personal night if you want to!
>>
>>4682307
Wait, we're 20 and bald already? Holy fuck.
>>4682313
>>4682316
+1
>>
>>4682307
>>”Same as everyday- let’s get to training!” (What do you do?)
up the reps! 100 of each!
>>
>train

Do our usual reps etc then after Barrett and Herald take it in turns to throw targets up in the air for Jeanne and Clarissa to try and shoot down. Maybe make it into a competition, a bit like clay pigeon shooting.

Better make sure we use training arrows and a backstop though, don't want anyone getting shot with a stray arrow!
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
”Same as everyday- let’s get to training!” you answer. Surprisingly however, you aren’t met with any groans this time. Jeanne does roll her eyes and sigh, but it’s a significant improvement from when she used to whine or try anything she could to not have to train. Maybe they’re finally getting used to the routine?

The Super Conqueror Bros make their way over to the citizen training area at the barracks and start with their fifty pushups, situps, and squats. You, Clarissa, and Barret complete this with ease, and even Jeanne’s able to do them all without too much trouble now. You’ll probably want to crank the reps up tomorrow.

Afterwards you do a little bit of sparring with Barret, focusing on dodging and footwork again while the girls sit back against the wall. After about thirty minutes of back and forth with him, you and Barret dig around in some of the crates and eventually find a box full of clay pigeons with some launchers.

”Clarissa! Jeanne! I’ve got an idea to help you practice your shots a little more” you call out, taking a disc and shoving it into the hand launcher. Barret follows your lead as well, and the two of you carry a crate outside the stone wall perimeter to give yourselves a backstop for safety.

”We’re gonna toss these up in the air and you’ll shoot them, alright? Do your best!” you shout.

”I’ve never done anything like this before!” Jeanne responds. ”Are you sure it’ll be okay? I don’t want to set anything on fire!”

”Don’t worry about it Jeanne, that’s what the backstop is for. Even if you miss the wall, I’m pretty sure your firebolt will disappear before it reaches far enough to hit anything!” Barret reassures her.

You and Barret start flinging discs in the air, and Clarissa takes to it quite well. Perhaps it’s similar to hunting game in some way, but regardless she seems to improve much faster through this method, hitting a large amount of the shots and acclimating quickly to the new training exercise. Jeanne, on the other hand, struggles quite a bit. The majority of her firebolts hit the wall or go wide, but by the end of the training session she starts to hit them with relative consistency.

You all finish your training at around 9:00AM, and are a bit sweatier for it. What’s next?

>On to the outskirts!
>One last thing… (Where do you go/what do you do?)
>Talk/Ask someone something (Who? What?)
>Other (write in)

---

Sorry for the delay. As usual, weekends are busy so there may be few to no updates today and tomorrow, especially since I have some big projects to finish up for this last stretch of online classes. I appreciate your guys' patience!
>>
>>4683451
>On to the outskirts!
>>
>>4683451
>On to the outskirts!

Let's catch that little fucker
>>
>>4683451
>GO BUY SOME SUGAR
Come on, guys. We coulda done it last night.
>>
>>4683556
You actually did receive a Sack of Sugar from the inkeep last night! It's in the inventory on the last status update for reference
>>
>>4683562
OOF. I somehow missed that part.
>On to the outskirts!
Let's bait that midget then.
>>
>outskirts

It's gnome trappin' time!
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
”Now that we’re done training, it’s time to get started on that quest. Those people are counting on us, after all” you announce, to which your group members nod in concert. It seems everyone is on the same page. The quest itself is only worth three hundred gold pieces, which is seventy-five each split between the four of you, but if you can find and stop a gnome, that would provide significant clout for you and your cause- as well as make some decent progress towards becoming a silver-ranked adventurer.

You and your companions set out towards the outskirts, and after about a half hour you arrive in the same place your party examined before- the animal pen outside the Smiths’ barn. It seems the vines have already been cut down and repairs have been started, as an older man, likely Timmy’s father, is putting up new posts where the break happened. Once he notices you, he opens his mouth to say something, only to stop when he sees your dog tags. He just gives you a simple nod and continues his work.

”Alright then, so we just build a trap and put the sugar out here?” you ask.

”ARE YOU CRAZY?!” shout Jeanne and Clarissa in concert, which startles Barret and even makes you recoil a little. Recognizing the confusion on your face, Jeanne is the first to speak up.

”Like I told you yesterday, gnomes become incredibly unpredictable when given sugar. We’ll probably want to go deeper in the forest first so we don’t put the villagers in any danger” she explains.

”Well, actually now that he mentions it” interrupts Clarissa, ”as long as we find a way to keep the villagers safe, it might not be a terrible idea. Who knows what kind of traps or other dangers lie in the forest, after all?”

”I don’t know, it would take too much time and effort to evacuate everybody in the outskirts” Barret chimes in, ”we’re probably better off just doing what Jeanne said if this little guy is really that dangerous”

Clarissa shrugs, ”We don’t need to evacuate if we can just control the pace of the fight, but fair enough I guess”

>”We’ll head deeper into the forest first. We don’t want to hurt the people we’re trying to protect after all” (Head into the forest proper)
>”Going into the unknown territory of a small, incredibly gifted magic user who can create illusions? No thanks” (Make a trap/plan in the outskirts)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4683692
>”We’ll head deeper into the forest first." (Head into the forest proper)
>Send Clarissa first to look out for dangers and find a good path.
We. Conquer. The. Forest.
>>
We should construct a trap that uses sugar as bait but traps the gnome before he/she actually gets a hold of it. Maybe a snare with a bag of sugar next to it, the gnome goes to pick it up and *sprooooiiinnng*
>>
We could also brew a coffee, dump all the sugar in it and hope for a heart attack.
>>
>>4683692
>>4683772
+1 this. It's a well-known fact that gnomes fucking love coffee--we can kill him with kindness or at the very least come from a friendly angle.
>>
Still probably can't update for a bit, but is the plan to brew a coffee and use it in the outskirts or to bring it deeper into the forest?
>>
>>4683812
Forest.
>>
>>4683812
Forest it is--better safe than sorry.
>>
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q1lYo7gXuhg
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”We’ll head to the forest. Regardless of what awaits us, it’s better than hurting the villagers we’re trying to help” you respond.

The team seems to agree with your consensus, Jeanne and Barret letting out sighs of relief.

”Still though, we’ll need a plan…” you say, trailing off for a moment. Sure you could just dump the sugar and the gnome would likely come out, but considering how intelligent and magically capable they’re supposed to be, you doubt that a simple goblin trap would catch one. Thinking back to your conversation with Jeffrey the other day over a cup of coffee, an idea forms in your mind.

”Excuse me, sir!” you say, calling out to the man working on the fence. ”Could we borrow your kitchen and some cocoa beans?” you ask.

The man grumbles a little bit before nodding his head. ”Back door should be open. Help yourself, I guess” he says, to which you give him a curt bow in gratitude.

You take your group into the kitchen proper and start boiling a pot of water, making sure to grind up the beans in preparation. After a few minutes of brewing, you’ve got a nice pot of coffee- which you pour a little over half the sack of sugar into, saving some just in case.

You dump your waterskin outside and fill it with the newly brewed coffee before stashing it back in your bag of holding. It’s probably a little big for a gnome, but if you leave the cap open when you set it down it should be fine.

”If we’re lucky, maybe the sugar combined with the caffeine will give the damn thing a heart attack or something” you explain to the group.

”That, or make it go unstoppably ballistic” Clarissa points out, ”Though I suppose it’s worth a shot. It’s also a little more subtle than just pouring a pile of sugar on the ground”

Nodding your head in agreement, you and your companions set out into the forest proper, deciding to get a couple hours into the woods before putting out your trap.

Not long after you begin your travels, however, you hear movement coming from the trees around you. You stop, your group following suit as you all pull out your weapons.

Ten wolves come from the treeline, circling your group as they begin to growl. ”Herald, do something!” Jeanne quietly murmurs.

>”No choice, we’ll have to fight our way out” (Begin Combat)
>”Clarissa, can you calm them down?” (Try to calm the wolves)
>”I’ve got this under control” (Try to calm the wolves. How?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4684052
>”I’ve got this under control”
>Play Flute Solo of Peace
>>
>>4684052
>>4684097
+1 this. Music soothes the savage beast!
>>
>>4684097
This, bust out the flute and go to town
>>
>>4684097
YES! Animals love music!
>>
>>4684097
+1
>>
Roll me 1d20+7 (+3 for INT, +4 for Flute). You need at least a 15 to calm them down!
>>
>>4684097
yeeeee
>>
Rolled 3 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4684247
"GOOD MORNING, FORESSSSSSSSTTTTTT"
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
You whip out your silver flute and begin to play a soothing melody to calm the wolves down. Things start off pretty well- you’ve gotten good at your instrument by now, and it’s no challenge to get the wolves to start backing down. Some of them begin to back away, a few of their eyes even begin fluttering as they start to get sleepy, but then…

A single missed note.

You don’t know if it’s the sweat from training earlier on your hands, nerves, or just plain bad luck, but you miss a single note at the worst time- letting out a high pitched shriek that not only puts the wolves back on high alert, but gets them to panic enough that they begin charging towards you and your group!

---

COMBAT HAS BEGUN
(Usually I give thirty minute voting rounds and try to keep things moving as fast as possible, but given my current business with school that may not be entirely feasible. I’ll do my absolute best so bear with me!)

>Attack
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give your companions commands (What do you say?)
>Try to calm them down with your flute again (Slightly higher DC each time you fail)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4684277
>>Do something fancy (What?)
find the alpha and Dominate it physically
>>
Rolled 20 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4684294
Roll me 1d20+7 (+6 for STR, +1 for Pugilism). You need to beat the roll above. If you fail I will autopilot the party members since no commands were given
>>
Rolled 15 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4684330
Strong!
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Rolled 5, 15, 10, 15, 11, 4, 17 + 4 = 81 (7d20 + 4)

You track down the Alpha, a male who is a little larger than the other wolves, and attempt to put him in a headlock and wrestle him to the ground. Though you manage to get a hold on him and capture him for a moment, he breaks free after a brief but violent struggle before barreling back towards you for a bite!

Meanwhile, Barret charges forward with his sword and slices one of the beasts clean in half, blood spurting out across the grass as the halves fall limp to the ground!

*Wolf 1’s Health: -12 (-2/10)*

Jeanne points her oaken staff at another wolf. ”Firebolt!” she shouts as a dart of red flame smacks into the side of the creature’s head, burning a large portion of its face as it goes down for the count!

*Wolf 2’s Health: -14 (-4/10)*

Lastly, Clarissa takes aim and fires at another wolf near you, skewering it through the neck as it too falls dead.

*Wolf 3’s Health: -15 (-5/10)*

As the Alpha charges at you, the other six remaining wolves all work together to try and overwhelm Barret!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge! The first die is the Alpha’s attack against you, the other six are all against Barret!
>>
Rolled 4, 3, 1 + 2 = 10 (3d6 + 2)

Damage against Barret!

Each wolf is 1d6+2 (+4 for STR, -2 for Chainmail)
>>
Rolled 11 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4684413
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
You deftly block the Alpha’s attack with your kite shield, the creature bouncing off the iron back to the ground. He looks up at you, snarling. Seems you’re in this for the long haul now.

Your companion, however, doesn’t fare so well. Barret rolls out the way of the first two wolves attacks. After that he barely manages to punt another assailant away with the flat of his sword, but two more wolves catch him off guard and bite into his calves, throwing him to the ground. A third pounces on his chest and starts biting into his left arm as he screams in pain!

*Barret’s Health: -14 (26/40)*

”Barret, hang in there!” Jeanne shouts, worry written on her face as she hurries to prepare her next attack, Clarissa following suit.

>Attack Alpha
>Attempt to dominate Alpha again
>Attack one of the wolves on Barret
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give your companions commands (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4684461
>Attack Alpha
>>
>>4684461
>>Attack Alpha
Let's show 'em who's 'Top Dog' around here!
>>
>>4684502
Roll me 1d10+7 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality) for damage! No need to roll to see if you hit, the wolves aren't intelligent enough to dodge.
>>
Rolled 10 + 7 (1d10 + 7)

>>4684522
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
Rolled 19, 1, 18, 8 + 5 = 51 (4d20 + 5)

The Alpha charges towards you, leaping into the air to slam down on your chest, but you sidestep it and duck just underneath the arc of his jump. With a devious grin, you thrust your longsword upwards, skewering the creature straight through its belly, your sword piercing all the way through as blood and guts sprays over your armor. You swing your sword, tossing the beast to the ground as you look to your companions.

*Wolf 10’s Health: -17 (-7/10)

Struggling, Barret manages to knock the hilt of his sword into the wolf on his chest’s head, temporarily bucking it off of him!

*Wolf 4’s Health: -6 (4/10)*

Soon after a bolt of fire slams into the same wolf’s back, burning its fur as it falls down limp on Barret’s body!

*Wolf 4’s Health: -9 (-5/10)*

Lastly, Clarissa knocks an arrow, releasing the bowstring as it flies true and strikes one of the wolves on Barret’s leg, hitting it in the flank as it falls dead!

*Wolf 5’s Health: -10 (0/10)*

There are only four wolves left, all of whom continue to swarm your friend on the ground!

---

Realized I messed up the roll last time, Wolves have 5 DEX so it should've been +5!
>>
Rolled 3, 3 + 2 = 8 (2d6 + 2)

Rolling for damage against Barret!

1d6+2 per wolf (+4 for STR, -2 for Chainmail)
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
Another wolf jumps on Barret’s sword arm, biting down into it as the wolf on his leg keeps chomping away, though he does manage to swing the side of his body just enough to avoid the other 2 wolves’ attacks!

*Barret’s Health: -10 (16/40)*

Your doofy-haired friend isn’t looking so good anymore. Perhaps you’ll want Jeanne to heal him soon, or maybe just retreat for the day after the battle is done.

>Attack
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give your companions commands (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4684570
>>Attack
Get away from my pal, mutt!
>>
>>4684570
>>Attack
tell barrett to pull back and not get hit!
>>
Roll me 1d10+7 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality) for damage!
>>
Rolled 2 + 7 (1d10 + 7)

>>4684659
SMASH
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
Barret manages to firmly grasp his sword and slash at one of the wolves on top of him, sending the feral animal to the afterlife.

*Wolf 6’s Health: -10 (0/10)*

Jeanne and Clarissa shoot a firebolt and arrow respectively, each striking and killing off one of the other three wolves still hounding Barret.

*Wolf 7’s Health: -12 (-2/10)
*Wolf 8’s Health: -12 (-2/10)

Lastly, you stride up to the last one and slash at it with your longsword, sending it flying a few inches as it skids against the grass, blood pouring out rapidly.

*Wolf 9’s Health: -9 (1/10)*

The final wolf is unable to continue fighting in its current condition and without its friends. If left alone, it will probably bleed out within the next ten or so minutes.

>Finish the wolf off. Give the creature a merciful death.
>Let it be. It’ll die slowly and painfully for hurting your friend
>Have Jeanne heal it. Maybe you can try and tame it? (Do you try or Clarissa if this is the case? How do you do so?)
>Other (write in)

Regardless of choice above

>Proceed normally
>Have Jeanne heal Barret and then proceed
>Retreat for now, you’ll have to come back later today or sometime tomorrow
>Other (write in)

---

This is either the last update for tonight or at least for a couple of hours. Got a lot of work done today somehow but still have a huge paper tomorrow and a few other final small assignments. Thank you guys for your patience and sorry for the smaller and simpler combat updates, I wanted to keep things fast but didn't have time to make it super fancy. Thank you guys for reading and playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
>>4684686
>Finish the wolf off. Give the creature a merciful death.
>Have Jeanne heal Barret and then proceed
>>
>>4684691
+1
>>
>>4684686
>Have Jeanne heal it. Maybe you can try and tame it? (Do you try or Clarissa if this is the case? How do you do so?)
Have Clarissa try to tame it. Suggest cutting it's ears, marking it as a lesser creature, though admit you don't know much about taming animals.
>>
>>4684686
>Have Jeanne heal it. Maybe you can try and tame it? (Do you try or Clarissa if this is the case? How do you do so?)
>Suggest peeing on it to assert dominance unless Clarissa has a better idea.
>Have Jeanne heal Barret and then proceed
>>
>>4684691
+1
>>
>Have Jeanne heal it and try to tame it

I seem to remember the liver is the most prized part of a kill for wolves. Herald should eat the alphas liver in front of the remaining wolf to show dominance, unless Clarissa has some kind of wolf taming knowledge?
>>
>>4684686
>Finish the wolf off. Give the creature a merciful death.
>Have Jeanne heal Barret and then proceed
Fuck that wolf, heal Barrett instead of wasting spells on dying beta.
>>
Maybe we should heal Barret first and get him to hang back, then the wolf incase the taming doesn't go to plan
>>
Just a heads up, still working on this monster paper. Update will probably be late tonight or tomorrow morning.
>>
Rolled 1, 4, 1 + 6 = 12 (3d6 + 6)

>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
Keeping your longsword drawn, you approach the wolf that’s bleeding out on the ground. It looks up at you, fear in its eyes, but you’re not backing down. This thing’s already caused enough trouble for your group, but at the very least you can grant it a merciful death. It’s your right, after all- you were simply stronger.

You push the tip of the blade into the creature’s neck and finish it off, letting it die mercifully as you flick the blood off your blade before sheathing it. Turning to the rest of the group, you address Jeanne first. ”Can you heal Barret’s wounds?” you ask.

She nods her head before running over to the fighter, kneeling down next to him. ”It’s going to be okay Barret- just hang in there” she mutters, holding her staff over his body. ”Lesser Heal!” she calls out as a green magic circle appears at the tip of her staff this time.

You watch as little tendrils of green, magical energy make their way from the circle towards Barret, running along his body and closing up his wounds. He stops bleeding at the very least, and he looks a bit better, but you can tell he’s still injured.

*Barret’s Health: +12 (28/40)*

*Major Spells Left: 2/3*

”Thanks Jeanne, I’m all better now” Barret lies, smiling at her as he picks himself up off the ground. He also sheaths his sword, looking at you and Clarissa. ”Thank the Gods you guys didn’t get hurt too bad” he says, letting out a sigh of relief.

Jeanne still doesn’t look very happy. ”You’re still hurt, idiot! Here, let me heal you again” she insists, but Barret puts a hand up.

”You’ve only got two spells left, right? We may need those for whatever this gnome has in store. You should save them for now” he says, looking towards you. What, did he think this is what you wanted?

Well… is it?

>”He’s right, conserve your spells. We need to keep moving” (Press onward)
>”Don’t be stupid, Barret. Jeanne, go ahead and top him off” (Have her use one more Lesser Heal and then continue)
>”Let’s be smart and retreat for now. We can always come back later tonight or tomorrow” (Head back to Rathalon proper)
>Other (write in)

---

Finally finished everything up! Brain is fried so there may not be too many updates tonight still, but I'll be back in full force tomorrow
>>
>>4685691
>>Other (write in)
ask Clarissa if she can show us the best way to skin a wolf. then skin the wolfs
>”He’s right, conserve your spells. We need to keep moving” (Press onward)

Thanks for the Update QM!!
>>
>>4685691
>”Don’t be stupid, Barret. Jeanne, go ahead and top him off”
We're only gonna get hurt more, get him back in shape now, rather than in middle of a fight.
>Skin wolves
Fuck yea, and then let's order wolf coats made when we're back in the town.
Super Coat Bros.
>>
>>4685691
>>”He’s right, conserve your spells. We need to keep moving” (Press onward)
Also mirroring what
>>4685697
Said--let's see if we can't skin these goofs
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”He’s right, conserve your spells” you tell Jeanne. She doesn’t look too happy about your answer, but with a growl of disapproval she puts her staff away and crosses her arms.

”Clarissa, toss me back one of those daggers I gave you” you order, to which the ranger complies. ”Now help me skin these wolves” you command next, already started on the one you just mercy killed.

Clarissa raises an eyebrow. ”I’m surprised a guy like you knows how to do that” she states, starting on another one near her.

Of course you do. You didn’t have a family to rely on- all you had was your master, the one who came in after everything had been razed and taught you the ways of Conquest. Of course, you had to do some chores for them and pick up a few survival skills, so it was only natural you learned how to skin and clean animals- though you can’t really do the latter without a water source.

Nevertheless, you and Clarissa finish the task together in under a half hour and dry out most of the blood before you toss the leathers into your bag of holding. With the loot secured, you press onwards with your group.

The four of you travel for around an hour before you stumble upon an open clearing. You’re pretty deep in the woods now- it’s likely safe to deploy the coffee if you so wish. On the other hand though, you could explore a little more to see if you can find any concrete clues or other objects of interest in the forest. The day is still pretty young, only around 11:00AM by now.

>Deploy tactical coffee-skin
>Explore the forest more
>Take a short rest (1 or 2 hours?)
>Other (write in)
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 50/50
Str: 6
Dex: 5
Con: 5
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6
Conquest Points: 1

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Boons:
Goblin Sense: When you concentrate, you can detect any goblins within a 1 mile radius. You're able to tell which direction they are in, a rough estimate of how far they are, and whether they are goblins, hobgoblins, or goblin behemoths.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 2
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 4
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 1
Investigation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Pugilishm: 1
Seduction: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 1

Inventory:
Gold: 898
Backpack (in bag)
Bag of Holding
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in bag)
Behelit (in bag)
Bronze rank dog tag (Equipped)
Flawless Disguise (in bag)
Glowing Rock x14 (in bag)
Gold bracelet with assorted major gemstones (in bag)
Grappling Hook (in bag)
Half a Sack of Sugar (in bag)
Kite Shield (Equipped)
Letter from S (in bag)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x4 (in bag)
Rope, 50ft. hempen (in bag)
Shovel (in bag)
Silver Flute (in bag)
Waterskin filled with sugary coffee(in bag)
Wolf Leather x10 (in bag)

Barret (Fighter)
Health: 28/40
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 4
Int: 2
Wis: 2
Cha: 4

Jeanne (Mage)
Health: 20/20
Str: 3
Dex: 3
Con: 2
Int: 6
Wis: 5
Cha: 2

Major Spells left for today: 2/3

Clarissa (Ranger)
Health: 30/30
Str: 5
Dex: 6
Con: 3
Int: 4
Wis: 3
Cha: 5

Arrows Left: 36

Clarissa's Techniques:
Headshot: Once per battle, Clarissa can choose to take -10 to an attack roll to hit. If she hits, she instantly kills the enemy (Not applicable against all enemies).
>>
>>4685838
>>Explore the forest more
>Leave a trail of glowing rocks just in case we gotta skedaddle in a hurry
>>
>>4685838
>>Explore the forest more
> Use Goblin Sense
>Use the grapple hook to climb to the top of tallest nearby tree.
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
Concentrating, you close your eyes and take a deep breath, letting the celestial energy radiate outwards from your body and spread over the surrounding area. Sure enough you pick up a hit on your radar- four goblins almost a full mile north of you. Unless you go looking for trouble with them they’ll probably stay out of your range.

”Let’s do a little more exploring first. You guys stay down here for a moment, I’m gonna get a better look” you inform the group, swinging your grappling hook up into a nearby tree and climbing to the top. (You’ve got plenty of time and are in no immediate danger, so there’s no need to roll)

Eventually your head pokes out of the leaves as you stand at the top. From up here there’s a sort of serene peace, like you’re separated from all of the worldly troubles that plague you. Shaking that introspective feeling off for now however, you scout out the nearby area. Three things stick out in particular to you.

The first is a little bit to the east. There’s a field of flowers glowing different colors- a mesmerizing and beautiful sight. You don’t recognize what kind of flowers they are yourself, as they weren’t native to your old home, but perhaps they’d be useful to gather. At the very least they’d provide something pretty to look at with your friends.

To the west is another clearing with a pond in it. There’s nothing that sticks out to you immediately, but perhaps you could find something of interest there or maybe do some hunting. Beyond the immediate nature stuff though, something feels like it’s drawing you towards it, but the feeling is faint at best.

Lastly, almost a whole mile to the north, you manage to just barely spot the four goblins you sensed. Given their green skin and small stature, you never would’ve seen them if you hadn’t used your Goblin Sense ability to detect where they were at a moment ago. It looks like they’re armed with goblin spears and longbows, probably just doing some scouting. Maybe there’s another village around here further in the forest? You didn’t sense one nearby, so maybe they’re leftovers from another cave or hideaway.

You climb back down the tree and retrieve your grappling hook, brushing some loose leaves and twigs off of your armor.

”What’s the plan, Herald?” Clarissa asks.

>”I want to show you guys something I saw up there” (Take them to the flowers)
>”There’s a pond not far from here, I can feel it calling to me…” (Take them to the pond)
>”There are goblins afoot- I want to see what they’re up to and deal with them accordingly” (Head towards the goblins. Stealthily or charging straight at them?)
>”Nothing worth bothering with, let’s set the trap” (Prepare the coffee)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4685997
>>”There’s a pond not far from here, I can feel it calling to me…” (Take them to the pond)

Are we The Once and Future King?
>>
>>4685997
>>4686017
+1
>>
>>4686017
Are we The Once and Future King?
whats this mean?
>>
>>4686017
support
lets become King Arthur or meet a Hydra.
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”There’s a pond not far from here, I can feel it calling to me…” you answer, trailing off as you make your way towards the body of water. Your companions give you a few weird looks out of confusion, but otherwise follow you without complaint.

Just to be safe, you toss down some of your glowing rocks to make sure you don’t lose track of where you are. The way you got to the clearing was just a straight shot in one direction, but now that you’re exploring the forest in a bit more depth, you’ll want to leave trails back to the clearing for wherever you go to be safe.

*Glowing Rock: 11*

After about ten minutes you find yourself in front of the pond. Despite the source of fresh water, you don’t notice any animal tracks that would suggest it’s been visited anytime recently, despite the sounds of life you hear throughout the woods.

As you approach the water’s edge, you feel that calling stronger than before, as if urging you to interact with the water itself. You get the feeling that once you make a decision, you will lose out on the other opportunities available.

”It’s uhh… a pond alright!” Clarissa says, taking a seat on the ground as she leans back on her arms. ”I guess it’s kinda peaceful”

”You said you heard it calling to you?” Jeanne asks. ”I do sense some form of magic now that we’re here, but it feels like it’s shrouded in mystery. I can’t quite make out what kind of magic is present or how powerful it is” she informs you.

>Look deeply into the pond
>Drink from the pond
>Dive into the pond
>”Perhaps it’s not worth messing with” (What do you do instead?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4686122
>Dive into the pond
CONQUEEEEESSSSSSSSSTTTT
>>
>>4686131
mad lad, lets do it.
>>
>>4686131
might wanna strip off our heavy plate armor first desu, but i agree
>>
>>4686122
>Dive into the pond
Let’s get this one boys
>>
>>4686131
Are you crazy? That is so dangerous... LETS GOOOOOOOO!
>>
>>4686131
LET'S FUCKING GOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
show our party our RIPPLING ABS
>>
>>4686131
YEEEEEAH, WE NEVER CONQUERED BY BEING WEAK
>>
File: Eb02cTgXkAEj8K6.jpg (80 KB, 680x677)
80 KB
80 KB JPG
>>4686122
>Dive into the pond
YEEEEEEHAAAA MOTHERFUCKER
>>
File: tegaki.png (12 KB, 400x400)
12 KB
12 KB PNG
You exhale loudly as you begin stretching your arms and legs for what you’ve got planned next.

”Herald?!” Jeanne calls out in surprise, but it’s too late- your body has just touched the surface of the water as you dive into the pond. You continue to push yourself deeper towards the bottom, pressing your feet together and spreading your arms in an arc like motion.

Strange, when you were on the surface before you could see the bottom, but now the water seems infinitely vast. You can no longer hear your companions up above, just the infinite abyss of water all around you. Despite the fact you’ve been down here for minutes now, you feel no strain on your lungs or need to breathe.

You push yourself further and further down, until at last you see something resembling the ground below you. As you approach, you notice something shiny at the bottom. The strange object glints, stuck halfway in the mud.

Once you finally get to it, you notice it appears to be a strange, golden ring with a design unlike any you’ve ever seen before. You place two fingers delicately around the object and pull it out from the mud. Despite looking like it’s been stuck here since time immemorial, it looks to be in perfect condition- not a speck of dirt or damage on it.

With your new possession in hand, you turn around to head back towards your friends, but when you look behind you the sky and your companions’ forms are visible once more. No longer is there a seemingly eternal climb- you breach the water in only a few seconds.

”What the hell did you do that fo-” Jeanne stops mid sentence as you climb out of the pond, water dripping from your armor as you hold out the ring. ”What...what is that? I can feel it- that magic from before” she states

”I don’t know, but I could feel it calling to me” you answer, inspecting the ring for any hints as to its purpose. Your search comes up empty- by all appearances it’s just a strange, fancy golden ring.

>Put it on
>You’ll mess with it later- you’ve got other things to worry about (Gnome trap, Flowers, or Goblins?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4686445
>You’ll mess with it later- you’ve got other things to worry about (Gnome trap, Flowers, or Goblins?)
>Set up gnome trap
Seems like something we should get examined before putting on, might be cursed or something.
>>
>>4686445
>Put it on
One ring, to rule them all
>>
I'll give the vote another hour before tiebreaking
>>
>>4686531
>Put it on
drip
>>
>>4686445
>Put it on
It looks... Preciouuuuuuussss
>>
>>4686445
>Put it on
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
You slip on the strange ring, and you instantly feel different- as if you’re not quite in the same layer of reality as before. The name Elden Ring pops into your mind, and you inherently understand that this is the name of the strange ring you’ve found.

”You alright?” Jeanne asks, but when you go to look up at her you notice goblins right behind her!

”Watch out!” you shout, pushing past her and slicing your sword through one of the little green fuckers- only for it to go right through it. No, not like ‘cut it in half and blood spurts everywhere’ right through it- your blade simply passes through its body without doing...anything. Furthermore, the creature seems completely unperturbed.

”What was that for?!” Jeanne asks, having fallen down after you pushed her out of the way. She brushes a few strands of grass off her cloak and picks herself up, her face a mixture of frustration and confusion.

”Do you not see them?” you ask as one of the creatures walks through your body and towards the pond. They’re all speaking to one another in Goblin, but sadly you don’t understand their depraved language. One thing you do notice, however, are your surroundings.

The trees look naked now, their leaves on the ground like they would’ve been in the fall. When you look closely however, you can still see the trees and the clearing around you as they were before, almost like these new sights are a thin blanket over everything else. Are you seeing...the past?

The longer you wear the ring however, the more your head begins to pound in pain. After about five minutes you can take it no longer and remove the ring, the pain subsiding over the course of another minute or so.

”I...I think I was seeing what’s happened in the past, but I’m not too sure” you inform your companions, sticking the ring back in your bag of holding for now.

”I’ve never heard of anything like that…” Jeanne murmurs to herself. ”I’ll look into it more when we get back to town”

”Weren’t we here to finish our quest?” Barret asks, to which Clarissa butts her elbow into his side.

”Chill out” she tells him, ”we’ve got time to explore a little before we jump headfirst into trouble- especially if there’s magic rings lying around”

>”Barret is right, let’s get back to what we came here for” (Set gnome trap in clearing)
>”There was something else I wanted to look into…” (Flowers or Goblins?)
>”Let’s see what else the forest has in store for us” (Explore in an attempt to find something else)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4686626
>”Barret is right, let’s get back to what we came here for” (Set gnome trap in clearing)
>>
>>4686626
>”There was something else I wanted to look into…” (Flowers)
>>
>>4686626
>”Barret is right, let’s get back to what we came here for” (Set cofe in clearing)
>>
Gonna give another hour for votes before updating as a heads up!
>>
>>4686651
+1
>>
>flowers
>>
File: tegaki.png (30 KB, 400x400)
30 KB
30 KB PNG
”There was something else I wanted to look into. Come with me” you tell the group, following your trail of glowing rocks back to the clearing you were at before. Once there, you make you travel opposite of the direction the pond was in, leaving a few more glowing rocks behind so you don’t lose your way again.

*Glowing Rocks: 8*

After another ten or fifteen minutes, you arrive in a wide field of flowers, each glowing various pastel hues and shifting color every few minutes. You notice some glowflies as well, whose bodies light up in bright green and blue hues as their bodies bounce against the flowers and each other.

You step forward, breathing in the air deeply. Despite never having seen this type of flora before, you get a distinct feeling of familiarity- nostalgia, even.

”Sentimentalilies!” Jeanne exclaims, jogging over to the flowers and kneeling down to smell them. ”I haven’t seen these since I left the capitol!”

”Senti-what-nows?” Clarissa asks in a somewhat confused tone.

”Sentimentalilies. They’re flowers that remind you of the past when you smell them” Barret informs her, ”plus, they’re really pretty, don’tcha think?” he asks, looking between you and Clarissa.

The latter shrugs her shoulders. ”Flowers are flowers, and in case you forgot there’s things from my past that I’d rather not remember” she answers. ”I’m gonna wait back at the clearing” she tells you before following the glowing rocks back to where you came from.

Jeanne doesn’t seem to be paying attention to what’s going on around her. She’s laying flat on her back now, eyes closed and with a joyful smile on her face.

Barret chuckles. ”Looks like she’s having a good memory. Hope it’s about me!”

>Lay down and breathe the scent in deeply (Interactive Flashback)
>Grab a couple and stow them away. Maybe they have some use in herbalism
>Wake Jeanne up and head back to the clearing with Clarissa, you’ve got a gnome to catch!
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4686770
>Lay down and breathe the scent in deeply (Interactive Flashback)
HELL YE
>>
>>4686770
>Lay down and breathe the scent in deeply (Interactive Flashback)
maybe when we get back to town we should speak with Castor about the ring from Mordor
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
You lay down on your back next to Jeanne and close your eyes, taking in the scents around you. You do start to feel memories swirling around in your head, a sense of nostalgia and familiarity flooding your mind as you let yourself be taken over with sentimental thoughts…

What kind of memory does your mind wander towards?

>A memory about your master
>A memory about your parents
>The memory of that night
>A specific one (write in) Reserving the right to veto if it makes no sense or conflicts with existing backstory
>>
>>4686823
Vote will last for ~2 hours from now
>>
>>4686825
>>A memory about your parents
folks
>>
>>4686823
>A memory about your parents
Ah shit, here we go lads
>>
>>4686823
>A memory about your master
>>
>>4686823
>A memory about your parents
Let’s do this
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
You are a young boy living in the small hamlet of Trisdale. It’s a tiny little town without much of note, mostly farmers and small time craftsmen. You don’t have any siblings, but you’re happy with the way life is.

Your mother is a kind woman who always takes care of you and makes sure people in the village are getting along with one another. She’s been teaching you about different plants and animals lately.

Your father is super strong and could take on anyone! He knows how to fight and said he’d train you soon since you’re old enough to hold a sword now. He’s always talking with other guys around the village about freedom and ‘making a better place for you to live’, but you’re already happy with where you are now!

You’ve just come back from playing at the lake nearby. There’s not much to do there though, and there aren’t any other kids your age, so inevitably you’ve decided that it’s time for one of your parents to give you some quality family time!

Who’s the lucky adult?

>Mom
>Dad

---

Posting slightly earlier than deadline so I have time to get started on dinner
>>
>>4686900
>Mom
>>
>>4686900
>>Dad
Sounds based
>>
>>4686900
>Mom
>>
>>4686900
>>Mom
goddamn i love my mom
>>
>>4686900
>Mom
Dad is based but you only have one mom
>>
>>4686900
>Mom
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
As cool as dad is, he’s been so busy lately with those other grown-ups in the village, talking about ‘plotting’ something. It doesn’t make any sense to you since you’re dad’s not a farmer, but whatever.

Instead you head back into the house, a small wood cabin with a thatched roof. Your mother is currently in the kitchen making stew for dinner. It smells like it’s got potatoes- your favorite!

”Mom, I’m home!” you call out as you run over to her, wrapping your arms around her tight.

Right, this is what warmth felt like

”Careful ________, I’m working with a hot stove right now!” she scolds you, but eventually sighs and capitulates to your need for attention, placing her hands on your shoulders.

”Your mother loves you very much” she says, ”but you need to be careful! I don’t want you getting hurt.

”I know mom, I love you too” you answer before breaking away.

”You’re back from the lake already, huh? Well, your mother’s working on dinner right now so she can’t play, but we can talk! Is there anything on your mind sweetie?” she asks as she goes back to the pot, looking over her shoulder at you.

>”Can you tell me more about nature?”
>”What’s dad always talking about?”
>”I want to learn how to cook too!”
>”When am I going to get a little brother or sister?”
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4686986
Oh dad, what a kidder! Probably plotting a surprise party or something.

>”Can you tell me more about nature?”
>>
>>4686986
>”When am I going to get a little brother or sister?”

>>4686956
how many fathers do you have?
>>
>>4686986
>>”What’s dad always talking about?”
>>
Seems we have a three-way tie! I'll give it another half hour for votes to come in, and if there's no more votes then I'll break the tie
>>
Eh, screw it--I'll change >>4687010
to
>>4687052
>>
>>4687052
support
let's see the reason why we lost everything
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
”What’s dad always talking about?”

Your mother stops in place for a moment, the wooden ladle in her hand still. After a deep breath, she gives you an answer. ”Just grown-up things, sweetie. Nothing you need to worry about”

You can’t help but pout- that’s not good enough. ”Come on mom, tell me! Dad says I’m old enough to hold a sword now, so you don’t gotta treat me like a kid anymore!”

She sighs, putting a finger and thumb to her temple as she tries to think of what to say. ”Your father...wants to make things better for us. For the kingdom” she explains, ”but you can’t go talking about that with other people, okay?”

”Why not?” you immediately ask.

”Because it’s a secret. Look, it’s hard to explain- it’s political, and if the wrong people found out then your dad could get hurt, so you need to keep quiet, okay?”

You can’t help but laugh. Dad getting hurt? He’s, like, the best fighter in the whole village! ”Come on mom, dad’s the strongest there is! Now that I can hold a sword, maybe I can help hi-”

”NO” she shouts abruptly, turning around to face you. Her face pales for a moment after realizing how harshly she reacted. ”Oh sweetie, I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to raise my voice. It’s just...what your father is doing is very dangerous. Sometimes I wish he’d just accept the way life is and appreciate what we have, but he’s too kind” she says with a somber smile. ”He wants to make the kingdom better for everyone, including you and me- but the nobles wouldn’t be happy to hear about that” she tells you.

”Why not?” you inquire.

”It’s political” she says again dismissively. What does that even mean?

”The stew is just about done” she tells you, facing the pot as she begins stirring again. ”Why don’t you go get your father for me?”

>”Wait, I wanna talk about something else first!” (What?)
>”Alright, be right back!” (Go get dad)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4687111
>”Alright, be right back!” (Go get dad)
>>
Heads up, I'm gonna get to bed here soon. Tomorrow I'll be a bit on the busier side, so updates will be later in the day.

Thank you all for reading and playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
>>4687111
>>”Alright, be right back!” (Go get dad)
>>
>>4687111
>>”Alright, be right back!” (Go get dad)
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
”Alright, be right back!” you tell your mother as you head out the door and into the backyard.

Your father’s leaning against the fence talking to a few other young men from the village, where you hear the last few snippets of their conversation.

”...they aren’t going to be happy about this” one of the other men says.

”Well screw them! We shouldn’t be taxed to the point we can barely feed ourselves to fund their bullshit C̵͚̫͖͆̌_̴͉̥̳͉̼̠̥͈̮͆n̴̹̝̠͖̮̓̌̋͌̒̆̚̕͝͝_̸̨̦̰̮̭̙̒̒͊͜ǘ̷̦̗̼̬̘̒͊̎͋̕ͅȩ̷̢̡̨͓̰̳͛̔̕͜͠_̸̥̻̺͍͖̜͈͎̭̫͑̓̐̏͛͋̑̇͘̚͝t̴͕̪̥͆̏̊̈́̈́̍́͒́͌” he answers. His ears perk up at the sound of your footsteps however, and he shifts away from the conversation to face you.

”There you are! How’s my boy?” he asks, wrapping you up in a hug before ruffling your hair with a free hand. ”Your father was just talking to his friends about some...work stuff” he says with a chuckle, crouching down to meet your eye line. ”What’s up?”

>”Mom says it’s time for dinner”
>”I wanna help with your work stuff!”
>”You said you’d finally teach me how to use a sword! Can you show me now?”
>"Can we play? The lake was boring by myself"
>Other (write in)

---

Apologies for wait, today was super busy and I'm pooped. Gonna try and pump out a few updates nevertheless!
>>
>>4688005
>”Mom says it’s time for dinner”
>>
>>4688005
>>”Mom says it’s time for dinner”
No need to apologize, QM--you don't have to update every day if you aren't feelin' great.
>>
>>4688034
Nah it's all good I love updating and running for you guys, just want to give context for slow updates/smaller posts
>>
>>4688005
>>”Mom says it’s time for dinner”
no worries QM
>>
>>4688021
+1

The pace is fine with me QM, this is my first quest and I'm having a great time!
>>
File: tegaki.png (57 KB, 400x400)
57 KB
57 KB PNG
”Mom says it’s time for dinner” you say to your father.

”Oh shoot, that’s right!” he responds, making a big show of slapping his forehead in faux surprise before turning to his friends. ”I’ll talk to you guys later tonight” he tells them, to which they nod and head off- presumably back to their own homes.

As you walk back into the house with your dad, he pauses for a moment and sniffs the air. ”Is she making stew?” he says, his eyes filled with glee as he heads with you to the kitchen and takes a seat.

”Just finished~” your mom says, pouring bowls for the three of you and setting them down on the table before joining you.

The three of you talk about many things- Irwin and that weird pumpkin he grew, some of the new clothes the seamstress has been making, what you did down at the lake, so on and so forth. Much laughter and joy is shared as the scene before you starts to get hazier and hazier, just like your parents’ faces.

All good things must come to an end

>Try to resist and stay in the memory
>Come back to the present
>>
>>4688103
>>Try to resist and stay in the memory
MEMORY CONQUEEEEESSSSSSSTTTT
>>
>>4688103
>Come back to the present
>>
>>4688103
>Try to resist and stay in the memory
>>
>>4688103
>Come back to the present
I don't wanna sound like a cunt, but those flashbacks really drag. Might be because we're in a middle of another quest.
>>
>>4688139
All good friend, I don't take it personally! Completely valid point.

I'll leave the vote up for another half hour before tiebreaking
>>
>>4688139
The flashback is ending. The point of the decision is how we come back and everyone reacts.
Are we going to
>Wake up fighting and sweating and everyone asking are we okay
or
>A little tear in our eye, everyone asking if we are okay

Stop being such a cunt, mate.
>>
>>4688103
>>Come back to the present
i like the flash backs but lets not get lost in the lillys.
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
For a moment you consider struggling against the rapidly fading memory. A part of you wants to continue reliving these precious, blissful moments before everything went wrong. Your parents meant the world to you, and there was so much you never got to do with them before that night.

And yet, the past is the past. Although it may have shaped who you are today, it is nevertheless just another thing to be conquered. You close your eyes and accept that nothing will ever change what’s already happened. Nothing will ever be undone. What matters now is the present and the people you care about who are here right now.

With grace, you choose not to thrash and resist the tide as you’re pulled away from that nostalgic scenery and back to the present, your eyes slowly fluttering open. The sun hasn’t moved much in the sky yet- it’s probably been no more than half an hour at best. Clarissa is still nowhere to be seen, probably waiting back at the clearing, but Barret is now laying beside you as well, eyes closed with a doofy smile on his face.

”So you’re finally awake then?” you hear a high-pitched voice say. Without the small creaking of age in its tone, you would’ve guessed it was a child. As you sit up on the grass however, you don’t see anyone else there.

”I didn’t mean to alarm you, human. Forgive me- I remain invisible for my own protection. I noticed you and your friends were getting lost in the sentimentalilies and figured I’d watch over you to make sure no goblins or wolves got in the way. I consider myself the guardian of this forest” the voice tells you.

It’s coming from somewhere nearby, probably within a few feet of you, but you just can’t tell exactly where it is. It sounds as though it’s coming from low to the ground now, and piecing together its invisibility and higher pitched voice, it’s not hard to guess it’s probably the gnome you’re looking for. Still, he seems oddly friendlier than you were expecting- though perhaps that too is a trap in and of itself.

You stand alert, your friends still snoozing away in blissful ignorance. It would take too long to rouse them now- you’ll have to decide on a course of action first before waking them, assuming you want the initiative.

>Attack all around you- get him while he’s not suspecting it!
>Offer him your coffee as a ‘gift’ first
>”Who are you exactly?”
>”Are you the one taking the animals? Why are you doing this?”
>Wake your friends up first. You’ll lose the initiative and any sense of surprise, but they’ll be with you for whatever comes next.
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4688188
>>”Who are you exactly?”
Best to be 100% sure before we use our SECRET WEAPON
>>
>>4688188
>”Are you the one taking the animals? Why are you doing this?”
sit down and act no threateningly.
>>
>>4688188
>>”Are you the one taking the animals? Why are you doing this?”
"thank you for watching over me" sit down as to not be threatening.
>>
>>4688208
sorry for the double posts, my internet is acting funny.
>>
>>4688194
>>4688208
Gonna mix both. Figured I'd give a heads up I'm working on it now since this post may take a bit, just in case any votes come in the meantime
>>
File: tegaki.png (13 KB, 400x400)
13 KB
13 KB PNG
”Who are you exactly?” you ask the disembodied voice.

”Ah, forgive my rudeness- my name is Calzifer. As I told you before, I’m the one who watches over these woods and helps maintain the balance. Many animals and creatures call this place home, and even you humans take wood from these trees. I am the one who makes sure everything keeps working correctly, so that life here may flourish” he answers.

Sitting back down to try and make yourself not look threatening, you clear your throat. ”Thank you for watching over us”

You hear mirthful laughter from the voice. ”Oh, it was no trouble at all. I just wanted to make sure you three didn’t get hurt” he tells you.

At this point, you hear Jeanne and Barret groaning as their eyes start to flutter open, the two of them sitting up.

”What...what’s going on?” Jeanne asks, rubbing her eyes before she slowly starts to wake up. ”Ah, the sentimentalilies! How long was I out?” she asks, looking at you panicked.

”No more than a half hour at most, child” the disembodied voice replies, to which Jeanne and Barret both immediately stand up, putting their hands on their weapons. You hold your arm out for them to stop. They look at you reluctantly for a moment before slowly relaxing their stances.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (69 KB, 400x400)
69 KB
69 KB PNG
”Are you the one taking the animals?” you inquire next, narrowing your eyes.

”...So that’s why you’re here” the voice sighs. ”Yes, and I’m going to continue to do so” it states matter-of-factly.

”Why?!” Barret chimes in before you get the chance to ask yourself.

There’s silence for a moment before the voice speaks again. ”Several nights ago, someone in dark knight’s armor visited these woods. Tried to tell me that you humans living nearby needed to be stopped- that you were evil and that he was putting together a force to deal with you. Of course, I’m over four hundred years old- so I have quite a bit of life experience. The knight was young- maybe not compared to you three, but to me I could read his thoughts like that of a child’s. He was plotting something and I didn’t want any part of it. That said, whatever he has in mind sounded dangerous, so I wanted to save the animals” the voice explains.

”Just the animals?!” Barret shouts back, rage filling his expression as you stand up, ready to hold him back in case he charges forward. ”Why wouldn’t you tell the people?!”

”Oh yes, a little gnome who talks to plants and animals all day in the forest preaching about incoming doom- that’d go over so well!” the voice responds sarcastically. ”More likely than not, they’d try to stuff me in a jar and sell me. I don’t wish you big folk any harm, but I’m not about to put my life and this forest in danger to try and give a warning that likely wouldn’t be listened to” he says, anger filling his voice now.


”Besides, I know not what the knight has planned. For all I know you big folk will be perfectly capable of handling it. Is it so wrong for me to free these animals?”

”Of course it is” Jeanne says in a disgruntled tone, ”the farmers need those animals to make a living and survive. Besides, they’d probably be safer in those pens than out here with wolves and goblins!” she fires back.

The voice scoffs at this, ”Better they die in the cycle of nature than as a result of war and catastrophe. You’re simply too young and too human-minded, you wouldn’t understand” he chides.

>Try to convince the gnome to stop taking the animals (What do you say?)
>”If words won’t work, then weapons will have to do” (Fight)
>”Thank you for helping us and telling us of this danger. Here, take this as a gift…” (Give coffee)
>”What exactly did this knight look like?”
>”Do you know what this ring is?” (Show him the Elden Ring)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4688293
>”What exactly did this knight look like?”
Do you know where he went?
>”Do you know what this ring is?” (Show him the Elden Ring)
>Try to convince the gnome to stop taking the animals (What do you say?)
Advise there is a quest out and more and more people will come if he continues. If stops now, less people will come in the forest.

Call him a hypocrite. Humans are animals and it's in their nature for war as well as peace.
How is he going to save the spiders if he keeps freeing the butterflies? Spiders need to eat too and they'll die if they don't. Yeah, that's a thinker right there.

Challenge him to a musical duel if that doesn't convince him.

1 of these 3 should, hopefully, maybe, make him stop.

>”Thank you for helping us and telling us of this danger. Here, take this as a gift…” (Give coffee)
This should be a last resort. If he refuses, this might make him go crazy. We can capture him and force him to stop.

After this is all done, let's go kill those goblins.
>>
>>4687041
Only the one, but I've known several men that were like fathers to me.

>>4688293
Hmm... FUCK. I think this knight might have been the same S that taught that behemoth. The quest isn't important, we need to get back to the village and warn them immediately.
>>
>>4688293
>>”What exactly did this knight look like?”
Sounds like that dick who taught the goblins how to mine. Before we do anything we oughta' milk this guy for info.

>Try to convince the gnome to stop taking the animals (What do you say?)
What >>4688414 said. If he keeps it up there's just going to be more adventurers tromping through the woods--he can probably handle himself, but what happens when some crazy-ass chaotic-evil sorcerer comes and melts the whole forest or something?
>>
Roll me 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Persuasion). You need at least a 20 to convince him with the forest argument.
>>
Rolled 14 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4688459
PLEASE, THINK OF THE CHILDREN
>>
>>4688460
Nicely done! This one may take me a bit considering there's a lot of stuff being asked, so if it ends up coming out tomorrow pls forgive!
>>
>>4688460
WON'T SOMEBODY THINK OF THE CHILDREN?!

Nice roll.
>>
File: tegaki.png (12 KB, 400x400)
12 KB
12 KB PNG
First and foremost, the mention of this knight doesn’t slip past your notice. Someone looking to cause trouble in Rathalon? Could this be the same ‘S’ that’s out here teaching fucking goblins how to mine and smith? If so, then this could be bad news. They’re planning on attacking Rathalon? How many are his numbers? What kind of monsters has he recruited? When is this happening?!

You take a deep breath and calm yourself down, starting with the basics. ”What exactly did this knight look like? Do you know where he went?” you inquire, limiting yourself to the two most pertinent questions.

The voice pauses for a moment in thought before answering. ”Like I said, he was wearing dark armor, made out of some black material. His helmet was kind of...angular? He smelled of blood and steel as well- someone used to murder, I imagine” he informs you. ”I didn’t pay much attention to where he went after leaving the forest unfortunately, but he left the woods themselves from the north if that’s worth anything” he tells you.

Alright, that’s a start at the very least. Dark black armour and loves to murder! You even got a whole cardinal direction!

[1/3]
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
Next, you pull out that strange golden accessory you found earlier, the Elden Ring, and hold it with your arm stretched forward. ”Do you know what this ring is?” you ask him.

There is silence for nearly half a minute as you stand there with the ring held out, waiting for some kind of response. Finally, there is a soft chuckle that slowly evolves into more and more raucous laughter. Eventually, the gnome calms down and finally answers you. ”So it chose you, did it? The ring of blessings and curses found its way into the hands of some human knight?! You are the one destined to hold it? Ooooooooohhhh, there is no END to the wonders of this world! That it would go to one so young- does it even hold any value in hands as newborn as yours?” the voice responds.

Getting irritated by what you assume are insults, you snap back at the disembodied voice. ”What do you mean? You, who barely even know me- how exactly am I undeserving of this- whatever this is?!” you shout in frustration.

There is a little more chuckling before the voice responds. ”You misunderstand, child. It has nothing to do with your character. No, it’s just funny that a human of all races would pick it up, and one so young!”

”And why’s that?”

”You see, the Elden Ring allows the wielder it chooses to see visions of the past wherever they stand. Sometimes important, sometimes not as much- but all with some purpose. Its one rule, however, is it can only show events that happened when the wielder was alive. So if I held it for example, I could see events up to four hundred years ago. In the hands of a gnome or an elf it’s an incredible tool that can reveal ancient secrets or change the way we see reality- but to such a short-lived race like humans, and one whose barely an adult, you can only see such a small fraction of the past. Do you see now why I find it so humorous?” the gnome explains.

Frowning, you realize the guy has a point. As incredible of a power it carries, it’s not nearly as useful in your hands given the limitations. ”Can’t I just give it to you or an elf to use for me then?” you ask.

”I’m afraid not. Only those who are chosen by the ring can wield it. It will reject all others, plain and simple” the gnome tells you.

Well, being able to see events that happened up to twenty years ago is better than nothing you guess.

[2/3]
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
Putting the magic item back in your bag for now, you address your final point. ”You need to stop taking the animals” you tell the disembodied voice.

There’s another irritated sigh before the gnome responds. ”So young, so naive, so human. Why should I cease saving the innocent animals? Go ahead, do tell me- oh great and knowledgeable big folk!” he says in a mocking tone.

”Well for one, there’s a quest out for you. Dead or alive” you say matter-of-factly. That seems to shut him up real good. ”That’s why we came out here. Knowing you’re not some common thief or monster however, I’d prefer not to come to blows with you. Furthermore, if you keep this up, more and more people are going to come and disturb the forest until they find you or destroy the woods trying” you tell him.

”...you make a strong argument, human. The lives of a few farm animals are not worth the entire forest- it simply doesn’t balance out. Fine then, I’ll leave the poor cattle to their doom. Are you happy?” he says, clearly irritated but nevertheless accepting your proposal.

*Success*

”Thank you. In order to stop the adventurers from coming however, I’m going to need a little help from your end. Could you reveal yourself please?” you ask the voice.

After a brief pause, you see the air in front of you shimmer before eventually revealing the form of a small little man with a long beard and wrinkled skin. He stands maybe about three feet tall and holds a little stick in his hand with two seemingly newly budded leaves- probably what the kid had mentioned before. He’s got a pointy red hat as well- cute!

”Fine, but make any hostile moves and I’ll summon The Guardian of this Forest, got it?”

>I need you to come with us and tell the Guild in person you’ll cease your deeds. If you explain yourself, I’m sure things will work out!
>I need your hat to tell the Guild we slew you
>I need your staff to tell the Guild we took care of the problem
>Your beard, give it to me
>Other (write in)

[3/3]
>>
>>4688549
>>Other (write in)
Mind giving me a few beard hairs or something I can use to prove we're square? I don't think the guild will just take my word at face value..
>>
>>4688559
This, either that or we could trade coffee for his hat. The Elden Ring has a lot of interesting implications, for sure.
>>
>>4688549
>Your beard, give it to me
>Other (write in)
> Who's The Guardian of this Forest?
>>
>>4688559
Support
Also ask what the guardian of the forest is and offer him the tactical coffee as compensation

Just got a brilliant idea, why don’t we ask the gnome where exactly he saw the knight so we can go to the spot and look back into the past? We can also do this with the goblin cave to see who S is and figure out where the thief hideout is!
>>
>>4688580
Yeah, ask him if we could have something from the guardian of the forest. That should prove it more than a tiny hat, staff, or beard can.
>>
>>4688589
That's using the ol' noggin there, anon.
>>
>>4688589
That's a sexy brain you have, anon--let's do that!
>>
>>4688589
Damn, that's an INT 10 move right there
>>
Gonna save the next post for tomorrow, but if I'm understanding right, you guys want to

>Ask about Guardian of the Forest and see if you can get a trophy from it
>Failing that, ask for beard hairs
>Ask where knight was so you can ring it up
>Go get Clarissa and then do your ring stuff
Is that all correct?

Also >>4688589 now you're thinking- I love it!
>>
>>4688631
Looks good in my book!
>>
>>4688549
>I need your hat to tell the Guild we slew you
We can return this one back to him, unlike the beard.

>>4688589
+1
>>
>>4689000
+1 giga brain move
but QM are gnome hats inherently magical or can it be detected to be gnome hats and shit
because if not we might be better off takin the beard hair
>>
Got waylaid by college and existing plans. Going to try and update at some time today but if there are no posts it's because of that. Apologies!
>>
Why are we so desperate to give this guy coffee and sugar and turn him into a magical loose cannon?
>>
>>4689026
We literally almost charmed wolves with regular flute. I think the gnome hat will work.
>>
Found a wee bit of time, based on votes going with the hat if the guardian trophy doesn't work instead of beard hairs! Writing now
>>
File: tegaki.png (10 KB, 400x400)
10 KB
10 KB PNG
”Who’s The Guardian of this Forest?”

The gnome smirks. Venus is who I speak of. It’s a powerful spirit of nature that helps protect this place, and it only heeds my call and instruction. It took well over two hundred years of tender love, care, and magical infusion to create such a powerful creature to help me. Of course, Venus is a bit snippy regardless, and uses a lot of energy- drawing on the life of the forest itself to manifest. It’s not something I summon lightly” he tells you.

”Is there any way I could have a trophy from this Venus then? Surely it would be much more convincing than an article of your clothing or some hairs from your person” you inquire.

Calzifer bursts into a short fit of laughter, rolling around on the ground for a moment before standing back up and answering you. ”Oooohhh boy, humans sure are funny. I’d strongly advise against that. Just because I can summon and influence Venus to some extent does not mean I can completely control it. As much as I’d love to oblige you, for your safety I’d strongly recommend against it” he tells you.

Frowning, you let out a sigh and cross your arms. ”Fine then- what about your hat?” you ask.

For a second Calzifer’s face looks horrified. ”You would have me give up such an intensely personal and culturally important piece of myself? How...how could you?!” he answers, tears beginning to form in his eyes.

Quickly you raise your hands out in protest. ”I wasn’t aware! I didn’t mean to offe-”

Your apology is interrupted by more laughter as the gnome wipes the crocodile tears from his eyes. ”I’m just messing with you, human!” he says, pointing at you while laughing before calming himself back down. Man, this little guy sure finds everything hilarious. ”Sure, I can just make a new one I suppose” he says.

Waving his staff around, a long, thin vine grows from the ground and removes the hat from his little bald head, growing towards you and placing the little piece of cloth in your open hand.

”Is this...magical? How will they know it’s real?” you ask.

”Did this quest of yours mention a gnome specifically? Beyond that, who else would have a hat so small? What, would they think you just sewed it to pull the rug over their eyes? I’m not sure how skeptical you big folk have become over the last few centuries, but I’m sure it’ll be fine” he answers, waving a hand dismissively.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
Jeanne sighs in relief as she looks up at you. ”I suppose...mission accomplished then?” she asks, at which point you hear footsteps coming up from behind the gnome. Immediately, Calzifer waves his staff and suddenly vanishes as Clarissa approaches.

”Jeez, when are you guys going to be done? Don’t we have a-” she stops mid sentence when she sees the three of you standing, completely awake, with a little gnome hat in your hand.

”Are you KIDDING ME?! Did you fight that little thing WITHOUT ME?!” she shouts in frustration.

”Relax child- we came to an understanding” the voice says, though it sounds awfully close now. Revealing himself, you find Calzifer standing on your shoulder pauldron.

”Wait- what is he talking about?” Clarissa asks.

You, Barret, and Jeanne quickly explain the situation to her. After a short silence, she lets out an exhausted sigh. ”Unbelievable- you guys finish everything when I’m not around. Awesome” she says, groaning as she leans back against a tree.

”Not exactly everything” you say before craning your head to the little figure on your shoulder. ”Where exactly did you speak to this knight?” you inquire.

The gnome puts a tiny hand to his chin in thought for a moment. ”Probably in that clearing your little rocks lead to” he says, pointing to the trail you left behind before quickly clamoring down your body and back to the ground. For how small he is, he moves with surprising speed!

He waves his little stick again and turns invisible again. ”I should be going now that everything’s sorted. There’s much work to be done maintaining the balance here- I can’t dilly dally all day long!”

>”Wait, one more question!” (What do you ask?)
>”Understood, thank you for your time” (Check out the clearing with your Elden Ring)
>”Thank you, Calzifer. We’ll get everything sorted out” (Return to the Adventurer’s Guild)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4689279
>”Understood, thank you for your time” (Check out the clearing with your Elden Ring)
>>
>>4689279
>Wait one more question

If this knight did wage war on humanity that would surely lead to the destruction of the woodland, cutting down trees for weapons, fires etc. If it did happen, can we count on you to help us bring it to an end and keep the peach?
>>
>>4689279
>”Understood, thank you for your time” (Check out the clearing with your Elden Ring)
>>
>>4689279
>”Understood, thank you for your time” (Check out the clearing with your Elden Ring)
>>
>>4689299
*Keep the peace

You are also welcome to keep the peach if you want to lol
>>
>>4689299
+1
and
>Yell a gnome joke after him
>>
File: tegaki.png (58 KB, 400x400)
58 KB
58 KB PNG
”If the knight does wage war on humanity, then surely that will affect these woods as well. Cutting down trees for weapons, burning the surrounding area, so on and so forth. Would you not join the fight then?” you ask Calzifer before he leaves.

He pauses for a moment before responding. ”If the forest is in danger, I will act. It is not as though I don’t wish to help you, human, but I am simply one gnome, and if I disappear then these woods have no one left to protect them. I will only do what I must” he tells you. The gnome is already invisible, but you get the feeling he left after saying that and make your way back towards the clearing.

Once you arrive, you let out a sigh of exhaustion as you take in your surroundings. Given all the time you’ve spent out here, it’s probably around 4:00PM or so now- the sun still shining down on you. Pulling the Eldren Ring out of your bag, you slip it onto your ring finger and feel that sense of slipping out of reality overcome you.

Your companions stay at the edge of the clearing to give you as much space to see these visions of yours as possible, waiting with bated breath.

You see the gnome’s form standing in front of where you are, his eyes practically popping out of his head at the sight of a bag that you assume has sugar in it. The one holding that bag, however, immediately causes your eyes to spread wide open, your heart to beat faster, and your mind to be filled with a thousand different emotions.

It’s him. It doesn’t matter that it was nearly 12 years ago now- you recognize the knight in the dark armor as if you’d seen him only yesterday. Perhaps the man underneath may look different, but the thick, dark plate is the same as ever.

[1/3]
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
Silas Moonsorrow - Lieutenant to Sir Groff, acolyte of Conquest, and the man who burned down your village and killed your parents.

You fail to gather your bearings as you fall to your knees, hands clasped to the sides of your head as you struggle to hold back over a decade of emotions you’ve suppressed deep inside your gut, building up like bile that desperately needs to be expelled.

Immediately Barret runs over to your side. ”Herald- Herald! Are you okay man? Hey, stay with me buddy!” he says, but you barely register the words. You only just muster the strength to raise your head towards the two figures and listen to what they’re saying.

”The races of this kingdom have grown rotten with greed and decadence. They will eventually destroy your forest. I implore you to aid me when I strike them down in righteous fury and rebuild this kingdom in the name of Conquest- just like those who originally founded it!!” Silas says to the gnome.

”You big folk are all the same- you talk so big about your wars and your ideals, but all it adds up to is bloodshed. You’ll all live, you’ll all die, and things will always change. Your ideals may be eternal but their implementation never is. Leave me- this forest is all I care about” Calzifer replies.

”You...you foolish little gnome! You’ll regret not being a part of the new world I create! Go ahead and watch the pyre from your trees then, for all I care!” he shouts in anger. You’re surprised to see him get this frustrated compared to how calm and collected he was when he butchered everyone you’d ever known and loved.

Calzifer just yawns, and although you can still see his form, Silas starts looking around the clearing confused- meaning the gnome probably went invisible. Calzifer simply walks away into the woods, leaving Silas to stew in his anger.

The knight sits down against a tree, letting out a sigh of frustration. ”No matter, one druid isn’t worth the effort. I’ve been raising my forces a long time for this- it will be enough, even to overcome that man. I just need to get-”

[2/3]
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
You’re unable to make out any more as the pounding in your head combined with the swelling of emotions causes you to vomit, convulsing in pain for a few seconds before you manage to wrest the ring from your finger, leaving you lying on the ground shaking.

Clarissa and Jeanne stare in disbelief- you’ve never shown such weakness to them before, or to anyone for that matter. For the first time in almost a decade you feel actual embarrassment as you shove all those feelings deep down inside you once more. You manage to pick yourself back up after about a minute, wiping the remaining vomit from your mouth before looking up at your teammates.

”What did you see?” Jeanne asks, concern written all over her face as she approaches you, but you brush her off- perhaps a bit more rudely than you meant to.

”Get off of me! I don’t need your pity and I don’t want your concern! I’m fine, fine!” you shout, causing her to recoil as you step back.

”Easy man! Relax, she was just worried” Barret says. You know he’s telling the truth- you know you shouldn’t be so upset- but you simply can’t help yourself.

”It’s someone I know. Silas Moonsorrow- he’s the one plotting an attack on Rathalon”

Jeanne looks shocked at this. ”Uncle Silas? That can’t be right” she says. That’s right, Sir Groff is her father- she probably knew him better than you did.

Uncle Silas...to think he would have anything resembling a family after he tore yours away from you. He should rot in fucking hell and burn for eternity- he doesn’t deserve to have anyone who loves or cares about him. How dare he?!

You can feel your heartbeat quicken as your veins start to bulge, that old familiar hatred coursing through your body.

Your companions step away from you, their faces a mixture of worry and distress. No, you can’t lose the people you have now who actually care about you- who you care about. You give yourself a few minutes to calm down- breathing deeply, in and out, just like your master taught you.

”I’m...I’m sorry” you say quietly. ”It’s a long story. I don’t want to talk about it, but I didn’t mean to snap at you guys”

Your teammates seem relieved to see you get ahold of yourself again, Barret being the first to speak up. ”I understand, boss man. We’re your friends- we’re here for you no matter what” he responds.

You smile at his words, pulling yourself together as you think about what to do next.

>Head straight back to the guild and get this quest sorted
>Explore the forest a little more, there may be more of interest in this strange place
>Visit somewhere else (Outskirts? Somewhere else in Rathalon? Where?)
>Other (write in)

[3/3]
>>
>>4690023
>>Head straight back to the guild and get this quest sorted
Time's clearly of the essence--we've gotta get more info on this guy if we want to beat him to the punch!
>>
>>4690023
>Recon the goblins to the north

We may be able to gather some more information about the enemy's movements etc
>>
>>4690099
+1, the goblins may have been recruited by silas too
even if we don't get information, killing them is going to be super easy
>>
>>4690129
Just got to be mindful of traps etc in the area
>>
>>4690023
>Head straight back to the guild and get this quest sorted

We really gotta sort this daddy+uncle situation with Jeanne without going into much detail about ourselves.
If we're planning to kick their shit in, then we can't just ignore the obvious complications with them being her family.
>>
>>4690099
+1
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
You take a deep breath and close your eyes, concentrating as the celestial energy radiates out from your form once more. You sense those four goblins significantly closer than before. They’re only about a quarter of a mile to the northeast now.

”Follow my lead” you tell your companions, making your way over to where you detected the little green shits.

It doesn’t take you long to find them and put you and your companions in a good position, surrounding their little scouting party in a semi-circle around them from the cover of the trees. The little fuckers don’t even know what’s coming!

After giving a quick signal, the Super Conqueror Bros are upon them in an instant! You knock two of them to the ground yourself, breaking their shoddily made weapons in the process. Barret jumps on another, shattering its weapons as well, and Jeanne ends up firebolting the fourth, nearly killing it before Clarissa stomps a foot down on its chest. It’s hardly even a fight.

The creatures struggle in your grasps to no avail, desperate to get away. After shouting what you can only assume are a series of slurs and cries for help in Goblin, eventually one of the creatures you have pinned down speaks up in broken common.

”No kill, no kill! What humie want?” it asks with pleading eyes.

>”Your lives” (Kill them)
>Talk to/Ask a question (What do you say?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4690404
>Lift him up
>Narrow your eyes
>"Who are you working for?!"

Damn I feel bad for them now.
>>
>>4690432
Support
>>
>>4690404
>>4690432
+1 to this, minus the 'feeling sorry for them' bit. Let's put on our best Batman voice.
>>
>>4690494
Better yet, put on our Schwarzenegger voice.
>>
Roll 1d20+7 (+6 for CHA, +1 for Intimidation). You need a 15 or higher to succeed, but you take the best of two rolls because you have them on the ropes and have Castor's aura on you
>>
>>4690404
We know they work for Silas so I think we should ask...

>Where did you come from?

...In a Samuel L Jackson voice.
>>
Rolled 2 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4690567
>>
Rolled 10 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4690567
DOES HE LOOK LIKE A BITCH?!
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
You grab the goblin by the scruff of his neck, lifting him into the air while keeping your foot down on the other one you tackled’s chest. Narrowing your eyes, you do your best to put on a Samuel L. Jackson impression from that famous play Pulp Fiction.

”Who are you working for? Where did you come from?” you ask, shaking the creature in the air.

”M-Me no understand!” the Goblin responds. You’re about to just slit the fucker’s throat and be done with it. Putting a hand on the hilt of your sword, you watch fear overtake him as he helplessly struggles for his life, but before you act Clarissa calls out.

She says something in Goblin, to which the creature responds in kind. ”He says he does things for his boss, who does things for a bigger, scarier boss. He’s from a small tribe in the woods here that acts as an offshoot from the main cave”

”He must be talking about the place we were at before… Ask him how many there are, and where this tribe is!” you tell her.

She relays the information, the goblin once again answering in kind. ”He says a ‘long walk’ backwards- I think he means north” she explains. ”He says there’s a dozen of them, plus their leader who’s a hob”

*Success*

All your hard work at being a scary ass motherfucker is starting to pay off! You can feel yourself becoming more menacing.

*SKILL INCREASE! (Intimidation: 2)*

You look back at the goblin struggling in your grasp, who attempts to plead with you in broken Human. ”Let live?”

>”Fuck no” (Kill them)
>”Get out of my sight and never come back” (Spare them)
>”I’m not done yet” (Talk about/ask something else: what?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4690589
>”Fuck no” (Kill them)
take their ears and head towards where the Hob is
>>
>>4690589
>”Fuck no” (Order Clarissa to finish them off, not worth dulling our blade.)
>>
>>4690589
>>”Fuck no” (Kill them)
We let them live, they'll just learn from their mistakes. Plus they'd do the same to us!
>>
Also wild idea, but why don't we start skinning goblins for custom armor pieces (green gloves, shoes etc)? Goblin slaughter is our thing now, with the based Behemoth killing and Castor's boon. Might as well look menacing and professional.
>>
>fuck no (kill them)

It's goblin stabbin' time
>>
>>4690608
Oooooh shit! I like the sound of this, Clarissa could have a goblin skin quiver
>>
>>4690608
we should look into creating upgrades to our armour in general, we need to do a lot of reading once we get back to town.
>>
File: goblin_quiver.png (51 KB, 156x234)
51 KB
51 KB PNG
>>4690615
Fuck yes, goblin quiver.
>>4690616
We should definitely look for an enchanter to carve military-grade runes into our armors and weapons.
There's also few wolf skins in our inventory, just asking to be turned into capes.
>>
File: tegaki.png (10 KB, 400x400)
10 KB
10 KB PNG
”Fuck no”

It takes only a few seconds for your party to butcher the bastards before you start skinning them, collecting the green flesh and storing it in your bag of holding, making sure not to forget their ears either. Jeanne seems absolutely repulsed by this, but Clarissa looks intrigued.

”Any reason you want goblin skin?” she asks, cocking her head.

”Figured we could make some green custom armor” you tell her.

”Wouldn’t be very tough- their skin is only about as strong as ours” the ranger responds.

”No, but it’d make for a pretty quiver, don’t you think?” you fire back, shooting her a grin that’s unfortunately hidden underneath your helmet.

One way or the other she seems to pick up on your intentions and smiles back. ”Yeah, that’d be lovely”

”You’re both gross. just...gross” Jeanne says after she finishes gagging.

With that out of the way, you realize it’s already probably 4:30PM or so. You could investigate this tribe now, or you could save it for tomorrow and head back to turn your quest in or get something else done.

>Search for the tribe
>Go turn in the damn quest
>Explore the forest some more
>Visit somewhere else (Where?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4690696
>Search for the tribe
>>
>>4690696
>>Search for the tribe
Bonus poiiiiints
>>
>>4690696
>Search for the tribe
>>
Roll me 1dd20+4 (+3 for WIS, +1 for Tracking) to find their tribe! You need at least a 15 to succeed, but you get the best of two rolls because you have the help of your Goblin Sense and you have an idea of what direction the tribe is in
>>
Rolled 17 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4690770
>>
Rolled 1 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

>>4690770
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
Taking a closer look at the area around you reveals faint tracks left behind in the grass from the goblins scouting. Carefully taking your time, you’re able to trace them quite a distance. This combined with your Goblin Sense will easily get you to the tribe, but it’ll take the rest of your glowing rocks to make sure you don’t get lost.

*Glowing Rocks: 0*

*Success*

Furthermore, getting a chance to practice some more with your survivalist skills helps you get better at the tracking process!

*SKILL INCREASE! (Tracking: 2)*

After about an hour of travel further north, following the tracks and pinging with your Goblin sense (which reveals 8 goblins and one hobgoblin, consistent with your victim’s testimony), you find yourself at a small little clearing filled with huts similar to the ones in the woods south of Grayshire from before.

There is a little bit more going on here, likely due to the Hobgoblin’s influence. The main tent is a little larger, and there’s a wooden fence erected around the perimeter of the camp, but aside from that it’s more or less the same.

Hiding in the treeline with your allies, you ping one last time with your Goblin Sense from close range to get a better idea of their locations.

Four of them, which you could already see, are around the center of the camp, sitting around a fire pit that hasn’t been lit yet and eating some sort of raw animal meat.

Four more are in the various nearby huts, and the hobgoblin is in the big hut just past the little camp area.

>Go in stealth mode and try to assassinate them without a fight
>CHAAAAAARGE!
>Attempt to negotiate (What do you say?)
>Fuck it, you know where this place is- you’ll come back later (Where do you go?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4690787
>Go in stealth mode and try to assassinate them without a fight
we could probably work on our more subtle conquesting
>>
>>4690787
>>Go in stealth mode and try to assassinate them without a fight
Perhaps we can lure them out one at a time with our FLUTE
>>
>>4690787
>Go in stealth mode and try to assassinate them without a fight
Goblins are weak, take out the leader and the rest will fold
>>
>>4690787
>Go in stealth mode and try to assassinate them without a fight

So listen here
>Skin the hobgoblin. Its skin is better quality.
>>
>>4690923
+1
>>
Finally finished up my duties for the day but I'm feeling pretty tired, so I'll probably leave the update for tomorrow.

As a heads up, next three days will be busy for me so updates may be shorter and farther between, but please don't be worried! I'm still having a blast running this quest for you guys and can't wait to return full force on Monday!
>>
Wait I was so out of it I forgot to even ask- roll me a 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX). You need at least a 20 to go completely unnoticed
>>
Rolled 8 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4691214
Snek
>>
>>4691219
Oh boy :^) update first thing in the morning tomorrow!
>>
>>4691219
sorry yall
>>
>>4691246
S'all good.

>>4691220
Thanks for running!
>>
>>4691246
Don't worry, we mainly just did this to gain skill in sneak, we're not really afraid of this fight.
>>
Hey isn't Barret still really low on health?
>>
>>4691401
28/40
he is not that bad off
>>
>>4691401
>>4691521
Why didn't we heal him again?
>>
>>4691710
We did, Jeanne used lesser heal after the wolf battle
>>
>>4691729
We did, but there was a vote to heal him again. I don't understand why we didn't do it.
>>
>>4691737
Could be useful to save a major spell for circumstances such as the one we have just found ourselves in. hobgoblins don't like fireballs!
>>
>>4691740
O h .
Thanks, I completely forgot that healing is a major spell.
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”We’re gonna go at this stealthily. Barret, you take the tents. Clarissa, you take the ones around the fire pit. Jeanne...you hang back. Your skillset isn’t exactly made for stealthing”

The mage scoffs at you playfully ”Ah yes, and plate armor is!”

Ignoring her, you initiate your plan. With great care and caution, Clarissa manages to slit the throats or stab the backs of each goblin around the fire pit before shooting you a thumbs up.

Though Barret struggles once as you hear the start of goblins getting ready to scream, he manages to finish his job in the respective tents as well.

The problem comes with you. You make your way towards the main hut, the hobgoblin facing the wall opposite of you- perfect! As you begin to step forward however, you immediately dink your heavy plate armor against a small wooden table leg, which causes the hobgoblin to swirl around in surprise.

*Failure*

”A human? Stay where you are- put your hands up!” the creature demands, drawing his shortsword!

On the bright side, at least you learned to watch where you’re going!

*SKILL ACQUIRED! (Stealth: 1)*

>Fuck this, just charge straight at him (Normal attack or something fancy? Do you use Right of Might?)
>Comply and attempt to negotiate (What do you say?)
>Show him the secret Conquest Technique (Run away!!! Towards your friends, anyhow)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4691951
>Fuck this, just charge straight at him
>use Right of Might
>Yell "Sneak Attack!" to confuse him
>>
>>4691958
Kek
Support
>>
Do you think our bag of holding would of built up some pocket sand by now? If so, throw it in his eyes and attack! Also call the others in as back up
>>
Roll me 1d20+12 (+5 for DEX, +7 for Goblin Slaying) to hit! You only need a 14 or higher to hit, so just don't roll a 1 dingus!

If you make the target, roll 1d10+14 (+6 for STR, +1 for Good Quality, +7 for Goblin Slaying) for damage. This will be doubled for using Right of Might
>>
Rolled 11 + 12 (1d20 + 12)

>>4692057
Take that sucka!!!
>>
>>4692057
Can we be extra pissed off that this caricature thinks it can tell us what to do?
>>
Rolled 6 + 14 (1d10 + 14)

Rolling for damage
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
Rolled 18 + 4 (1d20 + 4)

”Sneak attack!” you shout un-sneakily like as you draw your longsword and charge forward.

Wait a minute...did this piece of shit just tell you what to do? The sheer anger at the thought of an inferior goblinoid doing as much fills your body with unbridled rage- perhaps a bit more than usual given your somewhat shaky mental state.

The powers of Conquest and badassery fuel your strike as your muscles bulge to their utmost limit and you pierce directly through the creature’s stomach, causing it to nearly drop its sword as you slice upwards through its torso before pulling back, leaving a gaping wound in the hobgoblin’s middle section.

*Hobgoblin’s Health: -40 (10/50)*

Horrified, the creature screams in pain as it tries to desperately swing at you!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 15 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4692068
Sneak Dodge!
>>
Rolled 7 (1d8)

Hobgoblin's damage on you.

1d8+0 (+5 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield)
>>
>>4692075
>15+5
lmao, what was the DC for that dodge?
>>
>>4692079
When dodging you just need to beat the opponent's roll, which in this case was the 18+4.
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
The orange creature swings it’s shortsword down at you, slamming it into your shoulder pauldron as you feel the surprisingly powerful impact make contact on your body. Thankfully it doesn’t pierce flesh or damage your armor much, but you’re definitely gonna have a brutal bruise there later!

*Herald’s Health: -7 (43/50)*

The hobgoblins seems to realize that you’re barely affected by this last ditch attack and stumbles backwards, nearly falling on his ass in the process.

’W-w-what the hell kind of human are you? Where are those little green fuckers?!” he shouts.

>Attack
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Interrogate (What do you ask?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4692090
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Drag him to the rest of the goblins and snap his neck in front of them
lets just make them all surrender at once so we can execute them without resistance
>>
>>4692090
>Do something fancy
Disarm him and stab with his own shortsword

>>4692082
oh oofie
I still have things to learn
>>
>>4692094
>Clarissa manages to slit the throats or stab the backs of each goblin
in front of who
>>
>>4692096
No worries friend, the mechanics have been built up a bit so they're a little complicated!

Gonna leave the vote up another 25 minutes!
>>
>>4692090
>Make him kneel

Who do you work for? And where are they?
>>
>>4692090
>Interrogate
Our precise infiltration into your camp has left you the last goblin alive in this camp. Now, who do you work for? Do you know anyone named "S"?
I forget if S was the big bad's actual name
>>
>>4692090
>"WHO DO YOU WORK FORRRRRR"
>>
Aren't these goblins part of the group from Behemoth cave?
>>
File: S.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
”Kneel” you demand the hobgoblin, who seems surprised to find himself complying. ”Who do you work for, and where are they?” you ask first and foremost.

”I...I don’t work for anybody! I’m the boss around here” the creature tells you.

”Lies” you repeat back coldly, taking your sword and stabbing it into his left arm. The creature screams in pain, tears falling from its eyes. ”Your subordinate already told me otherwise. Listen- our precise infiltration has left you the last goblin alive in this camp. Now, who do you work for? Do you know anyone named ‘S’?” you inquire.

At your last question the goblin’s eyes widen a little, sweat pouring down his brow. ”S...S is what our boss goes by. Big guy in dark armor. He’s got some kinda crazy plans, but I don’t know ‘em, honest! I’m just a part of Maglubiyet’s tribe in the cave. He’s a big goblin behemoth, higher up on the totem pole- you should ask him!” the hob tells you.

”I already killed him” you retort, watching the last flames of hope leave the orange monster’s expression.

”I-I see. Look, all I know is that we’re supposed to stay here so we can keep an eye on whatever’s gonna happen in that big town of yours. All I know is that some big force is coming in two or three days' time and we’re supposed to make sure everything goes off without a hitch. That’s really it- I swear!” he says, looking up at you with pleading eyes.

”Listen- you’re clearly a big deal if you took down Maglubiyet! Why don’t you spare me? I’m not some shitfaced little greenskin- I’m smart! I-I can help you! Pretend I still work for S!” he asks you, desperation in his voice as he clamps down on the wounds around his torso. Regardless he’ll probably bleed out soon if he doesn’t get healing quickly.

>”No, I won’t fall for any tricks. Die” (Kill him)
>”I have more questions” (What do you ask?)
>”I’m listening” (Call Jeanne over to heal him)
>Other (write in)

---

Whoops! Fixed the color issues
>>
>>4692147
>”No.” (Order Clarissa to shoot him)
He's not some shitfaced greenskin, he's a shitfaced orangeskin.
>>
>>4692155
>Kill him
>Skin him
>Walk out of the tent looking like a bad MF

Also search the tent for loot etc
>>
>>4692155
Props for the use of "cool S"
>>
>>4692155
>Cool S
HeraldQM confirmed for coolest kid in school

>”No, I won’t fall for any tricks. Die” (Kill him)
Do we look like the Herald of being a little BITCH?
>>
Just realized that "S" is probably "Uncle Silas", aka Mr. Dark Armor Guy That Killed Our Village.
>>4690023
>>
>>4692204
*Herald of Peace
ftfy
>>
>>4692215
Below the belt, anon.
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
”No, I won’t fall for any tricks. Die”

The hobgoblin doesn’t even have time to scream as you slice his head clean off with your longsword, which lands a few feet away. Just as you flick the blood off your blade and begin to sheathe it, Clarissa walks in.

”You done over he- yeah, you’re done” she says, holding up the goblin skins and ears from the other victims. You nod to her as she shoves them in your bag of holding, you yourself taking the hobgoblin skin and ears and storing them as well.

Satisfied with your Conquest, you take a look around the main hut, as well as the rest of the tribe for that matter. Unfortunately it seems that the orange bastard was telling the truth about just being here to scout, as there aren’t any trophies from victims like with the other tribe you encountered. No gold, no jewelry or scraps of cloth- hell, there isn’t even a letter here. LAME!

You do however manage to grab the hob’s shortsword, as well as the eight remaining goblin spears that were lying around. Unfortunately it seems there are no goblin bows- they must’ve only had enough for their little search party around the forest. Speaking of...what were they scouting around the forest for?

Ahhh damn it, you should’ve asked that big fucker before you decapitated him! Oh well, they were probably just foraging for food or some shit.

”So what’s the plan now, boss man?” Barret asks as he and Jeanne walk over to you, the whole squad gathered together again.

>”Now we turn in this damn quest!” (Head to the Adventurer’s Guild)
>”I want to check this forest a bit more. Who knows what other mysteries it holds” (Explore the woods)
>”Actually, I need to head over to…” (Where do you go?)
>Other (write in)
>>
The CURRENT STATUS has gotten too big for posts, so I've made a pastebin for it! I'll periodically post it as a reminder if I feel relevant, but otherwise you can find the (hopefully) up to date current status of the party here: https://pastebin.com/d4Z5Dbm7
>>
>>4692428
>”Now we turn in this damn quest!” (Head to the Adventurer’s Guild)
>>
>>4692428
>”Now we turn in this damn quest!” (Head to the Adventurer’s Guild)

>>4692430
Can we still get only the most important things when needed? Like party HP and skills in combat.
>>
>>4692436
Absolutely! Those are included in the pastebin, which I will always post when the whole party is a factor.

I just mean if Herald is going around on his own and starts shopping a lot or gets into a scuffle and only his stuff is relevant I can just post that instead of the whole pastebin for simplicity
>>
>>4692428
>”Now we turn in this damn quest!” (Head to the Adventurer’s Guild)

Once we get back to the town we gotta head straight to the barracks and update our friend with the info about the attack in 2-3 days.
>>
>>4692447
+1 we better get a move on and prepare!

This is going to harm our task of preaching conquest quite significantly if the people we are trying to convert get conquested themselves!
>>
>>4692447
+1
time is of the essence
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”Now we turn in this damn quest!” you tell your companions, who all look relieved to hear you’re finally getting the fuck out of dodge.

”I think that’d be for the best. We’ll grab our gold and figure out what to do next. There’s still the Thieves’ Guild to worry about, after all” Jeanne says.

”That’s not the only thing. Apparently some big attack is coming to Rathalon in two or three days’ time, according to the hobgoblin”

Barret’s face pales. ”W-what? That’s not enough time to evacuate everyone!” he states anxiously.

”We’ll have to figure out the details later. For now, let’s get our dosh and free up the quest slot”

It takes the Super Conqueror Bros. almost two hours to leave the forest and make it back to Rathalon considering how deeply you delved into the woods, but eventually you arrive back in the city at around 6:00PM, and make it to the Adventurer’s Guild soon after. You make a point to wear your disguise whilst on the streets, taking it off only once you’re inside the safety of the Guild so that they’ll actually recognize you.

...Thank you for your hard work!” the girl behind the counter finishes as she hands you and each of your teammates seventy-five gold pieces, the paperwork for the quest finally finished and dealt with.

*Gold: 973*

You can feel your COIN POUCH starting to get heavy. It’d be so much more convenient if you could just store your cash in your bag of holding, but since you have to think about and conjure each item individually from there, drawing one gold coin out at a time would be incredibly inconvenient. No, you’ll either need to invest in a larger COIN POUCH or start putting money away at one of the kingdom’s banks. Remember, 1000GP is your limit for your current COIN POUCH!

”So...do we just tell them?” Barret asks.

”I doubt they’d listen. We should use the time to find another quest” Jeanne chimes in.

”All the good quests will be gone by now- we should just look into this matter ourselves or go see about dealing with the Thieves’ Guild so Herald can stop wearing that stupid disguise” Clarissa chimes in.

>Try to tell the Guild about the incoming attack
>Look for a new quest
>Start hunting for the Thieves’ Guild in the sewers
>Head to the Barracks to talk to Jeffrey about what’s going on
>You’ve got a lot of gold to spend- let’s get that settled first! (General Store, Merchant Square, or Blacksmith?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4693102
>Head to the Barracks to talk to Jeffrey about what’s going on
This is the most important
after that we can hunt the guild with our magic ring
>>
>>4693102
>Try to tell the Guild about the incoming attack
>Look for a new quest
>You’ve got a lot of gold to spend- let’s get that settled first! (General Store, Merchant Square, or Blacksmith?)
Buying Potions
Buying more glowing rocks
Buying more rations
Buying 5 Emergency First Aid Kit
Buying a Crowbar
Buying a tinderbox
Buying a spyglass
Buying 10 flasks of oil
Buying the alarm system from Clarissa
Try to find a spellbook of Lightning, Time, Space magic for Jeanne or ask what sort of magic she would like to learn
Try to find a Rapier for Barret or ask if there is a particular sword he likes to use. I really hope he asks for a Zweihänder, but he'll probably say he likes his own sword
Try to buy night-vision goggles for Clarissa or asks if there is something she would want.
Buying a bigger coin pouch
Putting half of the rest or our money in the bank.
>>
>>4693127
Try to find a spellbook of Lightning, Time, or Gravity/Space magic for Jeanne and/or ask what sort of magic she would like to learn.
This one is more for me. I love these types of spells.
Try to find a Rapier for Barret and/or ask if there is a particular sword he likes to use. I really hope he asks for a Zweihänder, but he'll probably say he likes his own sword.
He already thrusts and dodges, this might help him out with counter-attacking,
Try to buy night-vision goggles for Clarissa and/or asks if there is something she would want.
She's new to the team and eye-wear might improve her shooting or general scouting. You know, since we're delving into the sewers and all.
>>
>>4693139
>>4693127
Basket-hilted sword, not Rapier
>>
>>4693127
>>4693139
For the sake of my mental sanity, let's break those purchases (if the group votes on them) up into their respective shopkeeps so they can be done one at a time.

Clarissa (Located in the Merchant Square): Glowing rocks, alarm system, (probably has) night-vision goggles of some kind

Blacksmith: Rapier, may know how to help you get armor or weps enchanted

General store: Rations, crowbar, tinderbox, spyglass, flasks of oil, bigger coin pouch

Healers: Healing Potions, Emergency First Aid Kits

Merchant's Square: Spellbooks (Maybe, depending on luck. Might need to borrow books from the library to learn spells or figure out a better place to get such tomes/scrolls), Other non-healing potions
>>
>>4693127
>>4693139
>>4693144
>>4693165
How about we let QM tell us what's in the store and then vote for what we get... jfc
>>
>>4693102
>Head to the Barracks to talk to Jeffrey about what’s going on
>Go to the Bank
>>
>>4693173
No worries, the majority of the things he asked for were all things I had already listed in previous stores! It's just a lot so if we go that route I'd prefer to break them up by individual location
>>
>>4693173
>>4693165
That's what I was imagining was going to happen, since we would have to go to 5 different stores, 2 to 4 updates per, meaning anywhere from 10-20 updates just for equipment, not to mention asking if the rest of the gang wants to come.

Healers
Blacksmith
Merchant Square
Clarissa
General store

That's the best order I would think.
>>
Regardless the vote will be up for a bit since as mentioned the other day, today and tomorrow are pretty busy for me!
>>
>>4693102
Okay, even if no one else wants to stock up on new and essential emergency equipment before a major attack on the city and attempting to overthrow a deeply entrenched shadow clan under the heart of said city, we should at least

>Try to tell the Guild about the incoming attack
>Look for a new quest

since we're already here and we might not be able to claim the quest bounty since we never "officially" accepted the quest.
>>
>>4693176
>>4693181
Micromanaging is real.
We should also
>Find a clothier
Since all the skins n shit
>>
>>4693188
My issue wasn't the stocking, but rather obtaining and remembering all those different miscellaneous items throughout the story. It's just gonna make the quest convoluted.
>>
>>4693201
Barret almost died in the fight against the behemoth and hobgoblins. And again in the fight against the wolves.

Jeanne only has 20 hp. If the wolves or any big bad decides to attach her instead of Barret or us, she would die since we don't have any emergency first aid kits or 'phoenix downs'.
>>
>>4693201
And the very first time we went to a blacksmith, we asked for a grappling hook. If we didn't have that, the story could have gone very differently in many places.
>>
>>4693233
>>4693236
Yeah we need some health kits and lamp oil, sure, but crowbar and spyglass aren't necessary. That being said, tracking all those things is tedious - Explorer's Packs in D&D exist for a reason, and we could just have something simple like that.
>>
>tell Jeffrey what is going on

Then after we should absolutely get upgraded equipment, maybe get Jeanne to spend time in the library rather than training with us too
>>
Seems we're going to speak with Jeffrey first! I'll get to writing the update and hopefully have it out soon for y'all!

>>4693201
>>4693334
>>4693236
You guys make a valid point. I usually like to spend a bit of time on the shopping because I think it's fun, but considering how many things you'll need to pick up and how little I'll be able to post today and tomorrow, let's make an exception!

You guys make me two lists (if you don't mind)- one with all the items I've already listed previously in stores, and one with prospective new things you're looking for. I'll do one price confirmation and then a subsequent update for the former whenever you guys choose to get the shopping done so you can grab everything at once, and then for the other (which will likely be significantly shorter) you can individually browse when you have time (or choose to prioritize for maybe after this coming invasion), that way we can keep things moving without bogging stuff down too much!
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
The Guild has been good to you and your friends, but they’re here to help adventurers and get bounties and jobs set up- not deal with potential large scale invasions. No, if someone’s trying to lead a rebellion or coup, then you need to take it up with the military.

Thankfully, you’ve got a friend with some sway there.

”I’m going to let Jeffrey know about what I’ve found out and see what can be done” you inform your teammates.

”Sounds like a plan, Herald. I’ll try and see if I can’t learn a new spell in time before this battle comes. If you let me spend all my free time in the library until then, I think I can manage to pick up a new one just in the nick of time” Jeanne tells you.

”I want to spend some of this gold and enjoy myself before we may or may not all be brutally murdered” Clarissa jokes, which earns her an elbow in the gut from you. A defeatist mentality is no attitude for a member of the Super Conqueror Bros!

”Ah jeez, I was just teasing” she says, rolling her eyes.

”I can come with you, boss man” Barret chimes in last. ”I wanna meet this friend of yours. Maybe we can even get some training done together afterwards!” he says.

You raise an eyebrow at this, unfortunately obscured by your choice of armor. ”We’ll see. I may need to do a bit of shopping first, but I’ll keep it in mind” you tell him.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
With that settled, your party splits three ways as you and Barret head to the barracks. Once inside you’re greeted by the same older lady, though you notice she doesn’t just grunt at you for once. ”Heya, tin can” she says with a curt wave before going back to her paperwork. For some reason this makes you smile, but you can’t quite put a finger on why.

Eventually you find yourself at Jeffrey’s quarters once more and knock on his door. The wooden frame opens inwards as the man with the eyepatch steps out. When he sees you, however, he swings the door all the way open. ”Ah, if it isn’t good ‘ol Herald! Come in, please” he suggests, but you shake your head.

”No time for pleasantries, I’m afraid- I’ve got terrible news” you respond.

Jeffrey narrows his eyes and nods, stepping out of his room and closing the door behind him. ”Alright, what’s going on?”

You spend a couple minutes explaining what happened, Barret nodding his head or chiming in with affirmation every so often. The further your tale goes, the more your military friend’s expression darkens.

”Listen Herald, I’m inclined to believe you- but this is pretty serious. I’ve learned to trust you so I’ll cooperate and get things sorted as best I can, but ‘large, mysterious force’ isn’t exactly helpful to me. What do you think we should do here?”

>”Gather all the available men and prepare to fight. We’ll be ready for them” (Make a stand to defend Rathalon)
>”We don’t know how great this force is. The safety of the citizens is top priority” (Have them begin evacuating the citizens to the capitol en masse)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4693382
>”We don’t know how great this force is. The safety of the citizens is top priority” (Have them begin evacuating the citizens to the capitol en masse)
Evac the civs and observe what happens. We might wanna construct traps meanwhile.
>>
>>4693354
>>4693334
That's a good idea. My list still stands as is.

>>4693382
>Other (write in)
Send scouts you trust to try to find out the number and exact direction they may be coming from. Report this to your higher ups who you trust.
Then
>”Gather all the available men and prepare to fight. We’ll be ready for them” (Make a stand to defend Rathalon)
>>
>>4693416
>>4693425
We should evacuate them secretly as to not reveal that we know who was behind it and what his plan is. Also today shall be the day we take out the thief’s guild
>>
>>4693434
True, but if we do that, we risk tipping off the person behind this and having them be better prepared. They may even delay the invasion as a sort of boy crying wolf situation.
>>
File: Mind Blast.png (49 KB, 256x256)
49 KB
49 KB PNG
>>4693382
After we're done, can we ask Jeanne to look for some versatile utility spell? Things like paralysis, slow, illusion (calm&hate kind) are gonna help us much more than raw damage.
>>
>Jeffrey send out scouts
>Gather all able bodied men of a fighting age and arm them
>Set traps
>Send word to the capitol

I have an awful feeling that if we tell the higher ups that Silas is behind all of this it will be scoffed at due to him being from such an influential family.

As an aside, I think Silas may of trained us in the way of conquest after sacking out village....
>>
>>4693494
I'll confirm for you straight away that SIlas wasn't your Master, BUT you're on the right track of thinking in a sense. Consider the words he said to you in the first flashback from last thread...

As for the update, hoping to get one out in the next couple of hours after I finish up some more assignments. Apologies again for the long wait in between, college do be kicking my ass!
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
”First, send some scouts that you trust to try and determine which direction these attackers are coming from and what their numbers are. Then gather all the able-bodied men you can and prepare to take a stand” you tell him.

Jeffrey gives you a firm nod. ”Consider it done. For reference, we’ve probably got about five hundred or so soldiers stationed here, so that’s what we’ll be working with” he tells you.

”Send a letter to the capitol to requisition more troops- better safe than sorry” you tell him.

Barret gives you a confused look, Jeffrey shaking his head. ”The letter wouldn’t even reach the capitol in two to three days. It’s at least a week’s journey out, and as much as I personally believe you and am ready to fight for the city, I couldn’t make such a risky order with no clear information on who our enemy is, what the size of their forces are, or where they’re even coming from. The military keeps the peace all over the kingdom and has other things to deal with- it would not only be career suicide, but it could severely impact the locals if the King chose to punish them for wasting resources with higher taxes. It’s simply not feasible” he informs you.

You sigh, putting a thumb and finger to your temple as you consider the circumstances. ”Understood. In that case, we’ll need to set traps and prepare as best as possible” you tell him, but once more he looks at you warily.

”If we’re not evacuating, I’d strongly advise against that. Besides, we only have time to trap maybe one section of the city at best- and we don’t even know where they’re coming from! If you truly insist however, I can cordon off a section of the city. It would be a huge career risk for me, but I can manage that much and get traps worked on there. Between that and scouting though, I can’t spread our forces anymore while still preparing my men” he answers.

>”Work on traps near the northern gate”
>”Work on traps near the eastern gate”
>”Work on traps near the southern gate”
>”Work on traps near the coastal area. They might be coming by sea for all we know”
>”Forget about the traps then, just focus on preparing your forces and scouting”
>Other (write in)

Regardless of choice, he sighs and accepts your demands. ”So I take it you’ll be helping us as well? What’ll you be working on?”

>”I’ll try to evacuate as many people as I can. I won’t be able to get even close to everyone out, but some lives saved are better than none”
>”I’ll be taking care of the Thieves’ Guild. It’ll provide morale for the troops and make the city a better place after this nightmare is done”
>”I’m going to preach the word of Conquest and make a call to arms. If I can get the civilians and the adventurers to pitch in and help, it’Il greatly increase our forces”
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4693587
>”Forget about the traps then, just focus on preparing your forces and scouting”

>”I’ll be taking care of the Thieves’ Guild. It’ll provide morale for the troops and make the city a better place after this nightmare is done”

And
>>4693443
please.
>>
>>4693632
support
>>
>>4693632
Agreed
>>
>>4693632
+1

We can preach conquest once this is over using a "we must conquer enemy lands to secure our own" angle
>>
File: tegaki.png (12 KB, 400x400)
12 KB
12 KB PNG
”I’ll be taking care of the Thieves’ Guild. It’ll provide morale for the troops and make the city a better place after this nightmare is done”

”Oh yeah, I forgot you were working on that. I know you originally mentioned needing our help and all, but if we’re gonna plan for this invasion…” Jeffrey trails off.

”No worries. I can handle it just fine” you tell him, to which he lets out a sigh of relief.

”Great, then I’ll get to work on my end. You take care of yourself, Herald” he says, patting your shoulder pauldron before heading somewhere else in the large building.

”I can’t believe he trusted you so quickly” Barret murmurs. ”N-not that you aren’t trustworthy or anything, just that-”

”Barret” you say, interrupting his ramblings, ”Go to the library and tell Jeanne I want her to focus on learning some kind of versatile utility spell. Help her with whatever she needs” you order.

The blond doofus nods his head. ”U-understood, boss man. Good luck!”

As your companion runs off, you ponder what to do next. It’s around 6:30PM now, and you’ve got to make every bit of time you have left count.

>Time to do some shopping (Give me your list of items and their quantities)
>Visit the blacksmith to learn how to get enchanted armor and weps
>Visit the clothier to see what you can get made with these goblin skins
>Head to the temple (What do you do? If you pray, to which God?)
>Go find Josh and have him help you navigate the sewers to root out the Thieves’ Guild (Do you grab your companions? Note that if you pull Jeanne away to help she probably won’t be able to learn a spell in time before the invasion)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4693992
>Head to the temple and pray to castor
Before anything else, let’s get his opinion on things and why goblins are being used possibly. He is a gob expert.
>>
>>4694000
ill support this. ask if his knows S.
>>
>>4693992
>>4694000
What he said.
>>
Feeling pretty tired, may end up posting the update tomorrow morning instead.

Regardless, if you're going to Castor what all do you plan to include in the offering? You can find your current inventory here https://pastebin.com/d4Z5Dbm7
>>
File: tegaki.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
First and foremost, you’re going to pray to Castor. He may have some answers about what’s going on, and you’ll take any help you can get.

By now the marble pillars and stairs leading up to the temple are familiar to you as you enter inside, a few dozen townspeople praying at the various altars while the church assistants tend to their daily chores.

Mary is talking with one of the other assistants right now while they’re cleaning the pews, and the pastor seems to be shuffling through some religious text at his podium.

Castor’s shrine is as freed up as always- it’s likely that you may be the only one who visits it to be honest. From what you can tell, most people tend to pray to the major Gods rather than the demi-gods, which makes sense considering their power and wider berth of responsibilities.

You make your way to the familiar offering bowl and consider what you’ll give to Castor…

>Make an offering (What do you give him?)
>Just pray
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4694770
Offer the goblin spears and 6 pairs of goblin ears (keep the other 6 incase they are useful for crafting with the goblin skins later)
>>
>>4694770
>Make an offering
Give all goblin shit, except for skins.
(Why do we keep collecting those filthy ears?)
>Ask what he thinks about hobgoblin gloves and quiver (fashion mhkay)
>Ask what he meant by based?
>Can he bless our party?

>Find the priest and ask him how much the temple would need to renew Castor's altar
>>
>>4694809
Ooh renew the alter? I like your thinking!
>>
Gonna give 30 more minutes for votes regarding what the offering consists of before tiebreaking
>>
>>4694809
>>4694860
I agree with this anon
>>
File: tegaki.png (11 KB, 400x400)
11 KB
11 KB PNG
You toss the goblin spears and ears into the offering bowl and watch as the bright golden light erupts in a pillar, taking your trophies with it.

You clasp your hands in prayer and fall to your knees, closing your eyes and breathing deeply.

---

Roll 1d100. Taking the best of 3, separate rolls! If there isn’t a third roll after an hour since this update, someone can roll again
>>
Rolled 58 (1d100)

>>4694891
>>
Rolled 77 (1d100)

>>4694891
>>
>>4694891
Is there an archived version of Part 1 somewhere?
The 4chan thread died.
>>
>>4694911
Yup! It's linked in the first post of this thread.
>>
>>4694918
How very based, thank you.
I'm not blind, I swear.
>>
Rolled 22 (1d100)

>>4694891
hope this is a good roll
>>
>>4694895
hey a 77, thats pretty good
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
*Total roll: 77*

You breathe deeply, kneeling in front of the altar as you feel the familiar connection form between you and your patron once more.

A little lighter on the offerings than usual, but I’m still satisfied. It ain’t enough to get you anymore boons just yet though, bud! the familiar voice of Castor echoes through your mind.

I simply seek guidance, Castor. There are many questions I need answered. Can you help me?

Ahhhh sure, go ahead and shoot kiddo he responds nonchalantly.

Smirking, you get straight down to business. First and foremost, what do you know about Silas using goblins for some sort of rebellion or revolution? Why would he work with those monsters?

Upon asking this, you immediately feel the tone shift in Castor’s demeanor, his tone cold and calculated as he speaks/ I know not why any mortal would align with such heinous creatures- it absolutely appalls me. If he wasn’t one of Gnon’s precious little golden boys, I’d have already tried to curse him myself the voice practically spits out. Wait, how is he able to convey spitting through your mind?

Then you know what he’s planning? What about these forces he’s bringing to Rathalon?

You hear a sigh reverberate through your cranium. I wish I could tell ya kid, but that’d be stepping on Gnon’s toes. Besides, the Gods aren’t supposed to interfere to that level with you mortals- you’re supposed to have freedom down there! Sure we can toss ya some boons and offer a little guidance, but I can’t give you information like that. It’s all bureaucratic, you’ll understand when you’re a few hundreds years older I’m sure he tells you dismissively, back to his usual nonchalant tone.

You sit in silence for a moment, clenching your hands together tightly. Damn it, you were counting on him to help you out a little! They’re Gods, aren’t they? What rules are they shackled by?

Letting yourself calm down first, you continue on with a few other questions to the demi-god. What do you think about using these goblin and hobgoblin skins for things like gloves and quivers?

Ehh, I’m kinda mixed about it. On one hand, you’re gonna scare the shit out of those little bastards and show ‘em what’s what! On the other though, you’re covering yourself in those disgusting fuckers skin and wearing it around...nasty. I don’t know man, you do you but that shit’s kinda weird if you ask me!

You feel a little embarrassed reflecting on his words, your cheeks turning red underneath your helmet, but you shake the feeling off and continue. What did you mean when you used the term ‘based’ last time we spoke?

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
Oh bro it’s like, it’s kinda hard to explain. It’s sorta like another word for awesome but not always? And it’s like kinda ironic but kinda not- err, look- the Gods are mysterious and all, okay? Don’t worry your little mortal head about it he tells you.

I understand, Castor. One final request- can you bless my party?

There’s an awkward silence for a moment before you hear the demi-god’s voice in your head once more. That’s uhh, that’s on your friends, man. They’d need to make me offerings and go through the whole shebang. Look, I’ll let you off the hook just this once because you’ve been real epic about worshipping me lately, but asking that kinda thing, especially with such a paltry offering, is sorta insolent. Lucky for you I’m not as uptight as most other Gods, but you might wanna check yourself before you wreck yourself, bud

Of course, Castor- I apologize you tell him, but your hands clench together even tighter. No information and no more blessings? You rolled a 77 for fuck’s sake! You can’t help but start to feel frustrated and helpless kneeling there in silence before Castor speaks up again.

But uh, y’know, I can help you with goblin slaying, yeah? That’s my whole shtick, after all. So uh, it would be totally cool to let you know that there’s a few goblins coming from the sea towards Rathalon. They’re with a bunch of other people mostly, but there’s some goblins in there and that’s what’s important! I’m just telling you about the other people so you can focus on the goblins, yeah? he says, giving you the mental equivalent of a wink.

Your expression brightens for a moment- finally, something actionable! So they’re coming from the sea then...that means they’ll attack the coastal area first! I understand Castor. I’ll make sure to take care of those goblins you tell him.

Even though you can’t see his face, you swear you feel the distinct energy of a wicked grin coming from your connection. ”Rip and tear, buddy

Until it is done

With that, you feel your connection sever with the demi-god as you stand back up, dusting some dirt off your legs. So they’re coming from the ocean, huh? And whoever it is has goblins with them? Interesting…

>Talk to someone (Pastor? Mary? A random citizen? About what?)
>Beseech another God (Who?)
>Go somewhere else (Where? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
File: h.jpg (633 KB, 2048x2048)
633 KB
633 KB JPG
>>4695005
>Find the Pastor and ask him how much the temple would need to renew Castor's altar
>Ask for demigods of Water &/ Storm...
>Tell him about invasion through the sea
Sounds like we could use a thunderstorm soon.

low quality Herald because I was bored
>>
>>4695003
>>4695005
>You rolled a 77
lol Top-notch writing all around, Herald QM.
Castor is bro-tier and correct.

>Beseech another God (Who?)
Hadis. Thank him, figure out what the specific rituals and offerings are for a major god, and ask that he continues guiding our hands as we escort more to his lands.
>>
>>4695055
Pretty good looking drawing.
>>
>>4695055
Good plan, ask for a storm to wreck the ships and deal with the...goblins
>>
Castor mentioned that Silas was "one of gnons golden boys"

Is this going to cause us trouble?
>>
>>4695083
Tis bit a sketch, but thank you!

>>4695149
Gnon being God of Conquest is as much a patron of Silas, as he is ours. Kicking his acolyte's ass is a feat of conquest and proof that Moonsorrow was just a worthless pawn.
Let's not forget that he is a plunderer, murderer of innocent and uses help of vile lowly creatures such as goblins to even manage to accomplish anything.
Writing this really made me bit concerned about this whole Gnon guy, he doesn't seem to give a shit if his champions are evil and we technically spread his word...
>>
>>4695197
We are all the bad guy in someone's storey
>>
>>4695055
Absolutely love the drawing!

Just finished up my work finally. Gonna take an hour or so to cool off and then get an update out for you guys
>>
>>4695211
We are pretty neutral/chaotic good for the most part. I sense a moral dissonance between what we preach and stand for and what true scope of Conquest seems to be when we acknowledge that war crimes are free game.

>>4695220
Thank you!
Herald QM noticed, I can die in peace now.
>>
File: Aemis.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
With your prayer to Castor done, you make your way over to the pastor at the podium. He looks up from the text he’s fiddling with and flashes you a warm smile. ”Ah, if isn’t the Herald of Conquest!” he calls out to you.

In your haste to help protect the city, you’ve completely forgotten to put your disguise back on! To be honest though, it’s the least of your worries- you’ll need to find the Thieves’ Guild one way or another soon enough anyhow.

”Pastor, it’s good to see you again too” you tell him, greeting the older man with a curt bow. ”Tell me, are there any demi-gods of water or storms?” you ask him.

The pastor chuckles at your question. ”Such a large domain is outside the scope of a demi-god, my child. There is a major God of the Sea, Aemis. He rules over the oceans and storms. Come, I’ll take you to his shrine” the old man offers.

He leads you a short distance away to one of the larger altars near the entrance. Unlike Castor, this one has a decently sized line, especially for this time of night. ”It’s so crowded” you end up blurting out.

”It’s to be expected, Herald. Aemis is a full-fledged God, so he has many more followers. Considering this city is on the coast as well and so many make their living fishing, it only makes sense his shrine would be quite popular” the pastor explains to you.

”I’ve got to get back to preparing my next sermon. Feel free to come speak with me if you need anymore assistance” he tells you, turning around to go back to whatever he was working on.

”Wait, before you go- how much would it cost to renew Castor’s altar?” you ask him.

The old man looks confused by your question. ”Renewed? It’s in immaculate shape. The attendants here and I do our best to maintain all of the altars equally. If you mean you wish to build a bigger one, I applaud your devotion, though I’d have to deny you. This temple seeks to show that all the deities are respected equally here, so we can’t have one God with a better shrine than the rest. If you wanted to build your own temple to Castor in the city or elsewhere, however, I think that’d be a wonderful idea” he says before heading back to his podium.

After about fifteen minutes or so you finally reach the front of the line and are greeted by a large, stone statue of a brawny man with a magnificent beard holding a trident. There is a piece of parchment tacked onto the wall next to it that tells you what the proper things to offer him are, which involves anything related to the ocean. At the very least you can pick up some fish pretty quickly by the coastal area and come back.

>Purchase enough fish for a huge offering (50gp)
>Purchase enough fish for a modest offering (25gp)
>Purchase enough fish for a small offering (10gp)
>Offer something else (What?)
>Just pray
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4695327
>Purchase enough fish for a huge offering (50gp)
We can't afford to cheap out.
>>
>>4695327
>Purchase enough fish for a huge offering (50gp)
>Look for pearls/clams or any other pricy ocean-things

>It’s in immaculate shape
Outrageous. I saw a single speck of dust on the floor!
If we built Castor a custom altar, we could sacrifice entire goblins there...
>>
>>4695327
>>Purchase enough fish for a huge offering (50gp)
A huge offering for a potentially huge request.
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
*Gold: 923*

After a short trip to the fish market, you come back with a sack loaded to the brim with various aquatic critters. Pulling them all out one by one from your bag of holding seemed like a huge hassle, and they offered to throw said sack in free of charge!

A few townsfolk stare at you with wide eyes and gaping jaws as you haul the offering back to Aemis’ shrine, tossing it into the offering bowl.

The thing barely even fits, spilling out the sides of the bowl, but nevertheless that familiar flash of golden light shoots out and you quickly fall to your knees and clasp your hands together in prayer.

---

Roll me 1d100. Since you gave a huge offering, you take the best of 3 rolls! If there isn't a third roll by the time an hour has passed since this update, then someone can roll again.
>>
Rolled 17 (1d100)

>>4695436
>>
Rolled 50 (1d100)

>>4695436
>>
aw, my recent rolls are disappointing
>>
Rolled 24 (1d100)

>>4695436
>>
Rolled 95 (1d100)

>>4695436
PLEASE !NOT!POSIEDON
>>
File: No Answer.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
*Total Roll: 50*

You close your eyes and breathe deeply, waiting for the connection to form. Sadly though, it simply doesn’t. You concentrate on trying to establish communication with Aemis, remaining patient for a few minutes, and yet...nothing.

Aemis, can you hear me? I need your help! you frantically reach out with your thoughts, but you’re only met with silence.

This is nothing like how your experience with Castor went, and after getting up and bowing respectfully to the shrine, you storm over to the pastor.

”Why can’t I connect with Aemis? I brought him such a large offering!” you tell the old man, your frustration leaking out through your tone.

”I take it your question means you formed one with Castor. Most impressive, Herald! Truth be told, the Gods are very busy- even the demi-gods! Many offerings and prayers go unanswered, but not unseen. The Gods are always watching, but they have other duties and followers to attend to”

”What, so I’m on a waiting list?” you ask him.

”Not exactly. Look, I bet he’s pleased with the generous bounty you provided. I’m sure he’ll watch over you-”

”I don’t need some fancy shmancy generic benevolence or everyday luck, I need a miracle!” you tell the pastor.

”Well, you could always… try again? If you keep providing offerings to him, he may respond. You could always try another God as well- maybe another one could help instead” he tells you, putting his hands up in a placating motion.

>Try to reach Aemis again (Which tier of offering?)
>Beseech another God (Who?)
>Talk to the Pastor about something (What?)
>Fuck this shit, you got other things to do (Where do you go? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4695491
>Try to reach Aemis again with huge offering
Look for pearls and other ocean things this time
>>
>>4695497
support
hopefully, he doesn't get pissed at us for bothering him so much
Also apologise to the pastor for taking a rough tone with him, its best not to upset the holy man.
>>
>>4695491
>that pic
lel

>Beseech another God (Who?)
Hadis. Thank him, ask that he continues guiding our hands as we escort more to his lands, and to bring an end to those on the boat heading to Rathalon.
>>
>>4695491
>>Try to reach Aemis again (Which tier of offering?)
100gp worth of fish
>>
File: tegaki.png (10 KB, 400x400)
10 KB
10 KB PNG
*Gold: 823*

You do not relent. This time you bring back not only another sack full of fish, but went to the trouble of dropping fifty gold pieces on a single, shiny pearl. If this doesn’t please Aemis, you don’t know what will!

Some of the townsfolk whisper to each other as they watch you haul your offering over to the bowl underneath Aemis’ statue and toss it in, the golden pillar of light once more shooting out as the bounty you provided is collected.

You fall to your knees once again and clasp your hands together. It’s going to be super embarrassing if you fail a second time after sinking 150gp into this shit.

---

Roll 1d100+0 (-10 for Consecutive Offering, +10 for Generous Offering). Taking the best of 3 rolls once more! If there isn't a third roll by the time an hour has passed, someone can roll again.
>>
Rolled 38 (1d100)

>>4695585
Watch THIS
>>
Rolled 82 (1d100)

>>4695585
Roll
>>
Rolled 59 (1d100)

>>4695585
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
*Total roll: 82*

You close your eyes and breathe deeply once more, concentrating on trying to form a connection with Aemis. For a few moments that feel like eternity, there’s nothing, and you worry that your gold and your time were spent in vain. All of a sudden however, you feel it- the distinct sensation of a connection being formed!

This time however, the God in question radiates a much more powerful and overbearing aura in your mind, as if you’re in the presence of greatness- perfection, even. There was some feeling of respect and awe when you spoke with Castor, but this is simply on a whole other level. Any frustrations you had before wash away now as you beseech Aemis, God of the Sea.

Aemis, I beseech your aid. I have offered you a great bounty in the hopes that you can perform a miracle for me. I need you to create a vicious storm near the coast of Rathalon you say- err, think.

The voice in your mind booms loudly- a great, deep baritone that penetrates your very soul. Usually mortals ask for storms not to happen. Why do you request such a thing? Do you have evil intent? the voice asks. Thank the Gods you don’t, because in the wake of such a presence you doubt you could muster the ability to lie.

I do not, great God of the Sea. There is an army on their way to raid Rathalon. Many innocents will die and the city may be lost if they aren’t stopped, but with your help we can greatly thin their numbers before they arrive and stand a fighting chance!

You feel a distinct sense of disappointment coming from Aemis that worms its way into your very being. I am the God of the Sea. I govern all that lies in the Ocean’s depths, and watch over those who seek its plentiful bounties. I do not get involved in the wars of mortals, child the presence speaks into your mind.

I understand, O Great One, but this is no normal war. This is an underhanded attack without warning by a traitor. Many lives will be lost if these forces aren’t stopped. Please, I beg of you you respond, clenching your hands together even tighter. To push your demands in the wake of this presence is no easy feat, but you muster all your courage and strength and do so anyways.

There is only silence for a little while before Aemis finally answers you. Very well mortal, I shall humor you just this once. However, you will owe me a favor. There will be no questioning whatever I call upon you to do, lest you face the wrath of the Heavens. Knowing that, will you still seek my aid? he asks you.

>Yes
>No
>>
>>4695623
>"Yes, great Aemis, you have my word and my will."
>>
>>4695626
support
watch him ask us to murder our blacksmith gf
>>
>>4695623
>Yes
What could go wrong?
>>
>>4695623
> Yes
This is the more entertaining option
>>
>>4695637
Why do you think I voted for us to take the behelit? There's nothing more based than throwing away the chance at power and/or raging against the heavens for the sake of those you love.
>>
>>4695637
>Deicide and You
>>
>>4695626
+1
something to think about is that if we manage to impress him even a little bit when he makes us do the favor, we might be beginning the path of getting more boons-- and from a bonafide full g this time
>>
File: Tropical Storm.png (12 KB, 400x400)
12 KB
12 KB PNG
Yes, great Aemis, you have my word and my will you answer.

You feel a wave of satisfaction emanate throughout your mind as the God of the Sea responds. Very well then. I can’t make a force large enough to wipe out the entire army without destroying this city of yours, but I’ll be able to thin their ranks with a tropical storm. The winds will thrash across the sea starting tomorrow and last for three days. Good luck with your endeavor mortal- and don’t forget that you owe me

Of course, Aemis. I thank you with every fibre of my being for your help you tell him before the connection is severed, leaving you alone with your thoughts.

Picking yourself up off the cold marble floor, you realize that nearly an hour has passed between grabbing two separate offerings, waiting in line, and actually praying. It’s around 7:30PM now, and you’ll need to figure out what you want to do next.

>Grab Josh and start exploring the sewers
>Get some shopping done (Where? What are you looking for? If you are doing a mass shopping spree, go ahead and make a big list)
>Head back to the Inn to wind down
>Go somewhere else (Where? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)

Gonna leave it off here and return tomorrow. I have a little bit of work and some responsibilities to take care of, but for the most part I should be free to update as usual. Also this is the third time in a row I messed up and had to reformat a post lol
>>
No responses yet so gonna get to my work straight away. Will check back in a couple hours!
>>
>>4695719
>>4696082
>Tell Jeffrey about everything we've learned from Castor and the incoming storm. Guards should cut the port off to stop people from sailing off and prepare for the seaside defense.
Maybe trapping is an option now as well?

Posted earlier, but the app failed me. Fuck.
>>
>>4695719
As Jeffrey to Prepare defenses against a sea invasion but dont rule out a flanking force arriving by land either.

Buy the equipment someone listed a few posts ago
>>
>>4696128
Support
Can we get a blacksmith to give our sword a serrated edge? It will be useful.
>>
Buying Potions
Buying more glowing rocks
Buying more rations
Buying 5 Emergency First Aid Kit (50gp)
Buying a Crowbar (2gp)
Buying a tinderbox (1gp)
Buying a spyglass (100gp)
Buying 10 flasks of oil (10gp)
Buying the alarm system from Clarissa (10gp)

This was the list minus the new things like asking Barret about a sword, searching for Night-Vision goggles, getting a bigger coin pouch, and magic.

Quantities were not given for all the items, so I'll make some up and you guys let me know if that's acceptable.

Healing Potions: 4 (100gp)
Rations: 3 (3gp)
Glowing Rocks: 50 (10gp)

This totals out to 286gp, which will leave you with 537gp left. Is this acceptable? Do you want any amounts changed or other previously stated goods in stores added?
>>
>>4696156
I'm cool with that if everyone else is

>>4696151
Good idea or maybe even a gut hook, that can do some serious damage!
>>
>>4696156
Let's get this shopping over with and hit blacksmith/enchanter, see what they have in store.
>>
>>4696197
>>4696217
support
we still got 500GP+ after we buy all this stuff too so we can get some really good weapons/enchants.
Also if we kill Silas we are 100% poaching his armour and weapons so we can combine it with ours into a super conqueror armour.
>>
I wonder what does Herald QM think of us treating Silas like a lootbox we're about to casually hack open. It's kinda hilarious.
>>
Let's discuss what assisted seppuku we're gonna perform on him.
I vote tying him up and OFFERING TO CASTOR.
>>
>>4696281
Castor wouldn't be interested in us slaying a non goblin. Gnon the god of conquest however...
>>
>>4696289
You're forgetting that Moonsorrow is helping the goblins with weapons and logistics, increasing their influence and helping with population growth. Castor was livid when he learned that and would definitely reward us for giving him that rusty fuckass.

We can always just vote between Castor (goblinslaughter, hates Silus with passion), Gnon (conquest, S is his evil acolyte) and Hadis (death, mentioned yesterday by a fellow anon).
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
Sorry for the wait, got caught up in a series of tasks and about to go into recording. As soon as that's done I'll get on it.

Have this Silas lootbox for now!
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
Immediately you storm over to the barracks once more, the lady behind the desk looking surprised to see you again. ”Did you forget something?” she asks you, cocking her head.

”Jeffrey- where’s he at?” you respond, looking around the lobby frantically.

”He went to go rouse the soldiers from their beds. Should be in the mess hall talking to them now. He’s busy so you can’t-” she tries to say something to you, but as soon as she gives away his location you’re off.

You arrive in the mess hall to the sight of Jeffrey in front of a few hundred people, the room packed to the brim as he gives out various roles and explains that there’s some sort of attack coming. Some soldiers look worried, others confused, but most seem pretty nonchalant. Perhaps they think this is just a drill?

Either way, he’s just about done, so you wait for him to finish and dismiss the men before intercepting him as he makes his way out the door.

”I’ve got updates, Jeffrey. They’re coming from the sea. There’ll be a big storm coming, so make sure nobody sails out starting tomorrow and to start setting up traps and countermeasures on the coast” you tell him.

Your disciple gives you an incredulous look. ”I just finished giving orders. Also, how did you figure out where they were coming from so soon? And how do you know there’s going to be a storm?! There hasn’t been a cloud in the sky for weeks!”

”Look, I spoke to Castor and Aemis to find this out, and Aemis agreed to make a tropical storm to help thin their ranks” you casually explain.

”So you’re telling me, that within the span of the last two hours, you contacted two different Gods, and got the God of the Sea himself to do you a favor?” he asks, clearly in disbelief.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
”Yes, is that so strange?” you ask.

”It’s unheard of. The type of thing you’d read in old religious texts, or maybe hear about some devoted apostle managing to accomplish. To think someone like you who only cares about Conquest and spends half his time adventuring would manage such a feat...it’s a little hard to believe” he tells you.

You sigh in frustration. All this religious stuff is completely new to you- was this really such a big deal? If so, you could see how it may hurt your credibility. ”Look, I know I’m asking a lot of you, so it’s only fair I put some of myself at stake as well” you say, unsheathing your flag pole. ”If the things I say don’t come to pass, I will give up my cause”

His eyes widen at that. A Herald commits themselves to their cause for life. Giving it up is synonymous, both metaphorically and physically, with death. Any herald that gives up their cause is expected to and almost always without fail kills themselves in recompense. It’s an extreme thing to offer, and enough to get Jeffrey to comply with your demands.

”I don’t know if you’ve gone off the deep end or not, but I can’t back down after hearing that. Alright, I’ll head back in and try to get the new orders out- best of luck to you as well, Herald” he says before stepping back into the mess hall.

With that taken care of, you spend the next hour or so heading to the various shopping revenues and picking up all the supplies you’ll need for the upcoming battle, spending quite a bit of dosh in the process.

*Gold: 537*

It’s about 9:00PM now, and stores are starting to close up as the townsfolk begin winding down for the night. If you’re quick, you may be able to visit one more store before it closes. Also worth keeping in mind is that the Merchant Square has vendors until midnight, though many of them wrap up their wares at around 8 or 9 PM.

>Head to the Blacksmith. Maybe he can help you figure out how to enchant your gear, or do some special work to make it more efficient.
>Search for magic tomes in the Merchant Square. If you’re lucky, you may find something for Jeanne to study in the future.
>Run down to the General Store and grab a bigger coin pouch and any other goods you might need.
>Grab Josh and try to start exploring the sewers
>Just head back to the inn and start winding down for the night
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
CURRENT STATUS

Herald of Conquest
Health: 43/50
Str: 6
Dex: 5
Con: 5
Int: 3
Wis: 3
Cha: 6
Conquest Points: 1
You can spend one Conquest point to succeed any roll you would have otherwise failed, you can spend two points to increase a skill level or learn a new skill, and you can spend three points to increase one of your attributes

Blessing: Bane of Goblins (Castor) - You gain a +5 to your Goblin Slaying skill.

Boons:
Goblin Sense: When you concentrate, you can detect any goblins within a 1 mile radius. You're able to tell which direction they are in, a rough estimate of how far they are, and whether they are goblins, hobgoblins, or goblin behemoths.

Techniques:
Right of Might: Once per day, you may declare ‘Right of Might’ before an attack. This will cause your next attack, should it land, to deal double damage.

Simple Trap Construction: Once per day, assuming you have the necessary materials, you can construct a goblin trap! This could be a pitfall, spiked pit, or rope snare.

Skills:
Acrobatics: 2
Comedy: 3
Deception: 2
Flute: 4
Goblin Slaying: 7 (2)
Haggling: 2
Intimidation: 2
Investigation: 1
Persuasion: 2
Pugilism: 1
Seduction: 1
Stealth: 1
Study: 1
Tracking: 2

Inventory:
Gold: 537
Alarm System (in bag)
Backpack (in bag)
Bag of Holding
Banner Pole (Conquest Flag)
Bedroll (in bag)
Behelit (in bag)
Bronze rank dog tag (Equipped)
Crowbar (in bag)
Elden Ring (in bag)
Emergency First Aid Kit x5 (in bag)
Flask of Oil x10 (in bag)
Flawless Disguise (in bag)
Glowing Rock x50 (in bag)
Goblin Skin x12 (in bag)
Gold bracelet with assorted major gemstones (in bag)
Grappling Hook (in bag)
Half a Sack of Sugar (in bag)
Health Potion x4 (in bag)
Hobgoblin skin (in bag)
Kite Shield (Equipped)
Letter from S (in bag)
Longsword (Good Quality)
Plate Armor (Equipped)
Rations x7 (in bag)
Rope, 50ft. hempen (in bag)
Shortsword (in bag)
Shovel (in bag)
Silver Flute (in bag)
Spyglass (in bag)
Tinderbox (in bag)
Waterskin filled with sugary coffee (in bag)
Wolf Leather x10 (in bag)
>>
>>4696421
>Head to the Blacksmith. Maybe he can help you figure out how to enchant your gear, or do some special work to make it more efficient.

Damn, we a holy man now.
>>
>>4696447
We conquest the gods by having them all be our Patrons.
Support, but after the blacksmith shopping lets finally clear out those thieving rats
>>
>>4696421
>>4696447
This. Enchanted gear or bust
>>
>>4696419
>>4696447
It seems like we're going to blacksmith.
Can we ask if they have some good crossbows? We could use one to snipe from afar, or gain advantage when initiating combat (one shot to stagger/kill an enemy before we get into melee).
>>
>>4696447
This, also damn, are we en-route to becoming a messianic arch-warrior priest?
>>
Big apologies friends, ended up getting really high. Will try to get more updates out tomorrow!

Once more thank you all for reading and playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
>>4696876
https://youtu.be/_8ma8adKm4I
Get some rest, man--thanks for runnin'.
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
You travel down to the blacksmith, catching that rude old codger just as he’s starting to put away his tools for the day. ”Excuse me good sir!” you call out, jogging over to the building. You watch the old man roll his eyes and let out an audible sigh.

”What do ye want now?” he asks, grumpiness and boredom leaking out through his speech.

”I had a couple of questions I wanted to ask” you explain, which prompts another eye roll from the blacksmith.

”You’re such an academic, aren’tcha? You should go bother the librarian.” he says, but you bite your tongue and continue on.

”Do you perform special work on weapons, like serrating them or adding a gut hook?” you inquire.

This causes the old man’s eyes to light up as they finally settle on looking at you rather than at anything else going on around you two. ”Why, yes I do. For my level o’ expertise it ain’t gonna be cheap, and I’ll need at least a day with yer weapon, but give me the money and the time and you won’t be sorry” the older man tells you.

”Alright, and what about enchantments? Is there a way to magically augment my weapons and armor?” you ask him next.

At this point he takes a seat back down on the chair he was in when you found him during normal working hours before, putting a hand to his chin in thought. ”Such services do exist, but they’re rare and even more expensive than anything I’d charge ye- for good reason! That’s a huge symbol o’ status, y’know? Incredibly effective, too. Normally ye’d have to go to the capitol and talk to some stuffy mages, but if you don’t mind letting an amateur give it a shot I may know someone”

”Really? Who?”

”Her name’s Syllia- she’s an elf. Studied at the academy for a bit, now she’s staying with me” he explains.

This information surprises you. Considering how rude the old man is, why would he let an elf stay with him? Were they related somehow? Was he just hoping to get some knife-ears coochie? It baffles you enough that you end up actually asking him. ”Why’s she staying with you?”

”Well, that story’s a little embarrassing. You don’t need to know about all that…” he grumbles, breaking eye contact with you.

>Get custom work on a weapon (Which one? What do you want done?)
>Ask to see this Syllia and get her services
>Screw it, you’ll come back tomorrow and let the old man turn in for the day (Where do you go? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4697251
>Ask to see this Syllia and get her services
Let's 'SYLLIA' what she has to offer!
>>
>>4697251
>Ask how much a Serrated Blade and knuckle-bow guard for our Longsword would cost
>Ask about a heavy crossbow
>Ask to see Syllia and get her services

I think we better get physical upgrade for sword and enchantment for armor.
Still, we gotta take on the Thieves' Guild before the attack, and can't do that without our equipment.
Unless we borrow weapons and armor from guards.
>>
I'll give this another half hour for more votes before tie-breaking
>>
>>4697281
Support
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”How much would a serrated blade and a knuckle bow for my longsword cost?” you ask him, patting the sheathed blade hanging from your waist.

”Hmm, a little protection from gettin yer fingers sliced off ain’t too much hassle, I’ll charge ye ten gold pieces for that. Serrating the entire blade though- vicious and efficient. Takes a lotta time and precise work though, so I’d have to charge ye at least a hundred gold pieces for that” he says.

You immediately respond with bewilderment: ”Is this some kind of joke? The actual long sword itself only cost me around thirty gold pieces!” you fire back.

The old man shrugs. ”You want my quality and that much specific work, you pay a premium price. It’s a lot easier to pour molten ore in a mold than to sharpen every inch of the blade many times over to create a serrated edge”

>Get the knuckle bow (10gp)
>Get the serrated edge (100gp)
>Get both (110gp)
>Fuck that shit (0gp)

”Okay, and what about a crossbow? How much would one of those run me?” you ask him.

”Right, let me get ye the prices on my wares again- this time with the crossbows included…”

Rathalon Blacksmith's prices:
Shortsword: 20gp
Scimitar: 20gp
Longsword: 40gp
Rapier: 50gp
Buckler: 13gp
Kite shield: 67gp
Tower Shield: 266gp
Light Crossbow: 50gp
Heavy Crossbow: 80gp

Before you decide on making any purchases or haggling or what have you though, your curiosity gets the better of you. ”Actually, can I meet this Syllia?” you ask him.

”Hmm, she’s doing her weirdo elf meditation thingy right now. Come back in the morning, ‘cuz by the time she’s done I’ll be in bed”

>Make purchases (What?)
>Haggle (On what? What price do you try to get it down to?)
>Ask about other goods (What?)
>Insist he go get her. Time is of the essence
>Leave (Where do you go? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)

Realized this didn’t really need to be tie broken so I combined ‘em
>>
>>4697309
>Get the knuckle bow (10gp)
>Get the serrated edge (100gp)
we got money to spend
>>
>>4697320
I agree, if we can afford it's worth it
>>
>>4697320
+1
>>
Gonna give a little more time for some votes on the second choice to come in!
>>
>>4697309
>Haggle total price down to 90 gp
>>
>>4697309
>Get the knuckle bow (10gp)
>Get the serrated edge (100gp)
>Get heavy crossbow (80gp)
That last one is a surprise tool that will help us later. Just cause we tank doesn't mean we can't dwindle enemy numbers before the charge.
>>
Alright, roll me 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Haggling). If you get a 20 or higher you'll get it down to 90, otherwise you'll buy both for 110 at full price.
>>
Rolled 7 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4697405
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
You cross your arms. ”Make it ninety gold pieces and we’ll-”

The blacksmith gets up from his chair and is already on his way inside the building when you raise a hand to stop him. ”W-wait! I’ll pay full price, okay? Throw in a Heavy Crossbow too, please” you say, thankful that your reddened cheeks are hidden underneath your helmet.

”Alright strange knight, consider it done” the old man grunts. You take your longsword out and hand it to him as he heads back inside, coming back a moment later with a fancy, large, looking crossbow. ”You’ll need to buy bolts yerself, but just as a sign o’ good will I’ll throw in these ones fer free” he says, handing you a small case with ten crossbow bolts. You dump the contents into your bag of holding before handing the case back to him.

*Gold: 347*

”Thank you for your time, blacksmith. When should I come by to pick up my weapon?” you ask him.

He shrugs in response once more. ”Should be ready this time tomorrow”

With that squared and out of the way, you can tell this guy’s just about ready to retire for the night- you’ve already kept him past work hours at this point. You’ll just have to check out this elven armor enchantress in the morning. For now, it’s around 9:30PM. You’re gonna have to retire somewhere for the night, so where will it be?

>The inn, as always! It’s a great place to wind down, and your friends are staying there too.
>The Adventurer’s Guild will let you sleep there for free- you’ll just have to eat a ration or pick up some food at a restaurant in the morning
>Sleep is for the weak. You’ll grab Josh and start exploring the sewers now to get an idea of what you’re working with.
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4697421
>The inn, as always! It’s a great place to wind down, and your friends are staying there too.
>>
>>4697421
>The inn, as always! Your friends are staying there too.
>Find Clarissa and ask if she has any tips regarding our crossbow.
From there we can gather and hit the sewers together or just wind down and sleep.
>>
>>4697439
Support
But our sword is gone what we gonna do if we get into a fight?
>>
>>4697450
Check the eq.
We have a shortsword and kite shield.
>>
>>4697439
Tip #1 buy some crossbow bolts
>>
>>4697507
Shush, I didn't mention bolts on purpose, so that we'd get them for free. All calculated.
>>
>>4697494
In that case we meet up with our team and see if we can get our bard lessons, then we shall do our scouting and see from there.
>>
>>4697571
We don't need to do take barding lessons every day, especially when we have other priorities because city is going to be attacked soon.
>>
>>4697581
I agree Let's not fiddle while Rome burns
>>
>>4697581
>>4697607
Let's save the flute for our after-party celebration.
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
You’ve been at this long enough for now, it’s time to let yourself recuperate. You’ll need the energy over the next few days, after all.

You make your way back to the tavern to the sight of dozens of customers in revelry. The bard in the corner is packing up his lute and getting ready to head home soon, but there’s still plenty of gambling and arm wrestling. It seems the bar fights are on hold for now, but your victory still has some weight as a few townsfolk call out to you.

”Hey, it’s that dude that knocked out Burkov!”

”Yoooo, what’s good baldie?”

”CONQUUUUEEEEEEESSST!”

You smirk from underneath your helmet as you survey your surroundings more closely. At the bar itself you see Peace on one end speaking to one of the townsfolk, and on the other is Clarissa, though Barret and Jeanne aren’t with her.

>Speak to someone (Who? About what?)
>Do some gambling! (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
>A little arm wrestling never hurt anyone!
>Try to meet someone new
>Fuck it, bed time (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4697713
>Speak to someone (Who? About what?)
Ask Peace how they're gonna deal with the mighty SHIT STORM approaching on the horizon.
>>
>>4697713
>Speak to Clarissa
>Buy her a drink and show our new crossbow (if it's allowed in here).
>Ask how to collect bolts from bodies and whether she has any tips for us.
>>
>>4697713
>Try to meet someone new
>>
Rolled 3 (1d3)

1: >>4697733
2: >>4697734
3: >>4697876
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
You’ve had enough of the tavern’s usual entertainment, and Clarissa seems just fine drinking all alone. You’d hate to interrupt Peace either if he’s in the middle of preaching about his cause. Still, you can’t help but feel a little lonely.

You set your back against the wall and scan over the tavern, looking for something to do or someone to talk to. It’s then that you feel a tap on your shoulder.

Turning your head to look, you see an oddly pale man with dark sclera flash you a toothy grin. ”It’s good to finally meet you. Herald, right? You’re something of a fan favorite you know?” the strange man tells you.

”...Who are you and what do you want?” you ask, reaching for your longsword only to remember that you left it with the blacksmith. Instead, your hand travels to your banner pole- it’s been a while since you’ve used it as a weapon, but it’ll make do.

”So tense! Relax a little, will you? I’m only here to observe you and see what’s on your mind. I thought this would be more fun, but you’re getting all uptight” he says, putting his hands up in a placating motion.

You ease your stance a little, still eyeing him warily. ”Who are you?”

”Ah, I can’t exactly tell you my true name, but you can call me Bubby” he says, which prompts a raised eyebrow from you. ”I’m what you would call a demon, and I couldn’t help but notice all the attention you’ve gotten from the divine recently. Listen, they’re not the only ones you can go to for a little supernatural help you know- us demons are much more based and infinitely more flexible” he tells you.

”A demon?” you repeat back, images of red-skinned figures with huge bull horns coming to mind. This guy just looks like a hipster with a weird eye condition. ”What’s your game here?” you ask.

”Game? I just saw how interesting things have gotten around here recently and thought I’d stop by to say hello- that’s more than the Gods will ever do for you, that’s for sure. Come on, isn’t there anything your heart desires?”

>”Well, I am interested in…” (What?)
>”No, leave me alone retard”
>”Based... or cringe?”
>Instantly drop to your knees and pray, that’ll freak him out! (To who?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4697933
>"You wouldn't be approaching me if you didn't get something out of my appeals for help. The gods ask for offerings and specific favors; what would you have of me, and what are you capable of?"
>”Based... or cringe?”
>>
>>4697933
>”Based... or cringe?”
>>
File: raw.png (159 KB, 500x200)
159 KB
159 KB PNG
>>4697933
>Write-In:
>Pic related
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
”Based...or cringe?” you ask him, the latter word seeming to be placed in your mind by an energy similar to Castor’s.

Immediately the ‘demon’ squints his eyes and starts waving his arms around. ”I am NOT cringe! I am an ebic demon and so many people would KILL to have me approach them! You- you’re a bastard!” the man finishes, pouting as he averts his gaze.

Wow. Holy shit- manchild much?

Feeling as though you have the upper hand now, you get a bit more aggressive with him. ”What do you want? You wouldn’t be approaching me if you didn’t get something out of these deals. The Gods ask for offerings and specific favors- what would you have of me, and what can you do?” you ask him.

”It’s mostly just for my entertainment, but I do have ways of extracting payment. Some blood, a dubious favor or three, maybe even your soul for realsies if you’re feeling lenient! As for what I can offer, the sky’s the limit! Money, fame, power, sex- or…” he trails off.

”Or what?” you prompt him.

”I could activate that behelit for you” he says, only explaining further after you tilt your head quizzically at him. ”The little red stone thing you picked up a while back- had all the facial features on it.” he tells you.

”So it’s called a behelit, huh? What do you mean ‘activate’ it?” you ask him.

The demon chuckles in response. ”Well, normally you have to be on death’s door for it to activate, but I can speed things along a little for you. As for what it does...isn’t that best left a surprise?”

>”Alright...activate that behelit then, demon”
>”Okay, one of those things sounds good- I want…” (What do you ask for?)
>”No demons are cringe I’m Godly as fuck”
>Simply walk away and go to bed- you are waaaay too tired for this shit right now
>Other (write in)

Last post for tonight, gotta be in bed about an hour ago for work. Tomorrow will be busy but I'll try to update as best I can!
>>
>>4698198
>”No demons are cringe I’m Godly as fuck”
At least for now, this guy seems like bad news. Also, I'd really rather not blow our get out of jail free stone for a demon's laugh.
>>
>>4698198
>”No demons are cringe I’m Godly as fuck”
We're the Herald of CONQUEST and this guy sounds like a total weenie--we're in charge of our own destiny!
>>
>>4698198
>”No demons are cringe I’m Godly as fuck”
GTFO bubby, if you want us to get on your shit you better bring something solid to the table.
>>
>>4698198
>”No demons are cringe I’m Godly as fuck”
>>
>>4698198
>Godly as fuck

Demons are bad news and we have been doing just fine without them
>>
>>4698198
Ask him what the behelit does first then just tell him this >>4698207
might as well gather information before telling him to fuck off
>>
>>4698198
>Push the fucker aside
>Tell barman and Clarissa there's a demon in here
>Ask for permission to shoot
>>
Just another quick OOC update from work parking lot.

Woke up feeling pretty sick (cold sick, not COVID) and I got a lot to do so I think I'm gonna take today off and maybe at the most tomorrow too. Thank you all for your patience!
>>
>>4698522
Take care of yourself, man--hope you feel better soon!
>>
>>4698522
rest up!
>>
>>4698522
Take your time, based QM!
>>
>>4698522
You take care of yourself man, we can wait as long as you need to
>>
>>4698522
Eat, sleep, and drink. You'll feel better in no time.
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”No. Demons are cringe, I’m Godly as fuck you tell the whiny little pissbaby.

You notice for the briefest of moments that you actually do feel an intense aura coming from Bubby, as if perhaps he is indeed far more menacing than previously thought, though the feeling is gone in an instant and instead all you see is his teary-eyed form running towards the door.

After swinging it open, he stops only for a moment to turn and point at you, shouting. ”I am not cringe, I am epic- fuck you Herald!” he cries before darting out. Was that feeling you got from something else then? It’s not like the self-proclaimed demon did anything except offer you a vague deal and throw a tantrum when you used that strange ‘cringe’ word.

Deciding that it’s not worth spending any more time thinking about, you instead elect to…

>Talk to someone (Clarissa? Peace? Barkeep? Random stranger?)
>Do some gambling! (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
>Perform! Now that the bard is gone, maybe you can earn some tips playing yourself!
>Sleep. It’s getting late and you’ll need your strength for tomorrow (5gp)
>Other (write in)

After work I laid up in bed with some cold medicine and took it easy. Thank you guys for all the kind comments! I'm feeling a bit better, so I’ll be posting intermittently tomorrow after work and between other stuff and hopefully be able to get back to you in full force on Friday. Got a light college load as well this week so no promises but may be able to post a lot this weekend for once too!
>>
>>4699612
>Talk to someone (Clarissa?)
>>
>>4699612
>>Perform! Now that the bard is gone, maybe you can earn some tips playing yourself!
What better way to spread Conquest than by playing sick ballads about our deeds?
>>
>>4699612
Based and recovering from cold pilled. It's good to hear that you're good man.

>>4699646
This, let's hype everyone up for Conquest so we can manage the invasion better, later.
>>
>>4699616
+1
>>
>>4699616
+1
>>
Bubby...hmm...sounds like a nickname for Beelzebub
>>
File: images (15).jpg (24 KB, 478x415)
24 KB
24 KB JPG
>>4699858
Bubby, Bobby... we're onto something here.
>>
File: Bubsy_3D_cover.jpg (50 KB, 360x450)
50 KB
50 KB JPG
>>4699858
W-wait a minute..!
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
Clarissa’s been alone at the bar for who knows how long. You can tell she’s already on her fifth drink from the mugs piled up next to her on the counter, but she looks more exhausted than drunk.

Deciding to see what’s up and spend a little quality time with one of your buddies, you slide into a stool nearby and shoot her a quick wave. ”Hey, you doing alright?” you ask.

She gives you a heavy sigh and takes another long swig from her drink before responding. ”Haven’t been getting much sleep is all. I still have a lot of nightmares about...you know”

You nod your head, looking down at the counter for a moment. You can tell it’s something she’s struggling with, but you don’t really know what the right words to say are. Are there any right words for someone who’s had such heinous things done to them and watched creatures eat their friend’s remains? It’s a miracle she hasn’t gone insane to be honest, and speaks much to her mental fortitude, but even the strongest people can crumple without proper support. Hell, if it weren’t for your master, Gods know you may not be far off from what became of Mary.

>Try to offer some comforting words or advice (What do you say)
>Just let the silence linger. Sometimes a friend’s presence is enough
>Pick up her tab for the night (5gp now plus however much else she drinks. Total cost charged in the morning)
>”If there’s anything we can ever do to help, let us know. Good night and take care of yourself” (Go to bed: 5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4700485
>Joke
There was a boy once.
Happy as can be.
A cute kid too.
Though something happened to him.
Something bad.

Lost everything precious to him.
Instantly crushed.
Fortunately, it wasn't the end.
Even now he struggles on.


>Pick up her tab for the night (5gp now plus however much else she drinks. Total cost charged in the morning)
>>
>>4700485
>Try to offer some comforting words or advice (What do you say)
"For what it's worth, you really helped us out back there."

Keep it simple--we're not really equipped to 'cure' her, but she did help us out!
>>
>>4700485
>Try to offer some comforting words or advice (What do you say)
"For what it's worth, you really helped us out back there."
>Offer her to have a little shooting practice/competition outside to test the new crossbow (and hopefully shift her attention to something she likes).
I'm assuming that this might work, with her being the ranger and all. We can use torches since it's dark af by now.
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
”For what it’s worth, you really helped us back there” you tell her.

She smiles at this for a moment, brushing some hair out of her face. ”Thanks, Herald. It felt good to get those fuckers back for everything they did. Knowing that they can’t hurt anyone else...it does bring me some sense of comfort” she responds, taking another drink from her mug afterwards.

”Hey innkeep, her tab’s on me tonight!” you say, jabbing a finger towards your companion.

”Roger that Herald- I’ll charge you the total in the morning!” he answers.

Your ranger companion chuckles at this, pushing your shoulder playfully. ”You’re being awfully nice to me tonight! What, you trying to impress me or somethin, bigshot?”

You shake your head. ”Just wanted to show some appreciation for a valued teammate. If you ever need anything, just let me know.”

Clarissa nods her head sagely. ”I’ll keep that in mind, Herald. For now I think I’ll just drink until I can pass out in bed” she says, finishing the rest of her drink and calling the innkeep over for another one.

”Actually, if you’ve got time, would you mind helping me practice my shooting? I picked up a crossbow from the blacksmith and wanted to learn a thing or two- figured you were the right woman to ask”

The ranger waves a hand dismissively. ”Sure thing- but let’s save it for tomorrow. I wanna get fucked up and go to bed. Besides, not sure how great my aim will be after three...no four...no, it’s five now- five drinks” she says, holding up the respective amount of fingers as she finds her way to the right number.

By the time you finish your short conversation, it seems Peace has already left- probably retired for the night.

>Talk to Clarissa some more (About what?)
>Gamble (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
>Bed time! (5gp)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4700775
>Gamble (Blackjack or Coin Toss?)
Coin Toss
>>
File: tegaki.png (8 KB, 400x400)
8 KB
8 KB PNG
You decide to do a little gambling to round out the night. ”I’ll be off then, Clarissa. Holler if you need me” you tell your companion, to which she returns a thumbs up. With that settled, you make your way over to the tables where people are playing Coin Toss.

The game is so simple that you don’t even need an explanation- but the QM will provide one anyways. A gold piece is tossed into the air and you call Heads (1) or Tails (2), represented by the current Belfrostian King and the Royal Castle respectively. The challenger places the first bet, and next round the honor goes to the opponent. The two go back and forth until one decides to quit- plain and simple.

To this end, every game starts with the minimum and maximum bets being set so that your opponent can’t blindside you with an overwhelming bet amount. The challenger (you) can only quit on their turn to bet, and the opponent can only quit on theirs as well to prevent any feelings of unfairness if someone manages to snag a big win. Of course, you could always forego this rule and say ‘fuck it’, but nobody will want to play Coin Toss with you if you can’t follow that basic courtesy. The challenger always calls the side they want regardless of whose turn it is.

That said, there are three main opponent choices that stick out to you.

>Tired looking farmhand (Min: 1gp | Max: 10gp) (How much do you bet? What side do you pick?)
>Bored Merchant (Min: 25gp | Max: 50gp) (How much do you bet? What side do you pick?)
>Eccentric Noble who nobody else is rich enough to play with (Min: 100gp | Max: 300gp) (How much do you bet? What side do you pick?)
>Actually, fuck Coin Toss (Do something else. What?)
>>
>>4700866
>>Eccentric Noble who nobody else is rich enough to play with (Min: 100gp | Max: 300gp) (How much do you bet? What side do you pick?)
>300gp
>Heads

Go big or go fucking HOME
>>
>>4700866
Bored merchant (50)
>>4700944
This could bankrupt us if we lose and then the noble plays for 300 and wins, so don’t do this
>>
>>4700866
>Eccentric Noble who nobody else is rich enough to play with (Min: 100gp | Max: 300gp) (How much do you bet? What side do you pick?)
100 gp. Heads (1)
>>
>>4700866
>>4700953
Eh, you're probably right. Change >>4700944 to
>Bored Merchant, 50gp Heads
>>
>>4701071
+1
Let's not gamble all our money away the moment we actually get some
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

coin result
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
You stride over to the bored looking merchant, who lifts his head with a tired expression. ”What do you want, kid?” the man asks, despite only being maybe ten years older than you at most.

You place a hand down on the table and lean closer. ”I wanna play some Coin Toss. That’s why you’re here at the tables, right? Looking to gamble a little?” you inquire.

”Sure, why not- I’ve got spare money. I was going to get my girlfriend a nice present, but she broke up with me so now I’ve just got all this gold lying around. Might as well use it for something” he tells you with an exhausted sigh, despite the fact that you didn’t ask for his life story! After a short pause, he continues. ”Oh, right. My minimum is twenty-five gold pieces, and my maximum is fifty for each round”

You drop your somewhat hefty coin pouch on the table, the sound of clattering metal ringing out. ”Fifty for round one then. Heads” you say to which the merchant nods.

You pull out a gold coin of your own and toss it into the air, watching it smack down on the table. You crane your head over to see the result…

Tails.

*Gold: 297*

The merchant takes the fifty gold pieces awarded to him, looking a little more excited about the game now. ”Wow, that’s a pretty good haul for just flipping a coin! This game’s kinda fun, isn’t it?” he says, giving you a slight smile.

”Right, it’s my turn now. Let’s go for another fifty gold pieces since you’re so eager! What side are you calling?”

>Heads
>Tails
>Talk to him about something (Must be picked along with a side. What do you say?)
>Leave now (Nobody at this inn will play Coin Toss with you again since you’re leaving on the opponent’s turn, which breaks common courtesy)
>>
>>4701410
>Heads
>"So uh, why did you guys break up?"
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
”I’ll go Heads again. Can’t be wrong twice in a row, right?” you say, to which the merchant chuckles. He may understand probability better than you.

The blonde man flips the coin into the air, the two of you leaning over after it thumps down on the table again.

Tails.

*Gold: 247*

As the merchant collects the fifty gold pieces, your curiosity gets the better of you. ”So uh, why did you guys break up?” you ask him.

He lets out another exhausted sigh- seems that question really did a number on his mood. ”Found out she was cheating on me. Turns out some women like to date merchants as what they call ‘sugar daddies’ who will buy them things. She had a real boyfriend this whole time, and long before she started ‘dating’ me” he explains, looking up at you.

”That’s...that’s rough, buddy” you say, not really sure what the right answer to that story is.

”It’s fine- at least I’m a hundred gold up right now! Another hundred and I’ll make back what I spent on her” he says with a grin. At the very least your misfortune seems to have brought him some temporary relief.

>Heads (How much do you bet?)
>Tails (How much do you bet?)
>Talk some more (What do you say?)
>End the game (Safe to do so now that it’s your turn)
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
>>4701492
Just realized my dumbass drew heads when the coin landed on tails. Here is the CORRECT image
>>
>>4701492
>Tails: 50
"Damn, that's heavy."
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

>>
File: tegaki.png (98 KB, 400x400)
98 KB
98 KB PNG
”Damn, that’s heavy” you respond.

The merchant shrugs as you flip the coin into the air. ”Ehh, I’m not even sure if I really loved her that much. I was just trying to fill the void, you know?” he casually drops into the conversation as the coin falls to the table.

”If anything, I think my sadness can be attributed to that void returning now that the distraction is gone. I’m just...empty. I thought a relationship could fix it, but you know how that ended up”

You both lean over the coin to check the result.

Tails.

*Gold: 297*

You’ve managed to win back fifty gold pieces, which the merchant hands over to you without issue, completely unfazed. Perhaps he’s still feeling fine since he’s at a profit, or maybe money isn’t really on his mind right now.

”Anyways, I suppose we should keep rolling, yeah? Let’s do another fifty gold pieces” he says, preparing the coin in his hand. ”Heads or tails?”

>Heads
>Tails
>Talk to him about something (Must be picked along with a side. What do you say?)
>Leave now (Nobody at this inn will play Coin Toss with you again since you’re leaving on the opponent’s turn, which breaks common courtesy)
>>
>>4701655
>Heads
>"Last round for me. Gotta get some rest. Tomorrow's gonna be a long day... and the day after tomorrow, too."
>Grunt and fail to rub our temples through the helmet at the realization.
>>
>>4701655
>Heads
>"Sounds like you need to focus on yourself for a while instead of the ladies... Tell me, you ever hear the good word of CONQUEST?"
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

>>
We should carry a goblin head around and whenever someone asked what the fuck, we'd respond with "What? Oh, this? This is Johnny Silverhand! He rejected Conquest. Funny that you ask about me about Conquest, cause I just so happen to be THE Conquest guy, will be here all week..."
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
”Heads” you call as the merchant flips the coin into the air.

This guy seems like a bit of a doomer to be honest- a term Heralds use for people that have been influenced by the nihilistic preachings of doomsayers. Perhaps if you can sway him towards your cause, he may yet find meaning in life.

”Sounds like you need to focus on yourself for a while instead of the ladies… Tell me, have you ever heard the good word of CONQUEST?” you ask him as the coin lands on the table, the two of you leaning over to check it.

Heads.

*Gold: 347*

With that settled, you have officially broken even! Now you can leave the game without any worry about your financial situation, thank the Gods.

”Conquest? That’s the thing people were shouting about in here the other day, right? Some dude with a mustache and a top hat beat up that big guy Burkov and started talking about it. I don’t know, the guy in the square a month ago was talking about how nothing really matters and how insignificant we all are, and it’s been all I’ve thought about since. Can something as simple as beating people up really make me feel anything?” he asks.

”That’s not really what Conquest is all about. Conquest is about bettering yourself and using your own strength to pave your destiny. It’s about the thrill of battle and putting your life on the line. It’s about using your hard-earned power to assert dominance over the weak. Most importantly however, it’s about bringing meaning to the life that we’ve been given” you tell him, putting a hand on the man’s shoulder.

He looks up at you for a moment. ”A meaning? That’s… that’d be nice, I think- for there to be a reason that we exist”

You nod your head. ”Last round for me” you begin, getting up from your seat, ”Gotta get some rest. Tomorrow’s gonna be a long day… and the day after tomorrow, too”

You grunt as the realization hits you, trying to rub your temples only to be thwarted by that damn helmet! If you didn’t always need to be prepared for a fight you wouldn’t wear the fucking thing, but sadly such is the life of a Herald of Conquest.

”Oh, good night then...err, what was your name again?” he asks you.

”You can just call me Herald”

”I see… I-I’m Rudolph. You can usually find me killing time here at night, or selling my wares in the merchant’s square- if I’m not off travelling, anyways. The life of a merchant is a busy one” he says with a forced chuckle.
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
You make your way over to the innkeep and drop him the five gold pieces for your room, to which he hands you the same key as usual. ”Thanks for the business, Herald!” he calls out as you head up the stairs.

*Gold: 342*

You wake up the next morning at around 8:00AM feeling refreshed from your fighting yesterday!

Herald’s Health: +7 (50/50)

Heading downstairs, you see Jeanne and Barret already eating breakfast, you and Clarissa’s bowls and drinks set out nearby. You take your seat next to Barret and begin chowing down. The innkeep makes his way over to you with a curt wave. ”Morning, buddy! The tab for last night’s 10 gold. That ranger friend of yours really went all out” he says, chuckling as you hand over the dosh.

*Gold: 332*

A few minutes later Clarissa comes down the stairs, her hair a frazzled mess as she stretches her arms and lets out a big yawn, taking a seat next to you. ”Oh fuck, my head’s killing me” she murmurs before taking a drink from her glass of water.

Now that the whole crew’s gathered up, Barret is the first to speak. ”So what’s on the docket for today, boss man? Morning training as usual, right?” he says.

Jeanne interrupts him, ”Not for me~” she says in a sing-song tone. ”If I’m going to learn that new spell in time, I’ll be cooped up in the library all of today and tomorrow” she informs the group.

While what she’s saying is fair enough, you can’t help but feel a little peeved that she’s so happy about skipping out on training. You’ll just have to make sure she does enough work to catch up on what she missed later!

>”Right, we’ll get to the morning training as usual” (What do you have everyone do?)
>”Actually, I want to speak with someone first, see if I can’t get a little upgrade” (Go visit this Syllia)
>”First and foremost, I need to take care of the Thieves’ Guild as soon as possible” (Grab Josh and start exploring the sewers. Do you bring any of your party members? If so, who?)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
CURRENT STATUS

https://pastebin.com/d4Z5Dbm7
>>
>>4701725
>”Actually, I want to speak with someone first, see if I can’t get a little upgrade” (Go visit this Syllia)
Let’s get our sword back
>>
>>4701740
Just as a heads up, the sword won't be ready until the time you turned it in yesterday, so around 9:00pm. You still got another 13 hours give or take on that
>>
>>4701725
>>”Right, we’ll get to the morning training as usual” (What do you have everyone do?)
100 push ups 100 pull ups 100 squats and 100 and one crunches. even Jeanne we train as a team.
>>
>>4701725
>>4701776
+1 This
>>
>>4701725
>>4701776
+1
and then let's get that quick practice with Clarissa to learn anything before the sewer swipe.
>>
>>4701791
+1 I think a few stealthy bow take downs will work well in the sewer. Can't imagine Clarissa appreciating being down there with a hangover though!
>>
>>4702030
sounds better than the sun honestly
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
You get out of your chair and move behind Jeanne, placing a hand on her shoulder. She immediately recoils from the touch, shaking as you release a menacing energy.

”Whatever are you talking about, Jeanne? We’re a team- we all train together” you tell her.

She nods her head, gulping: ”I-I was just kidding, Herald! Of courses I’ll be training with you guys!”

With that matter settled, you release your grip on her shoulder and turn to the rest of your party. ”Right, we’ll get to morning training as usual. I’m increasing the reps as well” you tell them.

”Fair enough, by now even Jeanne can handle the previous routine without much trouble. We moving up to sixty a pop then?” Clarissa asks.

You shake your head. ”One hundred push-ups, one hundred crunches, one hundred squats, and one hundred pullups”

You watch as Jeanne nearly faints, and even Barret looks a bit worried. ”M-most of that sounds fine, boss man, but isn’t a hundred pull-ups a little unreasonable?” he asks.

”Fine- we’ll start with fifty pull-ups then” you answer, deciding to compromise with your companions.

Clarissa raises a finger for a moment before Barret quickly pushes her hand down. ”Let’s not risk it- who knows what he’ll add if we push it too far” he tells her, to which she solemnly nods.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (29 KB, 400x400)
29 KB
29 KB PNG
The Super Conqueror Bros immediately begin their reps upon arriving at the usual training spot in the barracks. Admittedly everyone except for you struggles with the new reps, and even you break quite a sweat before finishing. Jeanne just barely manages 100 squats, push-ups, and crunches, but she physically cannot do more than twenty pull-ups before her arms go numb and she falls off the bar. You give her a pass for today, but expect her to hit fifty pull-ups by the end of the week.

While Barret tends to a recovering Jeanne, you decide to ask Clarissa for some help. ”About the crossbow I mentioned the other night- could you give me a few pointers?” you ask, pulling out some training arrows and bows from the supplies in the courtyard.

She nods her head. ”Sure thing, boss. First thing you need to know is the myth of conserving arrows. Lots of plays and books write about archers retrieving their arrows, but honestly that’s unrealistic. Most of the time your ammo is gonna break after it hits its target, and even if it doesn’t, it’ll likely be too damaged and unreliable for you to wanna use in future battles. The exception to this is if your attack misses or you get a clean headshot. If either of those happen, you can probably safely retrieve your arrow- err, in your case bolt- and reuse it. Otherwise, plan on losing what you’re using!” she tells you, much to your chagrin.

”As for actually using the damn thing…”

Clarissa spends the next half hour or so watching you fire the crossbow, showing you the proper stance, how to hold it, how to aim, so on and so forth. It’s still not a weapon you’re used to, but by the end of the training session you feel confident enough to make use of it in battle.

It’s now around 9:00AM, and although your party is tired and exhausted, you ultimately feel that everyone made a lot of progress in strength training, and you’ve likely gotten a bit more dextrous under Clarissa’s tutelage.

What will you tackle next?

>Go see that Syllia lady about enchantments
>Grab Josh and explore the sewers (Do you bring any party members? Who?)
>Do some shopping (Where at? What are you looking for?)
>Check out the Adventurer’s Guild for a new quest
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4702051
>Check out the Adventurer’s Guild for a new quest
>>
>>4702051
>Go see that Syllia lady about enchantments
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

Was midway writing the update when I checked in and saw the new vote- gonna do a tiebreak and then confirm writing the post.

1: Adventurer's Guild
2: Syllia
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
”Alright team, good work. I’m gonna go scout out the quest board, see about any jobs we can take”

”Ehh? What about preparing for the invasion?” Jeanne blurts out between her panting.

You nod. ”No worries, I’m still going to do everything I can to prepare- first and foremost focusing on taking down the Thieves’ Guild. It’s just that it wouldn’t hurt to see what’s next for us after all this is over. Besides, I saw a quest up there the other day about hunting down their leader anyhow- if that’s still available then it’ll be killing two birds with one stone” you tell her.

With that sorted, you make your way to the familiar brick building. Entering inside, you see dozens of adventurers milling about as usual. Some are gathered at tables, sharing meals and discussing their plans, others are at the quest board and trying to grab a good request before they’re all taken, and some poor sap is even walking away from the counter looking dejected- probably another failed attempt to flirt with the girl behind the counter.

Making your way over to the board, you make out a few solid requests you could look into.

The first request you notice is of course the one you mentioned to your crew- a dead or alive bounty for Jay Trawn. The request warns about his crew, the Thieves’ Guild, and mentions that he is adept with both crossbow and knife. The reward is five hundred gold pieces.

The next job is an escort request from Gerald! That old codger was still in Rathalon?! He wants some adventurers to escort him over to Yesmir. The trip will likely take about a week, and the payout is one hundred gold pieces per party member, with food provided during the journey.

The last job of note is for an apothecary that wants some spirit herbs from the forest near the outskirts of town, and only marks the need for a ‘basket full’. Reward is 200 gold pieces.

You also notice that there are many requests essentially just trying to recruit people into the military or help with preparations on the coastline for what you can only assume is the incoming invasion.

>Take the Jay Trawn bounty
>Take the Gerald escort quest
>Take the herb gathering job
>Fuck these quests (Where do you go? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4702274
>Take the Jay Trawn bounty
Dollars to jelly doughnuts if we had talked to Christopher BE Robbin' and his gang the Pooh boys, we could have had collaborated with him in taking down Jay Trawn. Or maybe he was a pawn of his. Pretty nice interwoven story so far. If we were Silver we could have taken the escort request from Gerald too.
>>
>>4702301
>>4702274
HOLD IT! Are we doing the invasion first or the The Theives' Guild? Because if we're doing the invasion one first, we should help with the preparations on the coastline.
>>
>>4702305
As a reminder, the invasion is happening in 1-2 days time. You told Jeffrey that you're part in helping to prepare would be taking down the Thieves' Guild to "Raise morale and create a better city for when the invasion is over and done with". That said you can always pivot to helping with the military preparations or doing something else instead
>>
>>4702309
your*
>>
>>4702309
>Take the Jay Trawn bounty
Thanks for the reminder. We should ask the counter girl more about the quest and her name. And tell her a joke! I don't think we've told a joke in a while.
>>
>>4702327
"What's the difference between a quest giver and a quest taker? One pays out the nose and the other through it." Maybe workshop this a little. It might go bad like with the dwarf and his beard.
>>
>>4702332
"What's the same about a quest giver and a quest taker? They both pay through the nose."
>>
>>4702335
Alright, roll me 1d20+9 (+6 for CHA, +3 for Comedy). You only need a 15 or higher to make her laugh
>>
Rolled 17 + 9 (1d20 + 9)

>>
Rolled 8 + 9 (1d20 + 9)

>>4702436
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
You grab the bounty for Jay Trawn off the board and take it over to the counter, the usual clerk looking up from her paperwork when you approach. She greets you with a friendly smile: ”Ah, it’s you again Herald! Are your teammates with you today?”

You shake your head. ”We’re spread out at the moment, have a lot to get done. Is there anything else you can tell me about this quest?” you ask, sliding the bounty over to her. She picks it up and takes a closer look.

”Ah, the bounty for Jay Trawn. Normally I’d warn a bronze rank adventurer against taking this, but considering how well you did with that goblin quest, I think you can handle it. Unfortunately I don’t know much more than the quest dictates- most people don’t even know where to look. The lack of information keeps the majority of adventurers from grabbing it because of the cancellation fee” she explains.

That means you might be the only one in town who even realizes that the Thieves’ Guild operates through the sewers, which admittedly makes you feel pretty damn cool for a moment.

”I appreciate it, miss...I’m sorry, what’s your name?”

She looks surprised by your question. ”Oh, most people don’t take the time to ask- usually they just call me ‘guild girl’, ‘clerk’, or ‘the gal behind the counter’. My name’s Charlotte”

”Nice to meet you Charlotte” you respond, giving her a curt nod. ”Hey, wanna hear a joke?” you ask. Thinking about it, it’s been days since you made a joke- have you even cracked wise since that awkward misunderstanding with the dwarf?

”Uh, sure! Hit me with it”

You clear your throat, making sure to deliver your quip with the right tone and timing. ”What do a quest giver and taker have in common?” you ask her.

”Hmm… I don’t know. What is it?”

”They both pay through the nose!”

*Success*

Charlotte puts a hand to her mouth, trying to stifle her laughter as she gets a few looks from various adventurers standing around. The dejected looking guy from earlier is staring daggers at you.

”That’s a good one! You’ll have to share some more with me some time”

>Talk to Charlotte some more (About what?)
>Go check out this Syllia lady
>Grab Josh and start exploring the sewers (Do you bring any party members? If so, who?)
>Check out the library (Do you look for a specific kind of book or just browse for various topics?)
>Do some shopping (Where? What are you looking for?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4702475
>Charlotte puts a hand to her mouth, trying to stifle her laughter as she gets a few looks from various adventurers standing around. The dejected looking guy from earlier is staring daggers at you.
>The dejected looking guy from earlier is staring daggers at you.

lol Did we just meet two new friends today?

>Go check out this Syllia lady

or

>Talk to Charlotte some more (About what?)
Though I would like to talk to Charlotte more, there's not much else I could think of to say at the moment, since she's working.
How long has she been doing this for?
Who's her favorite adventurer?
Can we meet the guild master?
How soon are we up for a promotion?
Can we recommend facilities?
Can you give us a tour of the guild?
What can we do here?
Who are some of the more prominent teams?
Are there any guild competitions or contests we can compete in?
^ These all seem like they would take a bit of time.


THE ARENA! I TOTALLY FORGOT ABOUT THAT!

>OTHER
GO TO THE ARENA!

What's your guys' thoughts on which course we should take?
>>
>>4702532
Going with the Charlotte route first if no one else votes and if they do vote.
>>
>>4702534
>>4702532
>>4702274
And Gerald must have really been putting in some work if he can afford to hire adventurers for 100 gp with food. Old cheapskate did even want to foot the bill for one bodyguard going between two towns when we first met him and now look at him. Throwing money left and right on week long journeys. I'd like to think our talks together did him some good. Watch him say something crazy like he got married.
>>
>>4702532
>Go check out this Syllia lady
Stay focused on the objective, the thief guild needs to be taken out
>>
>>4702475
>Go check out this Syllia lady
Time for some motherfucking ENCHANTMENTS.
>>
>>4702475
>Go check out this Syllia lady
But since we need to go to the blacksmith to get to Syllia, let's
>Buy 10-20 bolts from him
>Ask if he has any special amnunition
Hopefully this can be done in one post. Don't wanna clutter, but we need them deathsticks.
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
After waving Charlotte goodbye, you make your way over to the blacksmith next. You wanna meet this Syllia lady yourself and see what kinda upgrades she can get for your gear. Besides, it wouldn’t hurt to pick up some more ammo from the blacksmith- just in case.

You arrive in front of the forge to the sight of the old codger sharpening your blade. You see that the knuckle-bow has already been added, but he’s only just started on creating the serrated edge, and it looks like it’ll still be quite a few hours until it’s finished. He stops his work on the grindstone for a moment and looks up at you. ”It’ll be ready later at night- I need more time” he snaps at you.

”Oh no, I was just here to get some more ammunition and meet this Syllia you mentioned” you inform him, to which his expression immediately softens up. ”First off, could I get twenty crossbow bolts from you? And do you have any special ammunition?”

”Not a problem. I sell five crossbow bolts for one gold piece, so that’ll run ya four gold” he says, to which you hand over the money without complaint.

*Gold: 328*

”As for ‘special’ ammunition, I can get something made if you have a specific idea of what yer looking for, but I’ll charge ya a premium price and it’ll take some time to get them made” he explains.

You nod your head. ”I appreciate it, mister…”

”Why the hell do you need my name, kid? Just call me blacksmith, damn it”

”Right. I appreciate it, blacksmith. May I see this Syllia now?”

The blacksmith jabs a thumb towards the building behind him. ”She should be at the counter. If not, she’s probably in the bathroom or doing some elf shit- just wait a bit and she’ll be up there”

Giving him a thumbs up, you enter inside. The interior is not terribly different to Drake’s shop in Talmuth- basically just a bit higher quality in terms of decor and maintenance, with a wider selection of weapons and tools hanging up behind the counter.

Manning the counter is an elven woman with short, curly blonde hair, who clasps her hands together when you enter. ”Ah, a customer! What can I get you? Looking for a new sword? Or perhaps a bigger shield to protect yourself better?” she asks.

You shake your head, approaching the counter. ”Actually, I’m here for your services. The blacksmith told me you did some enchanting for armor and weapons?”

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
Upon saying that, Syllia’s eyes immediately light up, a wide smile on her face. ”So he really was trying to help me out! Oh, that old softie! Yes, yes indeed! I’m fresh out of the academy, so I’ll even give you a discount compared to normal capitol enchantment prices!”

You notice that she isn’t wearing an elven circlet, which doesn’t gel with what you know about elves in general. Elves get them when they turn 100, and elves also aren’t allowed to leave their homeland until they receive one. Your stare apparently lingers on her forehead long enough for her to realize.

”Err, I’m not a full elf” she says somewhat bashfully, ”I’m a half-elf. Age faster, die quicker, still get a little bit of that elven magic talent”

You raise an eyebrow in surprise. Half-elves are extremely rare, even more so than elves for obvious reasons. ”I see. Anyhow, what enchantments could you hook me up with?”

Once the subject changes back to enchanting, Syllia’s expression lights up again. ”Ah, that’s right! Since I’m still learning, I only know three of them right now, but if you give me a custom order I can study to find the proper enchantment or create one of my own- just a heads up that doing that will take a lot longer, probably cost a bit more, and uh...your mileage may vary, given my experience” she admits.

”I appreciate the honesty. What three do you know then?”

”Right! I know…”

Aura Armor - 400gp - Infuses your chestplate with a magical aura that increases an armor’s defense a little. You take 1 less damage from all attacks (This would make plate armor add a -4 to enemy attacks instead of a -3).
Berserker’s Rage - 300gp - Infuses your weapon with the power and rage of a Berserker. Attacks deal 2 more damage. May make the user grumpy if the weapon is held for too long.
Swiftness - 500gp - Infuses your boots with superior agility, increasing your DEX by 1.

>Make purchase (What?)
>Attempt to haggle (On what? For what price?)
>Ask about a custom enchantment order (Specify)
>Talk to Syllia (About what?)
>”Thank you for your time, perhaps I’ll come back later” (Leave. Where do you go?)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4703008
>Talk to Syllia
"Can enchantments be moved from item to item?"
"How much would that cost?"
"Are there any elemental/status enchantments for ranged or melee weapons that you could learn?"
"If I brought you magic items I don't need, would that help you in studies?"

Reminder that we might or might not get new plate in the near future, wouldn't want to waste 400g, or pay colossal fee to get enchantment moved.
>>
>>4703008
>Other (write in)
"Are you able to endow my gauntlets with increased strength?"
>Haggle
"I only have 300 to give you now, but would be able to give you the rest (-25) on completion. It's not a bad deal. This way, even if I die, you have 300 plus learned a new method of enchanting."
>>
>>4703113
>Ask about a custom enchantment order (Specify)
My bad. Just noticed we don't have gauntlets or gloves. ""Are you able to endow my armor with increased strength?"
>Haggle
"I only have 300 to give you now, but would be able to give you the rest (-25) on completion. It's not a bad deal. This way, even if I die, you have 300 plus learned a new method of enchanting."
>>
>>4703163
I'm a little confused. Are you attempting to haggle for 300 gold now for the strength enchantment with the rest placed later? Also what does the (-25) mean?
>>
>>4703168
Yeah, in a sense.
We put a down payment of 300 now for the enhancement, to show we're serious about her doing the work, then haggle 25 off whatever price she is asking for, and finally tell her we'll pay the rest later.
Even if we fail the haggle, we don't have to come up with all the dosh right now and the final bit was to help with the haggling itself.
>even if I die, you have 300 plus learned a new method of enchanting
>>
>>4703181
>>4703168
Unless this has to be two separate haggle attempts, which I'm cool with.
>>
>>4703195
Alright, gonna write the post trying to mix the two votes. Since there's only one vote and 300 is nearly all the dosh you guys have, I'm going to give a chance in the next update for people to decide if they want to go that route or not
>>
>>4703008
>Make purchase
>Berzerkers Rage
Let’s fucking do it
>>
File: tegaki.png (11 KB, 400x400)
11 KB
11 KB PNG
Before you invest such a hefty amount of cash, you have a few questions you need to run by Syllia first. ”Can enchantments be moved from item to item? How much would that cost?” you ask her.

”Ahh, you don’t know much about enchantments, do you? Oh, I don’t mean any offense by that- it’s quite an uncommon practice. Usually only the wealthy or people with the highest military achievements can afford and make use of them, so I totally understand. Allow me to explain then” she responds, clearing her throat.

”Enchantments are sort of like tattoos, but for your gear. You need space to put one on, and you can have one added and removed, but you can’t exactly ‘move’ them. Typically, Boots, Armor, Helmets, and Weapons and Tools can be enchanted. Usually there’s only room for one enchantment on each! That means if you want another one, you’ll have to remove the existing enchantment first, though that’s generally a small fee. Getting rid of a tattoo is a lot easier than having one drawn up from scratch after all” she tells you.

Is that so? Tattoos sound awfully convenient to deal with in this world.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”Are there any elemental or status enchantments for ranged or melee weapons that you could learn?” you inquire.

She nods. ”Sure are! I could even come up with some new ones, though like I said your mileage may vary. Learning a new enchantment can take a few days, same with making one. Of course, like any skill, practice makes perfect. Just because I learn a new enchantment after three or four days doesn’t mean the first time I do it will necessarily...go so great”

(Any time Syllia learns a new enchantment, there will need to be a roll when you purchase it. If the roll doesn’t make the DC, the effect doesn’t go through or will be weaker than normal. You will be refunded for half your gold if this happens. If you wait a few weeks after she’s learned an enchantment, or you get the same enchantment multiple times, a roll will eventually no longer be necessary)

”If I brought you magic items I don’t need, would that help you in your studies?”

Her eyes brighten at the mention of magic items. ”You have magic items you don’t need just lying around? Magic items are incredibly rare you know!” she exclaims, a little drool leaking out of her mouth. After a few moments she pulls herself back together and returns to normal. ”Er-hem, sorry about that. Yes, magic items would greatly help me study new enchantments. I’d even pay you for any you give me! We can work out the price on a case-by-case basis”

”Alright, makes sense. Would you be able to enchant my armor with increased strength?” you ask, the final thing on your mind for now.

”I’m sure such enchantments exist. Typically they’d be for weapons I’d imagine, but it could probably be tweaked a little to be put on armor instead. I’d need to find a book on it and take a few days to learn it, as I explained earlier. As a heads up though, enchantments that can increase your actual physical or mental abilities are considered of the highest caliber, and are typically the most expensive- and the trickiest to learn”

>Make purchases (What?)
>Haggle (On what? For how much?)
>Talk to Syllia more (About what?)
>Leave, you have other things to do (Where do you go? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4703236
>Haggle (On what? For how much?)
"Could I place a down payment for you to learn how to produce the strength enchantment for my armor? 150 gp now, the rest later. It's not a bad deal. This way, even if I die, you have 150 plus learned a new method of enchanting."

I want to buy a basket-hilted sword for Barret afterwards from the blacksmith, if he and you guys agree.
>>
>>4703246
He being the blacksmith. I don't know if he can make it or not.
>>
>>4703246
I definitely agree, we still owe Barrett like 250gp for the chainmail, after all!
But I also advise we only grab our sword for now, until we deal with Silas. There might be loot better than our gear, so some upgrades would potentially go to waste.

Unrelated, but it was me who asked for elemental weapons and special bolts before. I think that having magical/engineered projectiles (or fire 'tattoo' on a sword) other than Jeanne's blasts would allow us to solve problems in unconventional ways, approach tasks differently and fight more efficiently (explosions, ice, etc). Hell, if we had a flaming sword we could probably threaten a motherfucker or two.
>>
>>4703300
That's the kind of creative thinking I love to see! You've got your head in the right place.

Gonna leave this vote up for a hot minute since lots of money may or may not be spent and I have some work to do- I'll give it like 2 or 3 hours maybe
>>
>>4703300
Support
Let’s just grab our sword for now and save our money until we get a bit more funds, we already are getting a better sword.
>>
>>4703300
+1 lets go flush out the theives guild already
>>
>>4703308
Not to metagame, but I'd really appreciate if we were given a list of weird quirky enchantments that Syllia maybe heard about but didn't have incentive to learn (and similar stuff for other choices). It's much more fun and believable to work with the hand we're given rather than picking literally whatever we want from beginning. Else it'll usually just end with "Uhhh... I'll take fire. Burning things is universal." and then you have the best upgrade you could think of and no incentive to interact with enchanting/whatever anymore.

>>4703398
We do be the tidal wave, huh.
>>
File: sword reminder.png (16 KB, 1015x186)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
Posting reminder that the Sword won't be ready til around 8 or 9 PM since you gave it to him late last night and he has to finish the adjustments. You still have your banner pole and shortsword as available weapon options.

>>4703407
I still prefer to keep it open to things you guys can ask about to encourage creativity, but you make a good point and in the next post I'll work in a way she can add some ideas and various quirky enhancements to give you guys a few suggestions.

Is it safe to assume you guys otherwise want to start hunting down the Thieves' Guild?
>>
>>4703471
yup, lets get these bastards
>>
>>4703471
Git 'em!
>>
>>4703471
>Is it safe to assume you guys otherwise want to start hunting down the Thieves' Guild?
Aye. Jeanne needs another day to learn her spell, right?
>>
>>4703482
Indeed!

Gonna finish some stuff and then get the post out for y'all!
>>
>>4703471
I agree with giving players write-in freedom of course, but from my experience (as a player), offering 3 varied choices no matter the situation is important for less creative peeps. Entirely open choices made by few players are weird, because whoever is first to vote is often gonna have most support regardless of how good their idea actually is (with some exceptions of course). It's sometimes caused by others' inability to think of anything interesting and lack of any alternative, so those few options can help to engage everyone. Also making choices is fun. Please don't take this as criticism, your QMing is great. It's just me being annoying by nature.
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”Alright, I’ll think about what kind of enchantments I want. I’ll need to save up a little anyways” you tell her, chuckling. ”Can you give me some ideas about enchantments you’ve heard of, or some ideas of what they can do?”

”Of course!” she responds in a cheery tone. ”Generally, you can break up enchantments into three broad categories: ones that enhance your personal abilities and skills, ones meant to help give an edge in combat, and ones meant to provide some sort of utility” she says, holding up three fingers.

”The first category involves enchantments like Swiftness. There are enchantments that can boost any of your attributes, mental or physical. There are also enchantments that can do things like make you better at telling jokes, make you more competent at tracking, better at slaying goblins- heck, I’ve even heard of ones that can improve your skill with an instrument! Typically, these types of enchantments are the most expensive because they’re a bit complicated. They have a general formula that’s already pretty complex, but then the enchanter or enchantress needs to specifically tailor little details of the enchantment to fit the individual they’re meant to affect. This means that unlike most enchantments, you couldn’t give boots with Swiftness on them for someone else to use- they just wouldn’t work. Combat and Utility enchanted items can be used by other people just fine” she explains.

”Next up you have your combat enchantments! Generally these can be broken up into passive and active effects. An active effect would include an enchantment where you invoke a word or phrase- which we would come up with while I’m actually enchanting the item- and then something happens. A common one is the Ignus enchantment. You would come up with the word you want, say for example… uh… ‘Fire’, and then when someone shouts ‘Fire!’ the sword would become encased in flames! You’d say the same word again to turn the ability back off. Since anyone can invoke these weapons however, you’ll generally want to pick a word or phrase that isn’t commonly used to avoid unfortunate accidents. I’ve heard of ones that can allow you to attack opponents at a distance with gusts of wind, or to summon a shield from the tip of a sword to turn it into a mace or give extra protection”

”As for passive combat enchantments, these are things that work automatically for their wielder, like Berserker’s Rage or Aura Armor. These add some sort of extra effect like better protection or more damage on their own. There are also ones that can poison enemies when they’re hit, slow them down, or confuse them. These are typically better for things you want to always apply in combat for more insidious forms of battling. Less flashy, but just as effective”

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
She takes a moment to catch her breath as you mentally take note of the information. ”Lastly, there are utility enchantments. All of these need to be invoked with special words or phrases. These are things people typically use to benefit their everyday lives. This would include stuff like a broom that you can fly on when the magic word is invoked, or a sword that shines a bright light when the chosen word is used. I’ve also heard of ones that can make you appear to look like someone else!”

”Hey, one of those sounds like a spell my friend has used before” you mention after hearing about the ‘bright light’ enchantment.

”Makes sense if your friend is a mage. Enchantments are another form of magic, and plenty of them are modeled after spells! Chances are if you know of a spell, it can in some way be turned into an enchantment. To be honest, most combat invoked enchantments are just weapons that have a spell tied to them”

”That sounds incredible! So in theory I could just have unlimited fireballs?” you ask her, thinking about how effective Jeanne’s magic was against that goblin behemoth.

”Not quite. Personal improvement and passive enchantments work fine on their own, and most utility invoked enchantments can be used freely as well, but combat or powerful utility invoked enchantments use up a Major Spell Slot. After all, they draw on the mana of whoever is holding them to be cast- even if someone else says the command word. Of course, if nobody is touching the enchanted armor or weapon, then even if the command word is used, the effect won’t go off.”

Ah, you know about Major Spell Slots! The QM hasn’t written them in for anyone but Jeanne since they haven’t been relevant, but a character has a number of Major Spell Slots equal to half their INT rounded down! Classic.

”I think I understand. Thanks for your time and the explanations” you say, giving Syllia a curt bow. She seems a little flustered by your gesture.

”I-it’s no big deal, really! I enjoy talking about this stuff, so feel free to come find me whenever. William’s letting me stay here in exchange for helping him run the shop, so I spend most of my time around here” she informs you.

”William?” you ask.

”That’s the blacksmith, silly!”

”Right, got it. Take care, Syllia”

The two of you say your goodbyes as you head back to the inn to find Josh and start exploring the sewers. Before you do so however, do you want to grab any of your party members?

>Yeah, let’s get (Who?)
>Nah, Josh will be enough
>Did I say I need Josh, bitch? We’ll explore the sewers ourselves
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4703512
You aren't annoying by any means! Your opinions and criticism are sincerely appreciated, and I do agree with you to an extent about that. Thank you for taking the time to help make the quest better and for playing!

Also sorry for the huge explanation dump everyone lol
>>
>>4703535
>Yeah, let’s get Clarissa
She has been feeling left out after the gnome thing
>>
File: images (9).jpg (42 KB, 737x416)
42 KB
42 KB JPG
>>4703535
>Yeah, let’s get Clarissa, Barret and Josh.
There is A LOT of vermin in the sewers. Rats the size of humans, some truly wild shit.

>>4703538
Thanks for understanding c:
>>
Gonna give it another half hour before tiebreaking!

Heads up even though my work load was lighter this week, I neglected to do much stuff today so I'll probably spend most of tomorrow doing college crap- so tomorrow no posts til later at night or maybe Monday!
>>
>>4703535
>Yeah, let’s get Clarissa, Barret and Josh.
>>
>>4703656
+1
>>
>>4703656
,+1
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
First things first, you’re gonna want as much of the squad with you as possible. Jeanne is busy researching a new spell, but you can still hunt down Barret and Clarissa to help out.

Barret’s easy enough to find- he’s at the library helping Jeanne out. Clarissa is...probably hanging out at the inn?

You spend the next hour or so gathering your party members. As you do so, you notice storm clouds have started to form in the sky, and the wind has picked up quite a bit. The coastal region by far has it the worst however. It seems Jeffrey, true to his word, has thankfully set up soldiers to prevent people from sailing out. You can see the waves off in the distance being whipped around by the vicious winds, and can tell that this is Aemis’ work.

Instead of standing around and marvelling at the storm all day, you gather up your teammates and head to the inn to meet with Josh. Luckily for you, he’s sitting at the bar all by his lonesome, his disguise still on.

”Yo” you greet him, giving a curt wave.

As he turns around to face you, his expression turns sour. ”Why aren’t you wearing your disguise?! Are you trying to get us killed?” he hisses, to which you roll your eyes.

”We are literally going to deal with this problem right now. There’s no point in wearing a disguise anymore” you inform him, though he doesn’t look pleased by your answer.

”This is the guy you kidnapped?” Barret asks, poking his head over your shoulder.

”Hey, kidnap is a strong word! I was just doing what was necessary to survive!” you retort, which elicits some laughter from Clarissa.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
With that settled, Josh leads you to one of Rathalon’s many dark alleys, pushing a manhole aside. ”This is one of the ones I frequently used- I know some of the paths nearby up to a few streets away. I can help you with that much at least, but beyond that I’ll be in the dark. They really are labyrinthine, and the boss made sure we never made maps so that we couldn’t rat out our fellows if we got caught” he explains.

You and your crew climb down the ladder and enter into the sewer proper, the stench of shit and piss palpable. Beyond that, there are large stone walkways with winding tunnels in various directions, with a greenish brown river running between them. Occasionally there is a small walkway to the other side of said waterway.

”This is fucking gross” Clarissa complains, ”Did you really need me for this? This is hell, Herald”

You wave your hand dismissively. ”Okay the smell is kinda bad, but we’ll live” you tell her before turning your attention to Josh. ”Alright, so where do we start?”

”Well, I’m not really sure what lies north of here admittedly- never went that direction. To the east is a small little hideaway with a couple of guys we know. You might be able to extort them for more info, but please don’t kill them. They’re my friends, and for the most part just down on their luck guys like me. To the west is one of Finley’s little camps. I can’t guarantee he’ll be there though- he’s got a couple strewn throughout the sewers- that’s just where I’m supposed to drop off my goods and collect payment. To the south are...giant rats. I don’t know why you’d wanna go there, but I haven’t explored much because of them, so maybe there’s something worth looking for? Couldn’t tell ya” he explains.

>To the north. We’ll check out the unknown
>To the east. Let’s meet these friends of yours
>To the west. Maybe Finley will be there or we can find clues
>To the south. Perhaps there’s something of interest if we can get past the giant rats.

[2/2]
>>
>>4703885
>To the south. Perhaps there’s something of interest if we can get past the giant rats.

I hate rats more than I hate goblins. At least with goblins, there's some intelligence and a challenge. With rats, it's just eat, bite, crap, and spread disease, filth, and pestilence and always mating to make more. I hope we find the Rat King down here so I can shove our banner pole down his throat.
>>
>>4703885
>To the west. Maybe Finley will be there or we can find clues
I wanna see this little shit scream
>>
Gonna give it another 30 minutes before tiebreaking, and then I'll write the last update of the night!
>>
>>4704063
>>To the west. Maybe Finley will be there or we can find clues
sneak in have Clarissa lead 40 yards ahead of us as a scout and use rat noises is she see danger.
>>
West it is! Give me a bit to write it up
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
”Let’s head west, see if we can’t track down Finley. He’s bound to know where the real boss is hiding. Besides...I wanna pay him back for trying to jump me” you say, pushing a fist into your open palm.

”Alright, I’ll lead the way then” Josh begins, but you put a hand up to stop him.

”You navigate, of course, but I want Clarissa up front- at least a good thirty or forty yards. She’s the best person we have for scouting”

Clarissa gives you a toothy grin. ”Aww shucks Herald, that’s sweet of you to say! Sure thing, I can take point on this”

You nod your head in satisfaction. ”If you see any danger, make rat noises”

”Rat noises, huh? That’s uh...what do rats sound like? Squeak squeak? Bah, I’ll figure it out” she says, waving a hand dismissively.

With that settled, you, Josh, and Barret all follow behind Clarissa for a couple of minutes, Josh occasionally pointing which direction she needs to go in. Eventually you get to a point where you’re about to round a corner when you hear Clarissa call out.

”Squeak squeak!” she says, which causes you to slap a hand to your face- err, helmet. You wait a few moments for her to peek her head back around.

”I see a blonde guy up there with a little blanket and picnic basket. Four other guys around him, all in dark cloaks- all human” she whispers.

Barret looks at you. ”What’s the plan, boss man?”

>We charge straight ahead to battle
>Let’s try to be stealthy and get the jump on them
>Perhaps Clarissa should try to eavesdrop on them a little, see what they’re talking about
>We’ll negotiate with them. They may be more willing to cooperate than we think
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4704155
>>Perhaps Clarissa should try to eavesdrop on them a little, see what they’re talking about
Loose lips sink ships!
>>
>>4704245
Support
Let’s see what they say before we give them the sword
>>
>>4704245
>>Let’s try to be stealthy and get the jump on them
have her sneak back after she eavesdrops. if we get seen sneaking, offer to let them live, explain to them what is coming and how this can all be forgot.
>>
>>4704245
+1 lets see what they have to say first.
>>
>>4704155
>Perhaps Clarissa should try to eavesdrop on them a little, see what they’re talking about
>Ask Josh if there are any more friends of his in the direction we're headed

Reminder we can use ~•*Elden Ring*•~ to gain information (like finding often used paths to locate the hub) or chase even after we lose sight of our target.

I suggest we use oil flasks as firebombs if we find larger enemy groups later. No need to save them as apparently visibility here is fine. We have 50ft of rope and a tinderbox so we can turn these sewers into fucking Salem.
>>
Roll me 1d20+6 (+6 for DEX) for Clarissa's stealth!

I'm done with all my stuff for the day so I'll try to get some updates in, but brain's still wonky from the adderall so may not post too much today
>>
Rolled 6 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

>>4705017
THIS IS POWEEEEEEEEERRRRRRRRRRRRR
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
”Clarissa, can you try and eavesdrop on them? They might be talking about something that’d be helpful for us to know” you ask.

The ranger nods her head, giving a thumbs up. ”Sure thing Herald, just leave it to me!”

As she heads back around the corner, you turn your attention to Josh, your guide. ”So, are there any more of your ah, ‘friends’, in this direction?” you ask, jabbing a thumb towards the direction Clarissa went.

He nods his head. ”Yeah. They might not actually be friends of mine, but there are people working the sewers in nearly every section of the city. Couldn’t tell ya which guys are up ahead, but I’m positive there will be more if you keep going. After all, Finley set up his little area there as a place for people to drop off stolen goods and info” he explains.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (26 KB, 400x400)
26 KB
26 KB PNG
You are now Clarissa, a competent young woman who also happens to be a great marksman. You’re great with a bow, know a lot of languages, and can handle most animals with ease. Stealth however, isn’t exactly in your wheelhouse.

You push yourself up against the wall and sidle closer towards the little camp area in the distance, eventually getting within range to hear what that blonde guy and his friends are talking about.

”...so we all good?” one of the men in black hoods asks the blonde guy.

”Yes, you’ve met your quota. Good boy” he says in a patronizing tone, patting the man on the head. ”By the way, any word about that little rascal in the plate armor?” he asks the cloaked men.

A different one speaks up this time. ”For a couple of days it was like he disappeared- nobody saw him anywhere! We finally managed to spot him again last night. He was doing a lot of travelling between the temple and the coast for some reason” he answers.

The blonde man puts a hand to his chin in thought. ”Hmmm...praying for salvation, perhaps? A shame nothing can save him from my wrath. Make finding out his location your top priority”

A third hooded man speaks up. ”What about our pay, boss?”

This ‘boss’ of theirs waves a hand dismissively. ”It’ll be ready by tomorrow, I’ll drop it off here as usual. Now get out of-” he suddenly stops, his eyes slowly moving in your direction.

”Hold up, is someone there?!” he asks, unsheathing a scimitar. The four other men all pull out crossbows and start looking around.

Crap crap crap. Maybe if you just stand still they won’t notice you? It’s fairly dark down here after all. You can mostly make out your surroundings thanks to the little bits of light that leak in from the manhole covers, but it’s still pretty dim! Surely you’ll be fine-

”I knew it, there’s a woman up against the wall there!” the blonde man shouts, pointing his sword at you as the other men follow suit with their crossbows. ”Reveal yourself at once!”

Reluctantly, you step out of the shadows with your hands raised. ”Heyyyy” you call out, a bead of sweat pouring down your forehead.

”You’re not one of our gals. Who are you?” the blonde man demands, pointing his blade at you.

>Make something up (What do you say?)
>Attempt to negotiate (What do you say?)
>Call for help (The four cloaked men will get a free round of attacks at you before your allies show up and combat proper begins)
>Try to dive into the river and escape- you can find your friends again later!
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4705141
>Playing as another character
Awesome.

>Make something up (What do you say?)
>pic related
>>
Gonna leave the vote up another hour! Speak now or forever hold your peace!
>>
>>4705156
Definitely gonna get her killed but she can handle it
>>
>>4705141
>Playing as another character
Oh no.

>Make something up
"I-I got lost after my cat M-Mindy jumped into the sewer hole and I wwent to find her. Didn't mean to bother y-you guys, I swear!"
>Say it with startled, loud voice in hopes that Herald&Co. can hear
>>
>>4705141
>>4705310
+1 This. We're gonna need help no matter what.
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

1: "It's my first day"
2: Stall with cat story- raise voice so allies hear
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
You respond, making sure to speak loudly so that hopefully your allies will hear you. ”I-I GOT LOST AFTER MY CAT, M-MINDY-”

”Oh fuck, why are you shouting?!” Finley asks, squinting his eyes for a moment and covering one of his ears with a free hand.

”M-MINDY JUMPED INTO THE SEWER HOLE AND I W-WENT TO FIND HER-”

”Shut up, just shut up!” the blonde man demands, waving his sword around.

You gulp, wondering what’s going to happen next- though thankfully you don’t have to wonder for long as Herald and Barret come running from around the corner!

---

You are Herald again. Clarissa was shouting some nonsense about a cat at the top of her lungs, which your 10,000 IQ brain determined was a signal that shit had hit the fan. You’re proven correct when you round the corner with Barret at your side and see Finley pointing a sword at Clarissa, whose hands are raised, with four other cloaked men training crossbows on her.

”Y-you!” Finley says, pointing his sword at you- though you’re surprised to find he actually looks afraid, his eyes glancing towards the hooded figures around him. Perhaps he doesn’t feel so tough going up against you without a heavy numbers advantage?

Clarissa turns to face you, a huge sense of relief washing over her face. ”Oh thank the Gods you figured it out” she says.

You unsheathe your banner pole and thrust it towards the Thieves’ Guild’s second in command. ”Enough games, Finley. I’m gonna beat you to a pulp and then make you tell me where Trawn is!” you shout, stepping forward.

”Yeah, what he said!” Barret chimes in.

”I-I...I don’t have time for this!” Finley fires back, panic written all over his face. ”Y-You four take care of these pests! I’m going to get reinforcements!” he says as he turns around and books it!

The four cloaked figures don’t look too confident, but they aim their crossbows at your group nevertheless. Thankfully, Josh is still hidden back behind the corner, so he should be fine.

>Attempt to pursue Finley. Barret and Clarissa can handle this
>Fight your way through!
>Try to negotiate. They don’t really wanna die here in the sewers, do they? (Any other arguments you want to add?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4705419
>>Try to negotiate. They don’t really wanna die here in the sewers, do they? (Any other arguments you want to add?)
>persuade using conquest!
"FACE ME AND SURLY DIE. Or abandon this life you HATE and join ME in TRUE CONQUEST.
Shoot Finley in the legs! and join me on the path to redemption just as your friend Josh did"
>>
Gonna give the vote another 30 minutes. Once more, speak now or forever hold your peace!

Also next update will be the last for the night. Will post again first thing in the morning and throughout the day while working on an essay
>>
>>4705490
+1
>>
>>4705419
>Try to negotiate. They don’t really wanna die here in the sewers, do they?
>”Do you guys really want to be here? Originally I was just going to kick your ass but Josh persuaded me to give you all mercy, why? Because he told me you were just like him, down on his luck. It’s the only reason why you joined up. People like Finley don’t care about you, he is a pussy that only has power because you don’t call him on his bullshit. He ordered you all to shoot your pal but instead it was all you who said no. What happens if I caught one of you instead? He still would have ordered you to be shot. Now do the right thing and bring in that little bastard and I can promise that life will get better, just gotta hold on.”

Hopefully this will work and appeal to them using the info Josh gave us. Also a few stabs at Finely which they will certainly enjoy.
>>
>>4705490
>>4705600
>>4705624

Going with this! Gonna try and meld the two speeches.

Roll me 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Persuasion). A 15 or higher and they'll let you pass. A 25 or higher and they'll turn on Finley like you ask.
>>
Rolled 10 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4705631
Conquest their minds
>>
Rolled 3 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4705631
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
You twirl the banner pole in your hands for a moment before slashing at the air, all in one fluid motion. ”Face me and you will surely die! Or, you can abandon this life you hate and join me in true CONQUEST, just like your friend Josh did!” you tell them.

”Wait, Josh is still with you? He’s alive?” one of them asks, lowering his crossbow a little.

It’s at this moment that Josh awkwardly stumbles out from behind the corner, still standing near it in case he needs to duck behind the wall. ”Uhh...hey guys” he says with a meek wave.

Immediately the figure raises his crossbow and points it at him. ”Who are you, hooligan? You’re not Josh!” he calls out, though he eases up again once your guide removes the FLAWLESS DISGUISE.

Sighing, you put a hand to where your temple would be. ”Do you guys really want to be here? Originally I was just gonna kick everyone’s ass, but Josh convinced me not to. Why? Because he told me you were just like him- people down on their luck without any other options. It’s the only reason why you joined up, right?” you ask.

The cloaked men look between one another for a moment before turning their attention back to you. They all quietly nod.

*Success*

”People like Finley don’t care about you. He’s a pussy that only has power because you don’t call him on his bullshit. He ordered a bunch of you to shoot your pal Josh, but instead it was all of you who said no”

The first man who responded keeps listening, but the other three look surprised at this revelation. ”Wait, is that true? They asked you to shoot him?” one of them asks the first guy who lowered his crossbow.

”Yeah. On his birthday too. This armored guy took him hostage to get away, and Finley told us to shoot him dead, even if that meant getting Josh caught up in the crossfire”

The other three do not seem happy about this, and you capitalize on their anger to try and push a little further. ”Now, do the right thing and bring in that little bastard and I can promise that life will get better- you just gotta hold on”

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
You start to lose them a little at this last comment, one of the other men speaking up now. ”Look, I agree with you that Finley’s a fuckhead, and I’m all for finding a way out of this line of work, but I’m not gonna turn around and shoot him dead now either. Don’t feel like being a murderer if I don’t have to, and I definitely don’t feel like getting on Mr. Trawn’s bad side” he says, shivering a little.

The first one speaks up again now. ”Go ahead and get em, we won’t stand in your way” he tells you as the four men part in the middle to make room for your group.

”Thank you” you respond, smiling beneath your helmet as your crew jogs past.

Thankfully you didn’t lose too much time, still able to hear Finley’s panting and rapid footsteps not too far away. You and your group give chase, Clarissa quickly overtaking the rest of you with her speed.

Eventually Finley is within your line of sight again. He tries to jump into the river, but Clarissa quickly catches up and blocks him just in time before pushing him back into the opposite wall as you, Barret, and Josh approach.

”Fuck, fuck!” he shouts, drawing his scimitar in a panic. He must’ve gotten far enough and made enough noise however, as two more cloaked men come down from just up ahead with crossbows drawn, ready to fire if shit hits the fan.

>Attempt to negotiate (What do you say?)
>Beat him within an inch of his life (Fight to non-lethally take him down)
>Beat him within 0 inches of his life (Fight to kill him)
>Other (write in)

[2/2]

---

Also, weird time to bring this up, but since you’re about to face enemies with crossbows and now have one yourself here’s a quick piece of combat info! Most weapons, including normal bows, add STR to their damage. Crossbows, however, are all pulled and fired mechanically, which means your additional damage comes from how well you aim! Crossbows therefore add a character’s DEX to their damage instead of STR.
>>
>>4705678
>Beat him within an inch of his life (Fight to non-lethally take him down)
Shout as loud as we can-
>"YOU FUCKER, YOU FUCKING KILLED JOSH! I'M GOING TO FUCKING KILL YOU!"
>>
>>4705758
Kek
Support
>>
>>4705678
>Beat him within an inch of his life (Fight to non-lethally take him down)
He is a thief, but will take a
>Crossbow to the knee
And then we kick his face in, tie him up and go hunt our other mark (the quest guy).
>>
>>4705758
+1

Yeah I like this, but maybe say "tried to kill Josh" once the two cloaked guys realize Josh is still alive we will lose their trust
>>
>>4705966
Josh is hanging out with the other dudes and this should be over in 5-10 seconds, what we need is a visceral reaction and/or distraction from the crossbow bolts. Them sons of bitches do be dangerous for armor-users like us.
>>
>>4705966
+1
>>
>>4705758
>>4705820
>>4705896
>>4705966
>>4706001
>>4706042
Looks like we're going with fight, mentioning he tried to kill Josh (which works pretty well considering Josh ran up with you guys)

Since this is about to go into combat and I want combat to be 30-60 minute rounds, I'm going to try and get some of my work done first today and will come back later to post so I can give it my full attention. Don't know the exact time but I should be available hopefully around 1:00pm CDT (6:00pm UTC iirc). Thank you all for your patience and for playing a Herald's Journey!
>>
>>4706119
>cdt
>utc
mfw eurotrash and didn't know such timezone glyphs even existed.
>>
>>4706119
Thanks for running, dude--good luck on the work!
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
”YOU FUCKER, YOU TRIED TO KILL JOSH! I’M GOING TO FUCKING KILL YOU!” you shout, causing the two hooded figures to hesitate for a moment.

Finley, his expression a mixture of fear and frustration, lashes back at you. ”What the hell?! You’re the one who took him hostage! Furthermore, you said you’d return him to use- yet he never came back! I thought YOU killed him!”

The hooded figures seem confused by this interaction, turning their heads between the two of you as you go back and forth for a moment.

Eventually you twirl your banner pole and slam it towards the grounds, taking on a fighting stance. ”Enough games, Finley- I’m going to beat you to death” you tell him, letting your force of will ooze out of your form.

It’s enough to shake the blonde man up, but he manages to ready his sword nevertheless. The two hooded figures reluctantly raise their crossbows once more and seem as though they’re going to join the fray. Josh, for what it’s worth, gets the fuck back around the last corner you turned for safety.

>Attack (One of the hooligans or Finley?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give commands (What?)
>Other (write in)

---

Gonna give this first combat round an hour I think since I’m still working, and after that we’ll switch to 30 minute rounds if I’m finished by then.
>>
>>4706306
>Give commands (hooded figures)
"Get the FUCK out of my way or I'll SKIN you two before I get to that BLONDE MOTHERFUCKER!"
>Pull out the sword and shield
>Walk towards Finley like Castor towards defenseless goblin
Come to think about it, coward has a lot in common with those green shits.
>>
>>4706332
Apologies for the confusion- give commands is to give your allies battle commands. I'll take this as a non combat write-in action then?
>>
>>4706337
Oh no, it's all good.
It was a write-in, but I found using "give command" amusing since it perfectly fit the tone I was going for.
Basically put on our most threatening voice, tell them to gtfo and act like we will obliterate them if they don't remove themselves out of the way.
>>
Alright roll me 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Intimidation). You need a 20 or higher to scare the goons off.

Barret and Clarissa will attempt to attack Finley regardless
>>
Rolled 7 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4706360
Wow. I'm surprised that nobody voted except me :c
>>
>>4706376
Welp. Obliteration it is.
>>
>>4706376
Yeah. Writing!

I'm hoping it's just everyone busy at work or something
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
Rolled 13, 8, 2 + 4 = 27 (3d20 + 4)

”Get the fuck out of my way or I’ll skin you two before I get to that blonde MOTHERFUCKER!” you shout at the goons. For a moment they look afraid, glancing between each other, before that silver-tongued fuckhead speaks up.

”See how he threatens you? He’s the one who put Josh in danger- he’s a menace! If he could really take you down, would he be trying to get you to back out of the fight?”

Hearing their boss’ words, the two nod their heads and point their crossbows at you.

Meanwhile, Barret charges ahead and attempts to slash at Finley, causing you to stumble backwards a little- though the Thieves’ Guild lieutenant manages to parry his blade and send him rolling backwards. What he doesn’t manage to parry, however, is the arrow from Clarissa’ bow that lodges itself into his shoulder.

*Finley’s Health: -10 (30/40)*

”GAAAAH, FUUUUCK!” he shouts, clutching the wound with his free hand for a moment before glaring at you. ”You…bastard- I’m tired of dealing with you! This ends here and now!” he shouts, lunging at you with his longsword as the two goons fire their crossbow bolts at you!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!

First roll is Finley, the other two rolls are the goons. Finley has a +5 to hit instead of the +4 they have
>>
Rolled 7 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4706386
CONQUEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEESSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSTTT
>>
Rolled 5 - 1 (1d8 - 1)

Rolling Finley's damage

1d8-1 (+4 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield)
>>
>>4706398
We are kicking him in the nuts
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
Seeing the hooded men loading and firing their shots, you quickly bend your torso backwards as far as you can, moving with surprising flexibility as you duck underneath the shots just in time, which plod against a far stone wall across the river of shit and piss.

Scoffing and feeling a sense of superiority, you right your torso- only to be met by a sudden strike from Finley’s shortsword to your stomach! Thankfully, the plate armor blocks it from finding any purchase on your skin, but you definitely feel the impact from it.

*Herald’s Health: -4 (46/50)*

Instead though, you steel yourself and act as though you didn’t feel anything at all, moving menacingly towards Finley as he begins to back away.

”S-stay away from me! I’ll slice you up!” he shouts.

>Attack (Who?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give your allies commands (What?)
>Other (write in)

---

Gonna give this one another hour, and after that we’ll switch to 30 minute blocks!
>>
>>4706407
>>Do something fancy (What?)
grab Finley and start chocking him out till his has something useful to say.
>>
>>4706407
>Give your allies commands
Tell Barret to focus on Finley, Clarissa to shoot one of hooded rangers.

>"WHAT DID I TELL YOU." (to the hoods)
>Use your shield to charge at and bash one of the hooders and stab them with the sword.
They're at big disadvantage with that crossbow.
>>
>>4706407
>>4706414
+1 this. Those guys are getting irritating.
>>
>>4706414
I agree, if we tried choking him out we'd get shot.
>>
>>4706414
+1 close the distance with the shield, maybe even try to knock them to the floor (maybe resulting in the dropping the crossbows?) But I think both Clarissa and Barret should focus on Finley, we can't have him doing a runner
>>
>>4706407
Oh and by the way the matrix style arrow dodging technique made me laugh, really needed that today so thanks lol
>>
>>4706454
We have the Elden Ring so he can't escape easily.
>>
Alright, going with attacking one of the goons with Clarissa's help while Barret works on Finley.

Roll me 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to hit- you need at least a 14 to hit one of the goons!

Assuming you make that, roll me 1d8+6 (+6 for STR) for your shortsword attack!
>>
Rolled 14 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4706475
Hold my beer guys, I've got this...
>>
Rolled 6 + 6 (1d8 + 6)

>>4706475
HADOUUUUUKEN!!!
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
Rolled 8, 6, 16 + 4 = 34 (3d20 + 4)

”WHAT DID I TELL YOU?!” you shout at the goons, holding up your kite shield as you charge towards them. The two panic for a moment, trying to aim at you- but between your fast running and the wide surface area of the kite shield, they’re unable to find a place to hit.

The one you’re about to slam into drops their crossbow and quickly unsheathes a dagger, but they’re unable to dodge or parry as you slice your shortsword straight through their torso, blood gushing out as you cut through their flesh- the man screaming in agony. He attempts a desperate strike with his dagger at you in retaliation!

*Thief 1’s Health: -12 (18/30)*

Meanwhile, Clarissa’s arrow flies true, slamming into the other guy with the crossbow’s knee, which begins to bleed profusely as he buckles towards the ground, turning his attention to her for the time being.

*Thief 2’s Health: -8 (22/30)*

Barret manages to keep Finley from running away, but for all his cowardice and fuckery, the bastard is actually pretty decent with that scimitar of his, managing to parry Barret’s skilled strike once more before going in for a thrust of his own!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!

First die is Finley against Barret, second is Thief 1 against you with his dagger, and third is Thief 2 against Clarissa with his crossbow. Finley’s dice has a +5
>>
Rolled 20 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4706487
I'm proud of Barret rn.
>>
Rolled 6 + 3 (1d8 + 3)

Rolling Thief 2's Light Crossbow damage against Clarissa

1d8+3 (+4 for DEX, -1 for Leather Armor)
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
The cloaked figure you attack desperately tries to swipe at you with his dagger, but you effortlessly manage to move out of the way, positioning yourself behind him. ”Nothin’ personal, kid” you mutter.

Barret too manages to sidestep Finley’s thrust as the Thieves’ Guild lieutenant lunges forward a few paces in the process. Finley quickly re-enters a fighting stance as the two start circling each other.

Clarissa however, isn’t so fortunate. The other hooded man manages to land a hit with his crossbow on her upper thigh, causing her to yelp in pain as blood gushes out!

*Clarissa’s Health: -9 (21/30)*

>Attack (Who?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give orders (What?)
>Other (write in)

---

Gonna give this round 30 minutes instead of an hour!
>>
>>4706507
We should attack thief 1 again and so should Clarissa. Barret should keep on Finleys case
>>
>>4706507
>Give orders
Use Headshot on Thief 2

>Do something fancy
Backstab Thief 1 since we already telepo- I mean, moved behind and muttered the sacred phrase.
>>
>>4706531
I just want confirmation from you- up until now you were fighting to knock all these guys out, but a headshot will be lethal

Are you okay with that if your vote ends up being chosen and she lands the attack?
>>
>>4706507
Have Clarissa aim at Finley's leg. Hopefully attacking a person's leg enough time in combat will be able to teach her how to cripple a man.
Have Barret be like water. Finley's scared. He'll make a mistake and Barret can disarm him.
Have us straight run and shield bash Finley against the sewer wall.
>>
>>4706527
I agree, knock him unconscious. Headshots might be counterintuitive. If we come off as lethal we'd be worse than a coward, we'd be a hypocrite.
>>
>>4706534
If it comes down to tiebreaker, choose this option.
>>4706527
>>
Seems we have a consensus for >>4706527

You and Clarissa will attack Thief 1, and Barret will stay on Finley.

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX). You need at least a 14 to hit!

Assuming you make that, roll 1d8+6(+6 for STR) for shortsword damage!
>>
Rolled 2 + 6 (1d8 + 6)

>>4706555
>>
Rolled 5 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4706555
>>
Rolled 20 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4706555
Here goes
>>
Rolled 4, 11 + 4 = 19 (2d20 + 4)

Rolling to hit die here since only NPC's are being attacked.

First die is Finley against Barret, second die is Thief 2 also against Barret. Finley has a +5
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
You attempt to stab the thief before he has a chance to react, but the hooded figure is too quick and dodges out of the way, whirling around to face you as your short sword thrusts at empty air.

Clarissa, however, lands a stellar shot right at his backside, the arrow embedding into the small of his back!

*Thief 1’s Health: -15 (3/30)* (UNCONSCIOUS)

Succumbing to a combination of blood loss and sheer pain, the cloaked man tumbles to the ground unconscious, a pool of blood slowly forming beneath him. As long as the fight is finished soon, your crew should be able to bandage him up and prevent him from bleeding out with his cloak.

Barret tries to slash at Finley again, but his blade is parried to the side by the man’s scimitar once more as the two continue their deadly dance.

”You’re not half bad, kid- but you didn’t grow up on the streets. You don’t know what a real fight is like!” Finley quips before lashing out at Barret!

Thankfully, the fighter manages to parry his attack in turn, the two continuing to clash blades with one another. Looking over, you notice that the second thief has targeted his crossbow at Barret, aiming for his legs!

”Barret, watch out!” you shout, your companion pivoting his stance just in time to barely dodge the crossbow bolt!

>Attack (Who?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give commands (What?)
>Other (write in)

---

Another 30 minute voting round!
>>
>>4706582
Have Barret be like water. Finley's overconfident. He'll make a mistake and Barret can disarm him.
Have Clarissa aim at Finley's leg. Hopefully attacking a person's leg enough time in combat will be able to teach her how to cripple a man.
Have us straight run and shield bash Finley against the sewer wall.
Yell to the other hooded cloak, "Your friend is lying there dying in a pool of his own blood. If you don't want to be next, I suggest you take him to a doctors. A.SAP."
>>
>>4706534
Sorry for no response, was busy.
I didn't realize we were non-lethal. These guys intend to murder us and we fucking stabbed one in the chest and back and pierced the other with arrows lmao.

>>4706582
>>4706594
This, but let's first shoot Finley with our crossbow for practice. Aim anywhere below the neck.
>>
>>4706602
Hard to miss with a crossbow aimed at the stomach.
>>
>>4706612
That's the point! But we might get his dingus if we miss, who knows.
>>
>>4706624
Hilarious either way. We should do that. Aim specifically for his crotch.
It's our new special attack, "The Pelvis Buster." +1 on attacks to crotch lol
>>
Looks like we're going for everyone focusing on Finley, with Herald attempting to get the other thief away.

Roll 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Persuasion) to convince the other Thief to back out. You only need a fifteen or higher to succeed, as he's concerned for his friend.

Then roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to hit Finley. You need a 15 or higher to land a hit!

If you make that, roll 1d8+6(+6 for STR) for your damage!

Sorry for all the dice lol
>>
>>4706640
Wait time out I fucked up- roll 1d10+5 (+5 for DEX) for damage if you hit, forgot you were using the Heavy Crossbow now
>>
Rolled 15 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4706640

>>4706643
Nice damage output.
>>
>>4706643
>>4706640
I can roll again if no one else does.
>>
Rolled 5 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4706640
hope this hits
>>
>>4706647
>>4706674
We still got an enemy out at least
>>
Someone improvise a war cry.
>>
File: tegaki.png (9 KB, 400x400)
9 KB
9 KB PNG
You turn your attention to the remaining thief. ”Your friend is lying there in a pool of his own blood. If you don’t want to be next, I suggest you take him to a doctor immediately”

The cloaked figure glances between you and his friend for a moment before nodding at you, sheathing his weapon and running to tend to his ally.

”You bastard! TRAITOR!” Finley shouts, but his curses are soon replaced by screams as Barret slashes at his arm and Clarissa lands an arrow in his knee.

*Finley’s Health: -16 (14/40)*

You go to fire your crossbow as well at his dick, but he sees where you’re aiming and just manages to jump over the bolt in time, spreading his legs wide so the bolt goes in between them and slams against the wall, breaking.

*Crossbow bolts: 29*

With no hope left of winning a three-versus-one battle, he desperately tries to push past you and your companions to jump into the river!

---

Roll 1d20+7 (+5 for DEX, +2 for Acrobatics). You need at least a 20 to prevent his escape. Taking the best of two rolls, as you’ve got two other allies blocking his way helping you.
>>
Rolled 7 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4706685
>>
Rolled 10 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4706685
>>
>>4706689
Shit.
>>4706691
Fuck.

Sooo... can we just follow him along the Fecessippi?
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
Finley rushes past, first pushing Barret out of the way- your doofy-haired companion stumbling backwards. Clarissa’s next up in line to try and grab him, but he ducks under her arms- continuing to rush forward towards you.

You’re the last line of defense now, and you quickly sheathe your crossbow as you go to tackle the fucker, only for him to spin pivot past you at the last moment, his back brushing against your side as he leaps into the river below!

You can still see him in the water there, quickly paddling up to the north. There’s no bridges nearby that let you cross over in that direction- the only way you’ll be able to pursue him is through the river!

”I am not jumping in there” Clarissa says defiantly, Josh peeking his head out from the corner.

”I’ll go with you if you want to give chase!” Barret offers, but even he looks disgusted at the prospect.

Finley was already bleeding from several parts of his body thanks to the wounds your friends inflicted- he’s no doubt going to give himself countless infections that will require him to see a healer. You could try to camp him out at the temple, but that could take days- days you simply don’t have. Besides, who's to say there isn’t a black market healer somewhere in the city?

On the other hand, swimming in a river of piss and shit is revolting- and will be somewhat difficult with your plate armor.

>Dive in after him, it’s the only way (Do you ask Barret to come with or not?)
>Screw it, interrogate the thief tending to his friend’s wounds- maybe he knows something (What do you say?)
>Forget it, you’ll continue exploring elsewhere (Head back to the earlier crossroads. North, west, or south?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4706718
>Other (write in)
We're gonna Tarzan this. Throw our grappling hook and swing across after him.

Barring that
>Screw it, interrogate the thief tending to his friend’s wounds- maybe he knows something (What do you say?)
Shout out, "Josh, you know these guys"
Ask the guys the thief, "Where's he headed?"
>>
>>4706731
I say we shoot the grappling hook right at him and see if we can drag him towards us.

if we fail that then ask the thieves.
>>
>>4706731
This, we have no alternative
>>
>>4706731
+1
>>
>>4706736
Smart. Just like fishing.
>>
>>4706718
>>4706736
+1 This. FISHING MINIGAME
>>
Also as a heads up, posting back to back in quick blocks like that really tuckered me out so I'm gonna go back to the usual intermittent posting and let myself take a little break here. Might get out 1 or 2 more updates before calling it for the night.

As always, thank you for reading and playing a Herald's Journey!
>>
Seems fishing for Finley is the winner!

You will get TWO CHANCES to catch him. The first time if you roll a 20 or higher, you will successfully fish him out. If you fail, you get to roll one more time, but the second time around he'll be further away so you'll need a 25 or higher.

Roll 1d20+7 (+5 for DEX, +2 for Acrobatics)
>>
Rolled 3 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4706806
>>
Rolled 19 + 7 (1d20 + 7)

>>4706806
I hope this is an 18 or above
>>
>>4706870
NICE
just one over for the second time
>>
>>4706870
>Finley BTFO
>>
>>4706870
PHEW! ANGLEMASTER!
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
No, you’re not gonna let this chucklefuck get away.

Reaching into your bag of holding, you produce the GRAPPLING HOOK you bought from Caitlyn a while ago. This thing’s already gotten you out of one scrap with the Thieves’ Guild- time to put it to use again.

”Wait, what are you doing?” Clarissa asks, to which you put a finger to your helmet and shush her.

”Not now- you’re gonna scare the fish away” you tell her.

”The what?”

”The Finley. Err, I mean- just shut up, okay?” you tell her as you begin swinging the hook around like a lasso.

The first time you cast your line so to speak, the hook plops into the water a few feet off to the left of Finley, who notices the splash and looks back up at you. ”What the fuck- HEY! S-STOP THAT!” he calls out, booking it over time as he hurriedly tries to swim away. Crap- it’s do or die now!

Barret puts a hand on your shoulder. ”You’ve got this, boss man!” he says, giving you a thumbs up.

Taking a deep breath, you take a moment to concentrate, reeling your line back in before swinging the hook around once more in a lasso-like motion. Adjust for air pressure, factor in temperature, calculate killing intent, not yet...NOW!

You throw your hook, which manages to fly forwards and hit Finley’s side in such a way that it wraps around his arms and shoulders a few times before the metal end snags itself into the rope. Your prey struggles vainly in desperation as you slowly reel him in.

”S-stop this! Stop it at ONCE! Do you know who I am?! You’ll be sorry for this!” he starts, but the closer he gets back to the walkway, the more he begins to panic. ”I-I can pay you! There’s no need for violence, right? This was all just a misunderstanding! You’ve made your point, knight!”

Still you continue to pull him in until his body thumps against the walkway, where you grab his shoulders and drag him onto his back. ”Please, I was just following orders! I’m not the criminal here, it’s SOCIETY! Have mercy on a poor-”

His rambling is interrupted as your fist meets his face, a tooth flying out as blood spurts out from his mouth. Before he gets a chance to speak up or even scream, your other fist comes for him- rinse and repeat, over and over for a good minute or two until his face is almost completely unrecognizable- filled with bumps, bruises, and two black eyes for good measure.

”N-n-no more...please” he whimpers, at which point you finally ease up on the punching- though you still sit hunched over his torso so he doesn’t try to run away again.

>What do you do/say?
>>
>>4706907
>Joke
"Looks like I caught the catch of the day!"
"I might have to throw this one back in!"
"That's how you snag a 150 whopper!"

Then I laugh, then Barret laughs, then Clarissa laughs, then Finley laughs, and everyone has a great time.
>>
>>4706936
Suggestion
"Can't believe I managed to catch you by the fin eh Finley?"
^ inb4 this gets a -2 to the dice roll
>>
>>4706907
Damn, that's satisfying.

>>4706936
I'll back this.
>>
>>4706907
>4706936
+1 to this plus I'll add:
"Looks like you're all TROUT of luck, Finley!"
>>
Gonna leave it here for the night I think since I need to sleep early for work. Will be a bit busy doing recording crap as well, so posts may be sparse and later in the day!

For now feel free to roll me a 1d20+9 (+6 for CHA, +3 for Comedy). Best of two rolls because the puns >>4706949
>>4706958 made me laugh
>>
Rolled 16 + 9 (1d20 + 9)

>>4707004
>>
Rolled 13 + 9 (1d20 + 9)

>>4707004
nat 20 and even finley starts laughing
>>
>>4707009
>>4707022
25 total so good enough I guess
>>
Wew lads, good detective work getting the big fish... literally.
>>
When we come to interrogate Finley we should start off by mentioning how unpleasant it would be to die from drowning in shit and piss...
>>
Finally finished with everything- working on the update now!
>>
>>4707991
Oh damn, soinds like I'm missing today's session.
Give that filthy thief a bonk from me!

Also something for consideration: a walk of shame through the city as we bring him to justice, since he conveniently covered himself in shit.
>>
File: haha funny.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
*Total roll: 25*

Smirking underneath your helmet as you press down on Finley’s torso, you feel a sudden urge welling up inside you. You’ve told hardly any jokes over the last few days, and that throwaway line you said to Charlotte has only made you feel the urge to tell more. All at once, you feel the funnies flowing through your body and out of your mouth.

”Looks like I caught the catch of the day!” you say, turning towards your allies and giving a thumbs up. This elicits a chuckle from your companions. Finley probably rolled his eyes, but you can’t really tell over his swollen eyelids.

”Haha- very funny, knight. Now will you please get off of me?” he asks.

”Ooo, a feisty little guy! I might have to throw this one back in!” you jest, jabbing a thumb towards the water for emphasis as your friends laugh again, this time a bit louder.

”Can’t believe I managed to catch you by the fin, eh Finley?” you quip.

The blonde man lets out a sigh. ”Is this the fate I’m resigned to? Hearing your awful jokes for all eternity?” he asks.

You smirk once more- time to finish him. ”Looks like you’re all TROUT of luck!”

You laugh, your friends laugh, even Finley reluctantly chuckles at that one- though he ends up coughing a bit of spittle and blood on your armor in the process.

Releasing all these jokes at once, as well as even getting your victim to laugh along, has shown just how far you’ve come with comedy! At this rate you might be able to legitimately perform stand-up soon.

*SKILL INCREASE! (Comedy: 4)*

All jokes aside though, it’s time to make your demands. What’ll it be?

>”Show me where Trawn is, Finley” (Get that quest done and officially finish off the Thieves’ Guild)
>”If you wanna get out of here alive, you’ll show me where all the goodies are” (Have him lead you to the moolah)
>”You’re going away for a loooong time, fucker” (Take Finley to jail)
>Other (write in)

Please only make one choice for this decision!
>>
File: images (19).jpg (14 KB, 569x277)
14 KB
14 KB JPG
>>4708007
>"Where's Trawn, Finley? Where's fucking Trawn, shithead?" (Get that quest done and officially finish off the Thieves’ Guild)
>>
>>4708007
>”Show me where Trawn is, Finley” (Get that quest done and officially finish off the Thieves’ Guild)
>>
>>4708007
Where is Grand Admiral Thrawn?
>”Show me where Trawn is, Finley” (Get that quest done and officially finish off the Thieves’ Guild)
>>
File: tegaki.png (12 KB, 400x400)
12 KB
12 KB PNG
”Where’s Trawn, Finley? Where’s fucking Trawn, shithead?” you ask him, shouting louder the second time around. The fun is over now- it’s serious business time.

”As if I’d ever tell you” he says, though his attitude quickly changes as you ready another fist.

”W-wait! Okay, I’ll take you there. Just...please...no more”

Nodding your head, you step off his body, your companions helping you circle around him so he can’t escape too easily. ”Oh, and before you try to lead me into an ambush or some other bullshit, I want you to think about how unpleasant it would feel to drown in shit and piss water. Okay?”

He tears up a bit, but nevertheless nods his head. ”I got it. Jeez, it’s not like my brother ever treated me that well anyways” he mutters.

”Wait, what did you just say?” Barret pipes up.

”Trawn’s my brother. He’s always been a controlling asshole- says I’m an embarrassment. So much so that he made sure the other members didn’t even know we were related” he explains.

Josh lets out a low whistle. ”Damn, that’s kinda harsh”

You raise an eyebrow at this. ”Wait, are you sympathizing with him? Bro, he tried to kill you”

”Alright, enough of this! Let’s just get it over with” Finley grumbles, saying something that you actually agree with for once.

You spend who knows how long traversing the various walkways, bridges, and tunnels of the labyrinthine sewers, occasionally making a quip at Finley or exchanging passing observations with your friends. Eventually however, he leads you to a door near one of the walkways quite a distance from where you started.

”You may want a torch. There’s no natural light in there’ Finley explains. Nodding to your teammates, Barret pulls one out of his bag of holding and sets it aflame before handing it off to Josh.

[1/2]
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Pushing open the door, you take the lead as everyone else follows behind you, the light from the torch slowly filling up the stone room around you. After a short distance, you can just make out the figure of a grizzled man in leather armor at the edge of the torch light.

The man, presumably Jay Trawn, lets out a heavy sigh. ”I thought you were finally gonna make something of yourself, Finley. Thought a position of authority might make you rise to the occasion. Instead you come here, absolutely covered in bruises, bringing people I don’t know. Are you retarded?” he asks, shooting a menacing glare at your hostage.

”I-I had no choice, okay?” he retorts, but his voice comes out as a whimper- even more so than how he spoke with you after you clobbered him.

”There’s always a choice, Finley. You just never seem to make the right ones” he says, taking a few steps towards your group. As he comes closer, you notice he’s got a strange red orb strung around his neck, just like the one you traded for from that trinket merchant back in Talmuth. What did Bubby call that thing again- a behelit?

”I think we all know why you guys are here. Armor, weapons, dog tags- I get the idea. As a courtesy, I’ll give you one chance to fuck off and keep living. If you decline my generosity, you’ll have to deal with me and my pet” he says.

”Your pet?”

Trawn snaps his fingers. ”King, front and center”

Out of the shadows comes a giant rat. No, giant rat doesn’t do the beast justice- it’s not even comparable to the pests you dealt with back at the inn. Enormous rat might be a better way to describe it. The creature’s at least ten feet tall and as long as your whole party lined up side to side.

”That is one big ass rat” Clarissa says, her head craning upwards to look at the monstrosity.

”Normally I’d just kill you, but if you leave my fuck-up brother here and turn back right now, then I’ll let you all live. Got it?”

>”Sorry Trawn, but you’re coming with us- dead or alive (Begin combat)
>”Where did you get that necklace?”
>”Why form a crime syndicate? If you’re such a skilled individual, surely you can make something of yourself elsewhere”
>”Perhaps a trade is in order. I heard you’re the guy to go to for information. We give you back your brother, and you tell us whatever you know about this Sil- err, this ‘S’ character”
>Other (write in)

[2/2]
>>
>>4708203
>”Where did you get that necklace?”
>”Why form a crime syndicate? If you’re such a skilled individual, surely you can make something of yourself elsewhere”
>”Perhaps a trade is in order. I heard you’re the guy to go to for information. We give you back your brother, and you tell us whatever you know about this Sil- err, this ‘S’ character”
>>
>>4708203
>”Where did you get that necklace?”
>"Where did you find a giant ass right like that?"

Get some info before we take him in.

We can just get Clarrisa to shoot the cunt in the leg so he can't escape then we can all gang up on the rat.
>>
>>4708225
I meant to say rat not right
>>
Gonna leave the vote up another hour! Speak now or forever hold your peace!
>>
>>4708225
+1
>>
>>4708219
This, let's grill him first.
>>
>>4708273
Wait, I meant to support >>4708225, I think we know who S is but the Behelit is a mystery and maybe he can solve it
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
”Where did you get that necklace?” you ask, pointing to the behelit around his neck.

Trawn looks down for a moment before returning his attention to you. ”What, this old thing? Found it down here a while back when I first set up camp in the sewers. It was the only thing not covered in feces, and it looked kinda neat. I like to think of it as my good luck charm” he says with a smirk, holding the orb up for a moment before letting it fall back down to his chest.

”So you don’t know what it does?” you ask.

”It...does something? I thought it was just a weird piece of jewelry” he answers, cocking his head.

Disappointing. Come to think of it though, you obtained yours in a fairly casual way as well- trading a merchant some of your adventuring gear for it. It really does seem like an innocuous little thing. If that was the case though, why would Bubby have so much interest in it? What did he mean by activating the damn thing?

You decide not to dwell on it for now and ask your next question. ”Where did you get a giant ass rat like that?” you inquire, gesturing towards the gargantuan rodent.

Trawn laughs. ”Picked it up around here as a baby- was just an injured little thing. Thought it might be amusing, but then I fed it some weird magic shit I got on the black market and it just kept growing and growing! I was just gonna keep it around as a punching bag or something, but now it’s like my bodyguard” he says, patting the beast’s side.

”Listen dumbass, I’m not here to play twenty questions- most people pay me for info. I’m not gonna give anymore shit away- especially not to the bastards that beat up my poor little brother” he tells you.

>”Alright Trawn, let’s do this” (Fight)
>”Okay, take your brother then as payment. What can you tell me about…” (What do you ask?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4708341
>>Other (write in)
"That necklace just saved your life. May i slay your giant ugly rat? i will kill it for sport and then we will talk about your necklace and your fate."
>>
>>4708341
>"Trawn, that's not just a piece of jewelry. A demon told they'll eat your soul if you die with it on. I called him cringe but he seemed to be telling the truth. I don't want you to lose your soul man. Throw it in the sewer, then we can fight."
>>
>>4708432
Support
>>
>>4708432
+1, but let's not throw it in the sewer water--we don't want a demon sewer rat on our hands.
>>
>>4708432
+1 get him to take off the necklace then it's time to give him a kicking
>>
>>4708341
>>4708432
+1, but don't tell him to throw it into the sewer. If he keeps it for the fight, let's try to slice the chain so it falls off of him.
>>
Someone remind me what the behelit does again please?
>>
File: images (20).jpg (31 KB, 570x538)
31 KB
31 KB JPG
Yeah, what the fuck is a behelit? First thread has no actual info and google says it's just a charm with random human face elements all over it. That, and a thousand reddit posts about Berserk.
>>
>>4708690
>>4708724

>>4698198

We don't know exactly, but probably some sort of way to avoid dying when you reach very low hp.
>>
Alright, roll me 1d20+8 (+6 for CHA, +2 for Persuasion). You'll need a 25 or higher to get him to get rid of it. Regardless of result, combat will begin after this post!

Voting rounds will be one hours (or whatever the first vote is if there are none after an hour), but there will be a time in the middle of the day where I may need to pause to do something else- I will try to give heads up for when that happens and how long I'll be!
>>
Rolled 18 + 8 (1d20 + 8)

>>4708754
Come on Finley, you know it makes sense...
>>
File: tegaki.png (9 KB, 400x400)
9 KB
9 KB PNG
”Trawn, that’s not just a piece of jewelry. A demon told me they’ll eat your soul if you die with it on. I called him cringe, but he seemed to be telling the truth” you tell him. Honestly, you don’t know if that’s actually what happens or not, but at the same time you get the feeling that whatever it really does may be just as bad, if not more so. ”I don’t want you to lose your soul man. Throw it in the sewer, then we can fight” you tell him.

The Thieves’ Guild’s leader seems confused at first, looking down at the object strung around his neck. ”This old thing? Really?” he asks before returning his gaze towards you. ”I don’t plan on dying, bud, but I suppose it’s better not to take any risks. You there” he says, pointing at Josh, ”move out the way of the door frame!”

Your guide complies, taking a few steps to the left. Trawn wrests the necklace from around his neck and throws it through the door. You hear it plop into the river of garbage as it sinks away from sight.

Wow, you’re getting really good at convincing people to do what you want!

*SKILL INCREASED! (Persuasion: 3)*

”I appreciate the heads up adventurer, but no more distractions! If you’re not gonna leave, then it looks like we’re coming to blows” he says, pulling out his heavy crossbow as he takes a few steps backwards, his pet moving forwards to guard him.

”So it seems” you say, putting yourself in a fighting stance as Barret draws his longsword and Clarissa her bow. Josh quickly begins lighting some of the torches in sconces around the room before bowing getting the fuck outta there so he doesn’t get caught in the crossfire.

>Attack (Who? What weapon?)
>Use Right of Might
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give commands (What?)
>Other (write in)

---

Combat has begun! We’ll have one hour voting periods since this is a boss battle, but as mentioned last post at some point today I’ll need to take a break to get something done- will let you guys know when that time comes and when I’ll hopefully be back. Otherwise, best of luck everyone!
>>
>Herald throw lamp oil at the rat
>Clarissa set fire to rat using torch from the wall if we are successful
>Barret charge down Finley and engage him at close range
>>
>>4708762
Can you tell us how far Megarat and Trawn are from our group?
What is Finley doing, is he gonna fight anyone?
>>
>>4708773

Megarat is probably about 30 feet from your group right now, and he takes up a wide portion of the room. Trawn is to this left and probably another 35-40 feet, though he's partially obscured by the rat so ranged attacks against him will have a small penalty

Finley is towards the back by Josh, and is currently glancing around the room nervously
>>
>>4708779
Sorry realized another makes it sound like he's 75-80 feet away. He's only 35-40 feet away, but he's partially to the side and behind the rat so that its body is blocking him a little
>>
>>4708779
>>4708780
>Throw lamp oil at the Rat
>Shift attention to Trawn, attempt to block his bolts and get closer

>Barret set fire to oiled Rat using torch from the wall and go for its eyes with longsword
>Clarissa Headshot the Rat

>Josh keep an eye on Finley
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

1: >>4708772
2:>>4708786
>>
Roll me 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX). You need a 13 or higher to get the rat with the oil!

Also Barret can only set fire to the rat or attack, can't do both in one turn. I'll assume the former is what you want!
>>
Rolled 11 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4708792
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Rolled 8, 17 + 3 = 28 (2d20 + 3)

You take one of your flasks of oil and rush forward, splashing King with the fuel and turning the rat’s brown fur black. ”Clarissa, aim for the head! Barret, if she fails then grab a torch from the wall and light that fucker up! Josh, keep Finley from escaping!” While the first two respond in the affirmative, you don’t hear anything from Josh. Crap, that’s right- he fled the room after lighting the torches on the wall!

Gritting your teeth in frustration, you quickly pivot and begin rushing towards Trawn next. Meanwhile, Clarissa knocks an arrow and aims for the rat’s head, only to just miss as the projectile clatters against the floor! At least she’ll be able to salvage it later.

Barret on the other hand grabs a torch and throws it at the creature, whose body is immediately wreathed in flames. It squeals in pain as fire spreads across its form, the creature thrashing in agony!

*Status discovered: Burning*

(When a creature is burning, they will take damage equal to 10% of their maximum Health every turn until the fire is put out or they die)

*King’s Health: -8 (72/80)*

The beast charges towards Barret in a rage! Meanwhile, Trawn sees you coming and sheaths his crossbow, pulling out two finely crafted daggers as he goes to engage you in melee combat!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!

First roll is Trawn against you, the second roll is King against Barret! Trawn has a +6, King a +3
>>
Rolled 14 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4708799
>>
Rolled 5 + 6 (1d12 + 6)

Rolling King's damage against Barret!

1d12+6 (+8 for STR, -2 for Chainmail)
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
You bring your shield up and block Trawn’s first dagger before parrying the other with your shortsword. The bandit leader smirks. ”Not bad, kid. You’ve got a little fight in ya” he says, pressing his blades against your shield and sword before kicking off your armor to disengage and take a few steps back.

Barret on the other hand, does not fare so well. The flaming beast bites into his left arm, causing your companion to scream. ”AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!” he shouts in terror before the beast breaks its grip, and you can see it’s managed to draw quite a bit of blood from his limb, even through the chainmail.

*Barret’s Health: -11 (25/40)*

Panting heavily, the fighter takes a few steps back and readies his sword, staring the creature down. Clarissa hurriedly knocks another arrow, a bead of sweat forming on her forehead as she realizes just how serious shit’s gotten.

>Attack (Who?)
>Use Right of Might
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give commands (What?)
>Other (write in)

---

Another hour for voting!
>>
>>4708812
>Attack Trawn
>Command Barret to be guarded in his attacks, and to focus on avoiding taking damage rather than dealing it
>>
>>4708812
>Right of Might attack on Trawn

>Command Barret to be guarded in his attacks, and to focus on avoiding taking damage rather than dealing it
>Ask Clarissa to see what Finley's doing and then cover Barret
>>
Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX). You need at least a 16 to hit Trawn.

If you make that, roll 1d8+5 (+6 for STR, -1 for Leather Armor) for damage. It'll be doubled afterwards for Right of Might. Keep in mind that if you miss, your technique will still be used.
>>
Rolled 8 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4708857
CONQUEEEEEEEEEEEEEESSSSSSSSSSSSSSTTTTTT
>>
>>4708873
Damn it
>>
Would you like to spend your Conquest Point to reroll?

>Y
>N

Going with the first 3 votes, or whatever there is after 20 minutes. If there are no votes, it'll be assumed it's a no.
>>
>>4708876
>N
heck no we don't, using it for rerolls is such a waste
>>
Looks like it's a no for the reroll usage.

Writing the update!
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
Rolled 19, 4 + 3 = 26 (2d20 + 3)

”Barret, try to be more guarded in your attacks! Clarissa, what’s Finley up to?” you shout at your companions, making sure not to look away from Trawn for even a moment.

(Barret will fight in a ‘Guarded Stance’ this turn. When in a Guarded Stance, attacks will do half damage, but the user will take -2 damage from incoming attacks)

”Uhh...it looks like he’s gone, Herald!” Clarissa shouts in a distressed tone, firing a shot at the massive rodent. Her arrow strikes true and lands in its flank, eliciting a shriek as blood spurts out.

*King’s Health: -11 (61/80)*

Rather than charging forward, Barret carefully positions himself, only throwing out a weak strike before quickly backing up, making sure to hold his sword in a blocking position as he does so.

*King’s Health: -4 (57/80)*

Meanwhile, the creature’s flesh continues to burn away at its form, whittling it down.

*King’s Health: -8 (49/80)*

In anger, it attempts to rush at Barret once more!

Meanwhile, you summon all the courage and strength you can muster, letting your force of will surge through your body as your muscles push themselves to their absolute limit, before thrusting your short sword at the enemy in front of you. Trawn quickly crosses his daggers and catches your blade just before it pierces your torso, struggling to hold your attack in place.

If it was just a battle of pure strength, you’d be able to overwhelm him with your technique, but he’s got his body in an advantageous position, and eventually you feel that surge of power leave your form as he finally manages to swat your blade away. Sweat pouring down his forehead, he taunts you. ”Aww come on, that all you got big guy?” he says before lashing out with his daggers!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!

First die is Trawn against you, second die is King against Barret. Trawn has a +6
>>
Rolled 12 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4708930
Oh jeez
>>
Rolled 5, 5 + 3 = 13 (2d6 + 3)

Rolling Trawn's damage against you!

2d6+3 (+4 for STR, +2 for Great Quality, +2 for Great Quality, -3 for Plate Armor, -3 for Kite Shield)
>>
Rolled 5, 2 - 1 = 6 (2d6 - 1)

Wait ignore the last roll- I fucked up my own dual wield rules. No STR modifier added when dual wielding.

2d6-1 (+2 for Great Quality, +2 for Great Quality, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield)
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
The enormous rat charges at Barret, but now that the young fighter is keeping defense in mind, he easily rolls out of the way, causing the creature to slam into the wall. The whole room shakes a little, but otherwise the fight continues without issue.

Meanwhile, Trawn swipes at you with his daggers- and you’re surprised to see bits of blood gush from your body. Somehow the bastard managed to catch the little chinks in your armor, but the wounds are shallow and don’t result in too much pain or blood loss.

*Herald’s Health: -6 (40/50)*

”You should give up now while you still have a chance- otherwise I’m gonna slowly bleed you out” Trawn says, flipping the daggers around between his fingers. You have to admit, the quest wasn’t lying- the man is certainly skilled in a fight.

>Attack (Who?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give commands (What?)
>Sound a retreat
>Other (write in)

---

Another hour voting period!
>>
>>4708944
>Do something fancy: Two-handed forward sword spin roll.
Pull out our secret move from way back
>>
>>4708944
>"Been a while since I fought an opponent that actually has skill instead of relying on its size, why would I ever waste an opportunity like that?"

King is taking quite the beating, let Clarrisa and Barret continue doing what they are doing while we occupy Trawn.
>>
>>4708954
we have only tried this move like once but im so down to give it a shot.
>Give commands (What?)
Keep it up guys! good work!
>>
Alright, roll me 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to do ebic two-handed forward sword spin roll. You need at least a 20 to succeed.

You can take the best of two rolls because he's not expecting that kind of move.

If you succeed, roll 1d8+8 (+6 for STR, +3 for 2h, -1 for Leather Armor). Since you're two handing this turn, you won't get the -2 damage benefit from your shield if he lands a hit on you during his turn.
>>
>>4708954
+1 and as the strike lands call him a bitch
>>
Rolled 9 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709028
Bitch!
>>
Rolled 19 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709028
>>
Rolled 4 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709028
>>
Rolled 3 + 8 (1d8 + 8)

>>4709036
>>
File: tegaki.png (46 KB, 600x600)
46 KB
46 KB PNG
Rolled 7, 15 + 3 = 25 (2d20 + 3)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wYmNubf8G0

Clarissa fires another arrow into King’s flank, blood gushing out as the beast cries in pain once more- its form starting to become riddled with wounds.

*King’s Health: -9 (40/80)*

Capitalizing on this, Barret forgoes his Guarded Stance and charges forward, lunging at the beast with his longsword!

*King’s Health: -10 (30/80)

Blood gushing forth from the stab wound, the creature continues to burn as well, the flames eating away at more and more of its flesh!

*King’s Health: -8 (22/80)*

At this point the monster is starting to sway side to side, but it doesn’t let up on the attack- this time charging towards Clarissa!

Meanwhile, your intense back and forth with Trawn continues. ”Been a while since I fought an opponent that actually has skill instead of relying on its size. Why would I ever waste an opportunity like that?” you retort as the two of you continue to circle each other. The guy may be a shitty brother and a criminal, but in this moment and time, both of you respect each other as warriors.

With that said, you begin to charge forward, feinting another lunge. Again Trawn crosses his daggers in preparation to catch your blade. Instead of pressing forward however, you push all your strength and weight into your leading leg and leap off of the ground, two-handing your weapon as you arc overhead in a spinning motion towards his head!

Surprised, Trawn attempts to step out of the way, but he can’t move his entire body fast enough as your blade digs into his shoulder hard, blood gushing out like a fountain as you finish your spin and land in a crouched position behind him.

”GAH, FUCK!” he shouts as the two of you whirl around to face each other once more.

*TECHNIQUE ACQUIRED! Jumping Spin Slash*

(Once per battle, you may leap into the air and do a spinning slash, catching the opponent off guard and letting you take the best of two rolls on the attack. Using this technique requires you to two-hand your weapon)

Grunting in frustration, the blonde man rushes at you with his daggers once more!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!

First die is Trawn against you, second is King against Clarissa. Trawn has a +6.
>>
>>4709084
Apologies, got caught up in the theatrics and forgot to write the actual damage!

*Trawn's Health: -11 (39/50)*
>>
Rolled 10 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709084
>>
Rolled 12 + 7 (1d12 + 7)

Rolling King's damage against Clarissa.

1d12+7 (+8 for STR, -1 for Leather Armor)
>>
>>4709106
Holy shit that’s a lot of damage, but they should be able to finish off the thing next round so we’re good
>>
File: tegaki.png (21 KB, 400x400)
21 KB
21 KB PNG
https://youtube.com/watch?v=Tgbloc65cio&feature=share

You spin away from Trawn’s slashing, switching back to a one-handed grip and priming your shield as you continue to engage each other. ”That was a good hit back there adventurer, but I’ll make you pay for it in spades” he spits.

You suddenly hear another loud thud from King slamming into the wall again, which shakes the room once more as everyone struggles to keep their feet steady. The difference this time however, is that someone else was between him and the wall.

*Clarissa’s Health: -19 (2/30)* (UNCONSCIOUS)

Glancing over, you see Clarissa’s bloodied and broken form lying unconscious on the ground, blood pooling beneath her. Barret’s expression is a mixture of fear and panic as he turns his blade back on the creature. ”You- you bastard!” he shouts, getting ready to charge the rodent again.

You do have some HEALTH POTIONS and EMERGENCY FIRST AID KITS, but you don’t really have time to administer one to her while fighting off Trawn. You’ll need to think quickly if you want to save her.

>Attack. If you finish the fight quickly, you can tend to her wounds (Who do you attack?)
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give command (What?)
>”Barret, grab Clarissa and get out of here. I’ll finish the fight myself” (Barret will grab Clarissa and leave you alone to fight Trawn and King)
>”Barret, grab Clarissa- we’re pulling out!” (Attempt a tactical retreat)
>Other (write in)

---

Starting to get close to the thing I need to do today, and also realized that I've got a bit more college work I need to get done. Will hopefully be back in 4-5 hours from now, so will leave the vote up until then. Apologies for having to leave you guys like this mid-fight!
>>
>>4709143
>”Barret, grab Clarissa and get out of here. I’ll finish the fight myself” (Barret will grab Clarissa and leave you alone to fight Trawn and King)
We only do big dig maneuvers here
>>
>>4709143
>”Barret, grab Clarissa and get out of here. I’ll finish the fight myself” (Barret will grab Clarissa and leave you alone to fight Trawn and King)
>Toss an Emergency First Aid kit to Barret
>Attack King
>>
>>4709153
+1 time to take that big Mama down
>>
>>4709143
>4709153
+1 This
>>
Still won't be able to post for a bit but while I was going over my system notes I realized that EMERGENCY FIRST AID KIT's description didn't quite gel with how bleeding out and unconsciousness have worked thus far, so I changed it slightly!

Emergency First Aid Kit: 10gp a pop - Heals someone who’s unconscious and hasn’t died yet, stabilizing them.

Thanks for patience and understanding with the system as it's being tweaked btw
>>
>>4709244
bruh
>>
>>4709244
I think you posted in the wrong thread friend
>>
>>4709250
>>4709252
I knew it would happen one day, the fault of sleep deprivation
Sorry for that
>>
>>4709143
>>4709153
+1
god dammit we're taking both tf down. This psychofuck subhuman carelessly grew a monster with some endowment potions he found behind a whorehouse and now it nearly roadkilled our poor ranger.

Shouldn't the furry fuck take fire damage? Or is it only on our turns?
>>
>>4709255
We can forget this ever happened... at a price. Drop a magical pokeball in our bag of holding and we're good.
And get sum sleep, please.
>>
>>4709257
He only takes fire damage on your turns, so after the attack is resolved he will take another 8 fire damage.
>>
>>4709266
Go to the inn tonight and ask the innkeeper and we can call it even.

Also yes, getting in bed now.

>>4709268
If we were to by chance, pour more oil on him could that increase the amount of damage it would take? Just cover the whole surface area of the rat with fire, could probably work.
>>
>>4709275
I would say probably no, just for the sake of balancing and my sanity
>>
>>4709279
Awww, looks like that will go on the shelf with crotch targeting then.
>>
>>4709279
How about we shove an entire flask of oil into it's gaping maw and call it a day, because nothing mortal could survive the internal glass cuts and becoming a fleshy furnace?
>>
>>4709255
Late to the party... It was a naked lady, wasn't it
>>
>>4709143
>”Barret, grab Clarissa and get out of here. Once she's good to go, both of you come back” (Barret will grab Clarissa and leave you alone to fight Trawn and King)
>Toss Barret an emergency first aid kit and 2 potions
>Attack the King of Nothing with our Banner Pole. Stick it down it's throat.

Not for nothing, but you all should have waited until the blacksmith was done with our sword before coming down here.
>>
>>4709321
Pour oil inside of it and throw a torch in? Sounds like fun we should do that.
I already had a plan for Silas which involved pushing him down stairs and repeatedly kicking him in the dick but we may have to modify that plan
>>4709325
Believe it or not, no.
>>4709349
Alpha
>>
>>4709349
We didn't know how long this would take, and during day it's safer. Nobody even thought of waiting for the sword to be finished before raiding the thieves since tomorrow is when the shitters arrive, iirc.

>>4709370
We could our plans. Take Shitas to a CBT altar and... well, do that. Then we disappear him on one of those other altars that can accept him as offering.
???
Profit.

Speaking of the gods and sacrifices.
We gotta get out of the sewers asap since we don't know how bad the storm outside will get... and this is a coastal city. If the canals overflow we might get flushed and drown alongside these assholes.
We're too young to die and too old to get conquested by piss and shit!
>>
Alright, looks like we're going with >>4709153

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX). You need a 13 or higher to hit King.

If you succeed, roll 1d8+6 (+6 for STR) for your damage!
>>
Rolled 18 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709487
>>
Rolled 4 + 6 (1d8 + 6)

>>4709487
>>4709502
>>
Aight, time to pull out my smartass card.
If Trawn gets some kind of fury mode after we fuck his Viagrat up, then I ask we get the same for Clarissa getting hydraulic pressed into the wall.
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
Rolled 20, 19 + 3 = 42 (2d20 + 3)

”Barret, Grab Clarissa and get out of here. I’ll finish the fight myself” you say, reaching into your bag of holding and producing an EMERGENCY FIRST AID KIT. You toss the kit to your doofy-haired companion, who looks up at you pleadingly.

”Herald, that’s stupid! There’s no way you can take them both on! Let’s go tog-”

Am I, or am I not the leader here? you shout back, which quiets him down. ”I’m not gonna die so easy. Now get out of here!”

Nodding, he runs over to Clarissa, picking her up before darting away out of sight.

”Trying to play the hero, eh?” Trawn taunts, twirling the daggers in his hands. Ignoring him, you rush towards King and stab your shortsword into the monster’s flank, blood gushing out as you withdraw the blade and stand between the two of them.

*King’s Health: -10 (12/80)*

Furthermore, the flames continue to burn the rodent’s body, the creature now just a charred husk of its former self.

*King’s Health: -8 (4/80)*

By all means the creature should be knocked out and done for, but through sheer rage and force of will, the beast stays conscious and attempts to bite you as one final, last resort attack. Trawn joins him, coming from your other side with his daggers primed!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!

First die is Trawn, second is King. Trawn has a +6.
>>
Rolled 4 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709533
>>
Rolled 4, 1 + 1 = 6 (2d6 + 1)

Trawn's damage against you

2d6-1(+2 for Great Quality, +2 for Great Quality, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield)
>>
Rolled 3 + 3 (1d12 + 3)

King's damage against you

1d12+3 (+8 for STR, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield)
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
First King rushes you with one final bite, grabbing onto your arm and crunching down. Thankfully your armor protects you- but it does actually dent a little from the sheer force of his attack, and it hurts like a motherfucker. There’ll definitely be some bruising later.

*Herald’s Health: -6 (34/50)*

Thankfully, King should burn to death within the next few seconds, meaning you can afford to focus on Trawn. Speak of the devil, the blackguard rushes at you with two more quick swipes with his daggers, finding the chinks in your armor and leaving more shallow, bleeding wounds.

*Herald’s Health: -6 (28/50)*

You’ll be the first to admit that you’re starting to feel the damage now, but this is still nothing compared to that run in you had with the goblin behemoth. At this rate you should be alright!

>Attack
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Retreat
>Other (write in)

---

1 hour voting round again!
>>
>>4709550
>Do something fancy (What?)
Stick our Banner Pole down the rat's throat.
Declare it conquered.
Tell Trawn we're gonna stick this pole up his backside next.
>>
>>4709565
And drink a health potion.
>>
>>4709569
You can use an item or attack on a turn, can't do both I'm afraid
>>
>>4709550
>>4709578
then shove the pole in the rats mouth
>>
>>4709565
+1 for rat conquering
>>
At this point the rat is too weak to dodge, so you can just roll your damage with the banner pole!

1d8+6(+6 for STR)
>>
Rolled 3 + 6 (1d8 + 6)

>>4709662
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
Rolled 20 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

Sheathing your blade, you pull out your trusty banner pole and begin swirling it around in your hands.

”What, you’re gonna fight with a flag pole now? Are you serious? Trawn asks in a mocking tone.

With great skill and precision, you rush towards King. The beast opens its maw to try and bite at you again, but you shove the banner pole down its throat with all your might, piercing its esophagus as the creature finally crumbles to the ground in a burning pile of flesh.

”I’ll be sticking this up your backside next” you say in a menacing tone, turning your head to face him before yanking the banner pole back out.

The Thieves’ Guild leader looks a bit shaken up by this, but doesn’t back down. ”We’ll see about that, buddy!” he shouts, running towards you with his daggers drawn!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 12 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709717
my man just refusing to miss ever
>>
Rolled 5, 3 - 1 = 7 (2d6 - 1)

Actually I guess you don't need to roll to dodge because he simply decided to go fucking sicko mode.

2d6-1 (+2 for Great Quality, +2 for Great Quality, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield)
>>
File: tegaki.png (25 KB, 400x400)
25 KB
25 KB PNG
You try to dodge out of the way and raise your shield, but Trawn is far too quick. He lashes out at you with two more swings, blood spurting from your body as he continues to find the weak points in your Plate Armor. You have to admit, his cuts may be shallow, but they’re incredibly precise- and the blood loss is starting to add up.

*Herald’s Health: -7 (21/50)*

”Give up yet, adventurer? I warned you this would happen. I tried to give you chances to leave. I even gave you information free of charge! Yet you refused to give me back my brother, and you just had to kill my rat! You’re gonna die down here” he tells you, a wicked grin on his face.

>Attack
>Do something fancy
>Attempt to retreat
>Other (write in)

---

Gonna swap to 30 minute voting rounds so we can hopefully finish the fight by the end of the night- your boy is getting sleepy
>>
>>4709738
I'm not gonna lie to ya, it's gonna get weird.
>2 Health potions
>>
>>4709738

Take on a defensive stance while chugging a health potion, and resume normal stance next round.

It'd be silly to get down to critical health or die with one available to us.
>>
>>4709764
>>4709765
support
gentlemen, the time for conventional warfare is over, start aiming at his dick and let's see if we can end this fight in one shot.
>>
>>4709774
Let's do that next round by bum rushing him with the crossbow.
>>
Seems like we're fairly unanimous!

Roll me 2d4+2 for the Health Potion
>>
>>4709774
But I don't want to kill the guy.
>>
>>4709765
I agree with this, no reason not to.

>>4709774
I say we save that for when we're on the ropes.
>>
Rolled 2, 3 + 2 = 7 (2d4 + 2)

>>4709791
HIYAHHHHHHHHH
>>
>>4709799
Nice roll!
>>
File: tegaki.png (10 KB, 400x400)
10 KB
10 KB PNG
Rolled 11 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

You sheath your sword for a moment, raising your shield up and entering a Guarded Stance as you use your now free hand to grab a potion from your bag of holding. Popping the cork, you guzzle down the magical red liquid, feeling some of your shallow wounds start to close up. It doesn’t completely fix everything, but you do feel some vitality returning to your form.

*Herald’s Health: +7 (28/50)*

Grimacing, Trawn starts moving backwards, putting his daggers away and taking out his heavy crossbow. ”So that’s how the big bad adventurer plays it, huh? When things start getting a little tough, you rely on your rich guy armor and start guzzling down magic potions. Must be nice to come from money” he spits, pulling out a crossbow bolt.

”I didn’t want to resort to such a cheap tactic, but if you’re going to force my hand like this, then I’ll rely on everything I’ve got!” he says as he pops the cork on a glass vial strapped to his belt, dipping the crossbow bolt in.

*TRAWN’S TECHNIQUE REVEALED! Sidewinder*

(Once per battle, Trawn can coat a weapon with a vial of venom, adding a little bit of bite to his next attack. If the enemy fails a resistance check, they take 3d6 poison damage)

With that, he takes aim with his crossbow and fires at you!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
>>4709810
If you fail the roll, roll me another 1d20+5 (+5 for CON)
>>
Rolled 20 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709813
>>4709810
"Money? I WORKED AND EARNED BY MY OWN HANDS THAT WHICH IS MINE BY CONQUEST"
>>
>>4709820
And just smash that arrow down with our shield.
>>
File: tegaki.png (82 KB, 400x400)
82 KB
82 KB PNG
Rich guy? Money? Is he talking about you? You, who lost everything they ever owned and everyone they ever loved? You, who spent weeks and months crawling in the mud, running in the pouring rain, putting every last ounce of their energy and strength into training? You, who for years honed your skills with a singular goal in mind? You, who pinched pennies and ate nothing but the bare minimum for years to save up for weapons and armor suitable for your task?!

”I WORKED AND EARNED BY MY OWN HANDS THAT WHICH IS MINE BY CONQUEST!” you shout out of pure rage, batting your shield against the fired crossbow bolt so hard that it shatters into bits and pieces of wood.

You begin slowly marching towards Trawn now, your body remembering that old, familiar hatred coursing through your veins. You’ve worked harder than anybody to get where you are, yet constantly you are underestimated, ridiculed, and put down by the world around you.

Not like it matters. You’ll simply dominate them all with your pure strength and force of will- for that is the way of CONQUEST

>Attack
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4709836
YEAH!!!!
>Attack
Just straight punch this negro in the mouth.
>>
>>4709838
Ooo, punching may get used!

For reference, you only roll to hit with punching. Damage will always be STR + Pugilism skill +/- any relevant modifiers like enemy armor or existing buffs to damage
>>
>>4709844
It's about sending a message.
>>
>>4709838
+1 for P U N C H
>>
>>4709836
>Attack
SHATTER HIM WITH OUR HANDS
>>
>>4709538
>>4709550
Hey QM, the damage from Trawn here should have been 4 (5 - 1) which you get right in your calculation in the post, but you incorrectly had it as "+" in the roll, which I think is what messed you up. To subtract from a roll, you have to do "+-", so in this example it would be "dice+2d6+-1".
>>
>>4709873
You are 100% right. I know to do the +- as well, I must've forgotten it that post. Sincere apologies!

*Herald's Health: (30/50)*

Will fix on my documents as well.

---

Also since things seem unanimous here, roll me 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to hit! You need a 16 or higher
>>
Rolled 7 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709881
Let’s get this
>>
Rolled 10 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709881
Conquest PUNCH
>>
>>4709881
AW SHIT LADS. I'm not going to roll, my luck is shit, but we're in for it now.
>>
>>4709887
>>4709888
Aw shit, we're fucked. WAIT- Let's just grab the bannerpole and wield it!
>>
Rolled 20 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

Marching forward with hatred and rage fueling your steps, you put your weapon away and go for a straight hook to this fucker’s face. Lost in your anger however, the quicker Trawn easily ducks underneath your blow.

”What, did I hurt your feelings or something? Now you’re just gonna use your fists? I’m not a retard like my fuck-up brother. You lost the minute you stepped in here, dumbass” he taunts as he slices at you with his daggers!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 11 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709896
>>
>>4709896
Man he keeps pulling crit after crit. What a badass.
>>
>>4709896
this mfer has got 3 20's and a 19 this fight, wtf
>>
Rolled 5, 3 - 1 = 7 (2d6 - 1)

>>4709904
>>4709906
Ultra Instinct moment

2d6-1 (+2 for Great Quality, +2 for Great Quality, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield)
>>
File: tegaki.png (11 KB, 400x400)
11 KB
11 KB PNG
Drunk on rage, you’re unable to dodge the nimble man’s strikes as he slashes at the weak points in your armor again, fresh wounds opening as blood shoots out. Still, you feel the compulsion, that desire to CONQUEST continue to rise in your gut!

*Herald’s Health: -7 (23/50)*

”Just keep running straight at me dumbass, I’ll carve you up real good” blondie says, bouncing on his feet. He’s into it now, clearly enjoying the feeling of toying with you.

>Attack
>Do something fancy
>Other (write in)

---

Gonna shorten this one to a 20 minute voting period. I’m not sure if we’ll finish this combat tonight boys, but I’ll pick it up first thing in the morning tomorrow if we don’t!
>>
>>4709910
Negated our potion, shit tiddy fuck

>>4709906
I think we need to make good on our word and use the bannerpole
>>
>>4709922
>SEIZE THE BANNERPOLE
>SMITE THE THIEF'S SKULL
WE ARE CONQUEST INCARNATE
>>
>>4709922
"Show me."

Take out our crossbow, bum rush him, and shoot him in the crotch.
Pelvis Pulverizer time.
>>
>>4709926
+1
>>
Alright, roll me 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to hit! You need a 16 or higher.

If you make it, roll me 1d8+5 (+6 for STR, -1 for Leather Armor) for damage!
>>
Rolled 20 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709959
RAAAAAGH
>>
>>4709959
I’m not rolling this time, I believe in whoever does it!
>>
>>4709964
How many fucking crits are going to happen in this fight
>>
>>4709964
FUUUUUCK YEEEEAH!
SUCK ON THAT, SILAS!
WE DON'T NEED NO GNON!
>>
Rolled 3 + 5 (1d8 + 5)

>>4709959

>>4709964
Nice roll!
>>
>>4709968
This is the end of the thieves' guild arc. Of course it's going to be intense.
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
Rolled 2 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

Your fists clearly aren’t enough- it’s time to pull out the weapon you’re best with. Grabbing your banner pole once more, you feel your hatred and rage combining with your innate muscle memory and skill as you create a veritable whirlwind of strikes, spinning your banner pole every which way.

For what it’s worth, Trawn puts up a good fight dodging and parrying for a few moments, but eventually you land a solid slash along his left arm, causing him to cry out in pain as red liquid pours from his limb.

*Trawn’s Health: -8 (31/50)*

”D-damn it” he mutters. Readying his daggers, he tries to find some some room to land some solid hits on you!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 2 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4709979
>>
>>4709980
Damn, guy's got skills, I'll give him that
>>
>>4709980
Wow. This is some major bull crap.
>>
Rolled 6, 2 - 1 = 7 (2d6 - 1)

Holy shit I can't believe you guys both rolled 2's, as well as all the 20's this fight. Insanity.

Trawn's damage

2d6-1 (+2 for Great Quality, +2 for Great Quality, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield)
>>
Guys, what if we just tackled him and choked him out using our superior strength? No, that's a horrible idea. He's the master of the thieves' guild, if he doesn't have hidden knives than we're not a herald.
>>
File: tegaki.png (35 KB, 400x400)
35 KB
35 KB PNG
Once more the little fucker manages to get between your swings and lash out two more times with his daggers, bleeding you more and more.

*Herald’s Health: -7 (16/50)*

You can feel your head start to pound, a dull ache filling your body as your vision gets hazy. Kill. Murder. Rip and tear. Destroy. The hatred is beginning to consume you and all you can think about is fighting without regard for your own safety.

The man in front of you says some quip or another, but you can’t make sense of the words anymore. Your head just feels so jumbled. All that’s left is to do or die.

Or, there is still that strange orb Bubby told you about. If you pulled it out of your bag of holding, perhaps it would activate now. You still aren’t quite sure what it does, but maybe it can give you what you need…

>Attack
>Pull out the behelit
>???

---

20 minute voting round again!
>>
>>4709995
>???
>>
>>4709995
>>4709995
???
Mystery Box Berserker mode ACTIVATE

If we look at this objectively,
>Attack gives us a 30/40% chance of survival
>the behelit does some horrific shit that means the invasion is the last of the town's worries
>the mystery box = is mystery box, probably gets us possessed or gets Gnon to call in a favour/start influencing us in a big way, very much likelier to survive than Attack, however

Yeah, I don't know about taking him alive anymore. It seems one of us is going to die here no matter what we do.
>>
Also, this >>4710018 is also me >>4709989, just on mobile.
>>
>>4709995
>Pull out the behelit
The behelit was explicitly stated to do something when we got low, and was advertised as a good luck charm for adventurers. I think I'd rather see what that does than whatever demon nonsense is going on.
>>
Writing!
>>
>>4710032
I got a bad feeling about this one
>>
>>4710026
Bro, the behelit... The behelit is beyond the pale. Death is debatably better than the behelit, regular demon shit is something you can overcome, the behelit goes deeper than that.
>>
>>4710041
what?
>>
>>4710049
It means he's read Berserk.
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
Just as you start to feel darkness worming its way into your heart, you hear a familiar voice calling out from behind you. ”Good work holding out this long, boss man!”

The sound of rapid footsteps against stone fills the room as a blade slashes at Trawn, cutting a decently sized wound in his torso as blood sprays out!

*Trawn’s Health: -8 (23/50)*

Standing right there, fighting alongside you, is good ol’ Barret. He flashes you a nervous smile, sweat beating down his forehead. ”Sorry to keep you waiting, it took a little bit to get Clarissa squared away and out of danger” he tells you.

Trawn narrows his eyes. ”Can’t even fight your own battles, huh? Need your friends to help you now?” he taunts.

Barret looks confused at this, cocking his head. ”Are you stupid or something? You’re the guy that formed a whole network of thieves that helped one another just to make yourself rich. Also, you brought in a freaking monster!” he retorts, readying his blade.

You feel the fuzziness in your to subside a little, the anger fading away. That’s right, strength doesn’t only come from training and gear- it also comes from the people around you.

You scoff, smirking under your helmet. ”Took you long enough, bastard”

Furious now, Trawn lunges at Barret with his daggers, only for the young fighter to roll out of the way with room to spare. With your teammate by your side, the two of you begin to circle Trawn, who’s starting to look pretty desperate.

>Attack
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give commands (What?)
>Attempt to negotiate (What do you say?)
>Other (write in)

---

20 minute voting period!
>>
>>4710052
I LOVE YOU BARRET!
>Do something fancy (What?)
CROSS SLASH
All of our training together has led to this.
>>
>>4710056
+1
>>
>>4710049
It's a little complicated and I don't want to spoil it man.

>>4710052
Ah shit, the real otherworldly corruption was our friends all along.
>Attack
HEAVE! FUCKING! HO!
>>
>>4710052
>Attack
Fuck you Trawn the power of friendship really is the strongest.
>>
>>4710059
>>4710056
>>4710060
There's only one other thing we can do if this doesn't work. We have to trip Trawn with our Banner Pole or throw oil at his feet so Barret can get the attack in.
Trawn has a 16 to hit. We need to lower that somehow.
>>
>>4710056
I'll support this, it would be kino
>>
Alright, roll me 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) for CROSS SLASH!

Taking the best of two rolls because power of friendship
>>
Rolled 1 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4710094
>>
Rolled 4 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4710094
>>
Rolled 8 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4710094
>>
>>4710104
>>4710103
>>4710099
It was not meant to be. What a waste.
>>
even in death trawn refuses to stop being lucky as shit
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
Rolled 7 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

”Barret, let’s finish him off together!” you call out to your companion.

”Let’s do it!” he responds affirmatively as the two of you close in on Trawn- you with your banner pole from one side and Barret with his longsword from the other.

Somehow, Trawn manages to just barely block both of your blows with one dagger each, his arms straining under the pressure of trying to fend you off. ”If I’m going down...I’m gonna take someone with me!” he shouts, pushing your weapons off of his blades just enough to give himself room to try and swipe at you with his two daggers!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 6 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4710112
if only trawn had the magic power of looking at remaining hp friendship, he might have won this battle
>>
Rolled 4, 3 - 1 = 6 (2d6 - 1)

In absolute awe of Trawn rn he really is unbeatable

2d6-1 (+2 for Great Quality, +2 for Great Quality, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield)
>>
>>4710121
This has to be the luckiest motherfucker I have seen
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
Once more Trawn somehow manages to persevere, getting in another two shallow cuts from the cracks in your armor, blood now dripping out of your plate like a running faucet. Fuck, your vision is starting to get blurry again.

*Herald's Health: -6 (10/50)*

”I’m unbeatable” Trawn mutters, a crazed look in his eye. ”Unparalleled genius- that’s why this world is unfair. If I had been given even a crumb of hope- if I had any money or family growing up, I wouldn’t be down here in the fucking sewers running a fucking crime syndicate! Yet, it doesn’t matter- because I simply can’t lose” he says, starting to laugh deliriously.

”This guy’s kinda creepy…” Barret calls out, looking disgusted at the sight in front of him.

Disgusted or not, those blades are doing a number on you. There’s only so much abuse the human body can take.

>Attack
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give commands (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4710144
>Take a health potion
Even if he hits us again, it's a chance to remain hp neutral while Barret gets an attack in.
>>
Apologies friends but it's around midnight now. I really wanted to tough it out and finish it with you guys tonight, but I'm way too tired. I'll probably start it back up at 10:00am CDT, or 3:00pm UTC and hopefully we can finish the fight pretty quickly and move on. I'll leave this vote up until then.

As always, thanks for reading and playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
>>4710144
Take another health potion. There's no other choice.

>>4710159
It's cool my dude, thank you for running!
>>
>>4710151
Support
I say that once he is beaten, we force him to listen to our whole comedy routine on the way back to the guild if he is being taken in alive.
>>4710159
Night QM
>>
>>4710144
>>4710151
+1 this. Also thanks for running, man--don't ever feel obligated to rush stuff if you're passing out!
>>
Anons, just SHOOT HIM IN THE FACE POINT BLANK.
We're not gonna hit him with blades, we're not gonna dodge his attacks. Grab schizofag by the collar, shrug the damage and bolt his motherfucking head in.
Also we got a bolt to pick up in the other room. Maybe Barret already did that while carrying Clarissa away?
>>
>>4710151
+1 take a potion in the guard stance and tell Barret to attack trawn. Maybe we can fire crossbow at trawn next round while Barret keeps him engaged close range
>>
Alright, roll me 2d4+2 for your health potion!

Also >>4710337 that one crossbow bolt broke earlier. Usually a miss lets you grab your ammo, but you basically point blank shot it against a wall that time so it shattered.
>>
Rolled 2, 2 + 2 = 6 (2d4 + 2)

>>4710540
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Rolled 14 + 6 (1d20 + 6)

You put up your shield once more, reaching into your bag to grab another HEALTH POTION and pop it open for a quick drink. You feel some of your wounds start to close up and your mind sharpen a little, but you’re still badly injured.

*Herald’s Health: +6 (16/50)*

”All the potions in the world won’t save you, adventurer. I’m unstoppable- unbeatable!” Trawn says, only for Barret to charge forward and get a clean slice in on his backside.

*Trawn’s Health: -12 (11/50)*

The bandit isn’t looking too good now. His crazy rambling combined with the blood loss he’s suffered and the damage he’s taken has turned him into a shell of the cocky bastard he was before. There’s a certain hunger in his eyes as he lunges towards you with his daggers once more!

---

Roll 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to dodge!
>>
Rolled 9 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4710546
Time to end this man's career
>>
Rolled 6, 2 - 3 = 5 (2d6 - 3)

Trawn's damage against you!

2d6-3 (+2 for Great Quality, +2 for Great Quality, -3 for Plate Armor, -2 for Kite Shield, -2 for Guarded Stance)
>>
>>4710548
>thinking we can ever dodge a Trawn attack
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
Trawn’s form is starting to get sloppy now, but he still manages to get a good two hits between your armor as blood continues to run down your form. You’ll be honest- if it weren’t for the HEALTH POTIONS you’ve taken, you actually might be dead right now. Thank the Gods you were prepared!

*Herald’s Health: -5 (11/50)*

”Just go down- just DIE ALREADY!” the Thieves’ Guild’s leader shouts at you, fury evident on his face.

”You think I would do that because you told me too? You’re even dumber than your brother” you quip, despite the pain that’s wracking your body as you ready yourself for whatever comes next.

>Attack
>Do something fancy (What?)
>Give commands (What?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4710561
>Attack
>>
>>4710561
>Attack
Trawn confirmed as a FOOKIN' LEGEND
>>
File: Trawn.jpg (130 KB, 540x450)
130 KB
130 KB JPG
>>4710568
>>
>>4710561
>Attack

Time to put this guy down, we can't let him get another hit in!
>>
Alright, roll me a 1d20+5 (+5 for DEX) to hit! You need a 16 or higher.

If you succeed, roll me 1d8+5 (+6 for STR, -1 for Leather Armor) for damage!
>>
Rolled 18 + 5 (1d20 + 5)

>>4710581
>>
Rolled 6 + 5 (1d8 + 5)

>>4710583
please die
>>
File: Trawn Dead.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o_MT4YLhZxM

Trawn’s eyes are wild now, he’s not even thinking straight anymore. Despite this, his sheer muscle memory and skill have kept him alive and allowed him to whittle you down thus far.

Barret rushes in with his longsword, shouting as he charges the bandit. Trawn whirls around to face him, parrying the blade away as he turns his daggers on your companion. ”YOU...you’re the reason this is taking so long! I just have to get rid of you, and then it’ll all be-”

He’s interrupted by a sudden, sharp pain in his abdomen. Slowly turning his gaze downwards, he’s faced with the reality of your banner pole sticking out of his stomach, a gaping wound forming as blood runs down his legs and begins pooling onto the ground.

*Trawn’s Health: -11 (0/50)*

”Didn’t I tell you I’d run this through your backside?” you say, ripping the pole back out. You flick the blood off your weapon before placing it back onto your back.

Trawn stumbles backwards, his hands desperately trying to close the wound. ”No...I can’t...I’m a genius! Unparalleled! It’s unfair...it’s not right! I...can’t…” he’s unable to finish his rant as he falls to the ground unconscious. You go to check his pulse, but even if you wanted to get out an EMERGENCY FIRST AID KIT, it seems he’s already dead.

Sweating, Barret falls onto his ass, panting as he cranes his head towards the ceiling. ”Holy crap, that was intense!” he says between breaths.

”You don’t even know the half of it” you murmur, the pain and aches starting to catch up with you.

>What do you do?
>>
>>4710595
>Have each of us take a potion or two
>Gather identifying item(s) from Trawn so we can prove his demise (If we can't find any, take his head)
>Loot the room for valuables
>>
>>4710595
As a heads up, gonna let this vote sit for a few hours so I can get some stuff done, and then go back to intermittent posting throughout the day.
>>
>>4710602
Support
A good job all around
>>
>>4710602
I agree. I don't think we should dig in the sewer for the behelit, that was destined for him and wouldn't be any use to us, except to somehow give to someone else it was fated to but then it wouldn't matter if we were the ones to do it because fate gives no fucks. Look at the one ring. Ludicrous.
>>
Also
>exact hp damage rolled
Fucking poetry
>>
>>4710595
>>4710602
+1
Free pots for everyone! No need to get his head tho, just grab the knives.

>Thank Barrett, but tell him to leave and help Clarissa now
>Check the sewer water level (compared to how high it was when we entered)
I still don't wanna get flushed.
>>
Rolled 4, 4 + 2 = 10 (2d4 + 2)

Alright, looks like we're doing
>Split the last two health potions with Barret
>Grab Trawn's sick ass daggers
>Do a once around of the room
>Get out and check on Clarissa

Roll me 2d4+2 for your HEALTH POTION. The roll on this post is for Barret
>>
Rolled 3, 1 + 2 = 6 (2d4 + 2)

>>4710730
I mean, if the daggers are identifying enough, sure. But are they?? Would the guild really accept these as proof of Trawn's demise? Also, only one guy wanted to.
>>
>>4710734
No worries, the daggers are distinct- they're kinda curved and have markings on the hilts. If you really wanna take his head as well I'll add that too. Never hurts to be safe!
>>
>>4710736
Ok then, didn't know they were distinct.
>>
>>4710741
You're gucci, that was on me for doing a poor job describing it lol
>>
>>4710748
Can we give the daggers to Clarissa or will the guild take it as part of the quest?
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
You reach into your bag of holding twice, producing a HEALTH POTION each time. They’re the last two you have left, but you and Barret have earned them. Popping the corks off them with your thumbs, you hand one of the bottles over to your companion. ”Here” you say, Barret gently taking the vial from your hand.

”Thanks man, I think this’ll do the trick. Cheers” he says, the two of you clinking glasses before you both down the magical red liquid. You watch as the majority of Barret’s wounds close up, vitality returning to his skin as the magical energy courses through his veins. You too feel the bleeding stop on most of your wounds as they close a little, but you’re still somewhat out of it. Perhaps a trip to the healers for you and your companions is in order.

*Barret’s Health: +10 (35/40)*

*Herald’s Health: +6 (17/50)*

With the immediate injuries out of the way, you kneel down near Trawn’s body and take the two daggers from his cold, dead hands. They’ve got distinct markings on the hilt and are a bit more curved than the average knives, but just to be safe…

”Oh dude, GROSS! The goblin behemoth was already bad enough, but now this?!” Barret complains as you cut the thief’s head off with your shortsword and stick it into your bag.

”Can never be too careful. Besides, I’ll be damned if I let the Guild try to cheat me out of my hard-earned gold” you chuckle. You try to search for that vial of poison as well, but unfortunately it seems to have shattered when his body fell on the ground, spilling the precious liquids out uselessly on the floor.

Grabbing the Heavy Crossbow and his remaining ten bolts, you search the rest of the room only to come up empty. There’s a few scraps of leftover food from a meal and some tattered clothes, but that’s it. It seems like the Thieves’ Guild hid their treasure somewhere else down here unfortunately. No matter- that can be sorted at a later date. What’s important now is making sure that your friend is okay.

”Where’s Clarissa? You mentioned you got her to safety?” you inquire, whirling around to face your friend.

”Yup! Got her patched up with the first aid kit and she came to. She was really out of it and sluggish though. Thankfully Josh was hiding nearby, so I made sure to have him take her to one of the manholes and out to safety before I came running back. Told her to meet us back at the temple- figured we could all use some healing” he informs you.

It’s good to know that she’s safe. Now you just have to worry about what you want to deal with first.

>Head to the temple to meet with Clarissa
>Check on Jeanne in the library
>Visit the Adventurer’s Guild to claim your reward
>Other (write in)

---

CURRENT STATUS: https://pastebin.com/d4Z5Dbm7 (Clarissa being at 5 health now is because of the EMERGENCY FIRST AID KIT)
>>
>>4710772
>Head to the temple to meet with Clarissa
Healing first, then money
>>
>>4710772
>Head to the temple to meet with Clarissa
>>
>head to the temple

Can I request that when we get around to going to the guild to collect on our quest we march trawns severed head through town atop our banner pole? That will get some sweet conquest hype around town
>>
We have left Finley alive. He's likely to continue doing the thieves guild thing in a while, hopefully this doesn't bite us in the ass.
>>
>>4710772
>Head to the temple to meet with Clarissa
Healthiness comes first!
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”Then we’ll head to the temple straight away. First however…” you say, pulling Trawn’s head back out as you start to adjust it onto the top of the banner pole.

”Herald PLEASE, you’re going to horrify people doing that! We don’t need the town guard giving us trouble either!” he begs you.

”It’s my right of CONQUEST to show off my victory. Surely it will inspire others to follow the cause” you fire back.

”Herald, I am begging you. As your party member- hell, as your friend, please reconsider” Barret pleads.

You groan, reluctantly storing the head back in your bag for now. ”Fine, just this once. You did save me back there after all” you respond.

On your way back, you make a point to check the water level of the sewers. Thankfully, they don’t seem to have risen any. It seems the tropical storm above is mostly winds with only a little drizzling, though that may change as time goes on. For now, you make your way back to the large, marble temple up above.

You see a wounded Clarissa leaning against a pillar, Josh making small talk with her and making sure she stays conscious. The latter lights up upon hearing you enter, waving you and Barret over to join them. ”Oh thank the Gods you guys are here. Can I go now?” he asks.

You nod your head. Josh lets out a sigh of relief and heads out, presumably back to his family that he hasn’t seen in days. ”You alright?” you ask Clarissa as you and Barret examine her more closely.

”Yeah, I’m just...really tired” she says, looking absolutely horrible.

>Pay for Clarissa and your healing (58gp)
>Pay only for your healing (33gp)
>Pay just for Clarissa’s healing (25gp)
>”You’ll be fine with some rest. Head back to the inn- you did well” (No healing)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4710925
>Pay for Clarissa and your healing (58gp)
>>
>>4710925
>Pay for Clarissa and your healing (58gp)
>(Write-in) Buy some HP potions to replace what you used in the fight
>>
>>4710931
Yep let's do this, get healed up and stock up on health potions. Maybe even more than we purchased last time around
>>
Alright so just to double check, you're paying for you and Clarissa's healing and buying 4 more HEALTH POTIONS for 158 gold?

>Y
>N

Will leave this up for like 20 or 30 minutes
>>
>>4710971
>Y
>>
>>4710971
>Y
>>
>>4710971
>Y
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
”Come on Clarissa, I’ll get you fixed up” you say, placing her arm around your shoulders and escorting her over to the healers. She looks up at you for a moment but doesn’t say anything. She just gives you a weak smile and nods.

You fork over the 158gp as the healers place their hands in front of you and your companion, sealing your wounds and restoring your vitality. A magical green aura emanates from your bodies as the magic does its work, and you watch the wounds close up in real time.

*Herald’s Health: +33 (50/50)*

*Clarissa’s Health: +25 (30/30)*

Once that’s settled, Clarissa removes her arm from around your shoulders and gives you a thumbs up. ”Thanks Herald, I’ll make sure to pay you back”

You shake your head as you put the HEALTH POTIONS in your bag. ”No need, it’s the least I could do as the party leader. You gave your all back in the sewers and I appreciate it. Thanks for hanging in there”

”So what’s the plan now?” Barret asks. ”It’s getting pretty late- maybe we should just get some sleep and call it for the night”

>”Yeah, that sounds like a plan” (5gp, go to sleep)
>”I’ll head back with you guys, but I’m gonna cool down for a bit first” (Go to the inn but stay up for a bit and do shit)
>”You two go on ahead, I got God shit to do” (Make an offering/prayer. To which God?)
>”There’s something I have to take care of first” (Where do you go? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4711007
>”There’s something I have to take care of first” (Where do you go? What do you do?)
Cash in the quest
>>
>>4711007
>>4711014
+1 this. Get PAIIIIIID
>>
>>4711007
>”There’s something I have to take care of first” (Where do you go? What do you do?)
Grab our finished sword.
>>
>>4711044
+1 for this
>>
>>4711014
>>4711044
Support both
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
”There’s a few things I have to take care of first. You two go on ahead” you tell your party members. Clarissa and Barret look to each other and shrug.

”Whatever you say, boss man” the latter responds as they both wave you off and make their way out of the temple. Watching them leave, you can’t help but smile. You all made it out alive, and they seem relatively okay- a total victory in your books.

As you brave the harsh winds outside and make your way to the blacksmith, you recall that vicious hatred that almost consumed you back in the fight with Trawn. It’s something you haven’t struggled with in a long time. It used to be much more of a problem when you were younger- that is, until your master came along and taught you how to hold it back. Admittedly however, you’re not always the best with controlling your own emotions. Knowing that you can rely on your friends to keep your shit together is a huge relief.

Eventually you reach the blacksmith, who’s holding up your newly serrated sword. ”About damn time ya showed up” he grunts, handing the blade to you as you walk over. The guy may be a shitty, grumpy bastard- but he does damn fine work. The bow knot will do an excellent job keeping your fingers protected, and the serrated edges look like they’re capable of doing some serious damage.

(SERRATED BLADE: When you roll a 19 or a 20 on your attack die, you carve out a huge wound in your opponent, dealing extra damage equal to 20% of their Max Health)

”A custom weapon deserves a custom name” the blacksmith says as you examine the longsword.

>”Fang of Conquest”
>”Centipede”
>”Edge of the World”
>Write-in (What?)
>”...no. Naming a sword is stupid”

With your blade in hand, you wave goodbye to the good blacksmith and make your way towards the adventurer guild.

(1/2)
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Popping into the Adventurer’s Guild at around 9:00PM, you notice that it’s much quieter compared to the early morning. There’s still a few adventurers eating or drinking at tables, but it’s significantly calmer and less crowded. Charlotte gives you a wave. ”Herald, good to see you!” she greets as you walk up to the counter.

”A pleasure as always, Charlotte. I finished my quest and retrieved the bounty” you say, reaching into the bag of holding before remembering her reaction to the goblin behemoth head. You stop for a moment. ”I’m about to pull out the target’s severed head. Prepare yourself” you warn her.

She gulps, taking a moment before nodding her head slowly. You pull out Trawn’s head and place it onto the counter, which sparks an expression of disgust from Charlotte- but at least she doesn’t scream this time. ”A job well done, Herald. This’ll put your group well on their way to Silver Rank- keep it up! Oh, and let me grab the reward” she says, running into the back for a moment before producing a pouch with five hundred gold pieces. The question now is how you want to split the gold when you meet up with your teammates again.

>Split the gold between you and Barret
>Split the gold between you, Barret, and Clarissa
>The party does everything as a team. Everyone gets a share, including Jeanne

You take the cash and put it away for now after separating the shares however you see fit. The question now is what you want to do next. There’s still a little bit of time to kill if you want to go somewhere else- or you could just head back to the inn and wind down for the night.

>Head back to the inn
>Talk to Charlotte (About what?)
>Go somewhere else (Where? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)

(2/2)
>>
...I misremembered the name. It's knuckle-bow, not bow-knot. Pretend it says that!
>>
>>4711434
>>4711437
>Write-in: "Trawn Gutter"

>The party does everything as a team. Everyone gets a share, including Jeanne
Not Jeanne's fault she wasn't here, and Clarissa definitely pulled her weight.

>Head back to the inn
>>
>>4711434
>Decimator
>The party does everything as a team. Everyone gets a share, including Jeanne
>Talk to Charlotte (About what?)
How long has she been doing this for?
Who's her favorite adventurer?
Can we meet the guild master?
How soon are we up for a promotion?
Can we recommend facilities?
Can you give us a tour of the guild?
What can we do here?
Who are some of the more prominent teams?
Are there any guild competitions or contests we can compete in?
>>
>>4711453
Support
>>
Feelin a bit more tired than usual so gonna leave this one up until tomorrow morning.

As always thank you guys for reading and playing A Herald's Journey!
>>
>visit Jeffrey

We need to find out how the preparations are coming along and if he has any new ideas/information

>Silas bane
For the name of the sword
>>
>>4711455
I agree, Decimator is fucking rad and I'd like to hear more about Charlotte
>>
>>4711437
>Centipede or Decimator
>The party does everything as a team. Everyone gets a share, including Jeanne
>>
>>4711437
>”Centipede"
or
>"Decimator"
>The party does everything as a team. Everyone gets a share, including Jeanne
>Talk to Charlotte (>>4711455)

I have an idea for custom enchantment, but suppose Syllia is doing her "weirdo elf meditation thingy" and Charlotte won, so tomorrow maybe.
>>
>>4711434
>Centipede or Decimator
>>4711437
>The party does everything as a team. Everyone gets a share, including Jeanne.
>Talk to Charlotte (>>4711455)

I have an idea for custom enchantment (we should also check the daggers for magic), but Syllia is likely doing her "weirdo elf meditation thingy" and Charlotte won already, so tomorrow maybe.
>>
Writing!
>>
>>4711988
>>4711998
Sorry for double, thought it didn't send the first time >_>
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
You take a share of 125gp for yourself, separating the rest to give to each of your teammates, including Jeanne. She may not have been down in the sewers, but that’s only because she’s been working hard trying to learn a new spell before this invasion starts. Besides, you guys are a team- you all win or lose together.

Glancing down at Decimator in its sheath for a moment, you turn your attention back to Charlotte. ”Do you have some time to answer a few questions?”

She gives a curt nod. ”That’s part of my job! What can I help you with?”

”Well, I guess the first one’s kinda personal. How long have you been doing this for? The whole ‘Adventurer’s Guild Clerk’ thing?” you ask.

She cocks her head quizzically. ”About five years now, but it feels like forever! I think most people just consider me a part of the guild at this point” she chuckles.

”Do you uhh, have a favorite adventurer?” you hazard in an attempt to make small talk.

”That’s not really the type of thing I’m supposed to talk about. Here at the Adventurer’s Guild, we seek to treat everyone with fairness and equality” she answers. Fair enough, you suppose.

”Anyway I could meet the guild master?” you inquire.

She shakes her head. ”Unfortunately she’s away at the moment on some business in the capitol. She won’t be back for a couple more weeks, I’m afraid”

Moving on, you ask your next question. ”So how close are we exactly to that promotion?”

”Ahh, that’s a little difficult to tell. There’s no exact measure- it largely has to do with how the guild and your clients rate your performance, as well as the extent of the work you’ve completed. Each rank takes exponentially more work to achieve, you see. Going from tin to copper usually only takes one or two moderately sized quests, but each rank after that takes more and more work. I will tell you that completing that bounty for Trawn was a big step in the right direction though. If I had to guess, another sizable quest or two would get your team there, but it really depends on what kind of jobs you take and how well you do them” she answers.

”Right, makes sense. For the sake of improving, are there any facilities you would recommend?”

”The barracks in town allow anyone to use their equipment to train in the dedicated civilian section of their courtyard, if you wish to train your body. The library is a great resource for academic learning if you want to work on your mind. I know some adventurers are fond of the arena for more ‘practical’ battle experience, but it can be time consuming and take a real toll on your body. There is the potential to make money if you do well, but you can only fight on your own and not with your party.”

(1/4)
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
You nod your head. Those two resources have been indispensable to you and your companions thus far, but you still haven’t had time to give the arena a look. At this point it’s probably best to save it until after the invasion, but you’ll keep a mental note of it. ”So what all can we do here at the guild? Can you give us a tour?”

”Unfortunately I can’t leave the counter during work hours, but thankfully there’s not that much to show off” she admits with nervous laughter. ”Here at the counter you can take or cancel quests, as well as submit your own for other adventurers to handle” she begins. Next, she gestures to the other counter on the opposite side of the room. ”Over there you can buy food and drink, though the kitchen is only open from 8:00AM to 10:00PM. You can also just sit at the tables to converse with your party or other adventurers.”

Lastly, she moves her arm, pointing it over to the stairs in between the two split up sections. ”Up there is where we have the community housing. Bronze rank and higher adventurers can sleep at any guild hall free of charge. The accommodations are admittedly sparse, but it’s a roof over your head and a chance to spend time with other adventurers staying here. For the sake of everyone being able to sleep, there’s a strict lights-out, no talking curfew at midnight. If you break that rule too many times, you may be banned from staying at a particular guild hall”

”I see, thanks for the heads up” you tell her, scratching the back of your head awkwardly. ”So who are the prominent teams right now?”

(2/4)
>>
File: tegaki.png (23 KB, 400x400)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
She claps her hands together excitedly. ”Ooo, that’s a great question! As you know, the Kingdom is typically split into 4 regions: north, south, east, and west. Of course, we’re currently in the southern region” she begins.

”The southern region is generally considered the calmest and safest place in the kingdom, so typically we don’t have many adventurers above bronze rank. The best team down here are the Silver Crows, a party of three, gold-ranked rogue adventurers.” she tells you.

”Wait, they’ve gone against the guild and are working solo?”

”No no no, rogue as in like...classically trained as thieves. Daggers and crossbows, able to pick locks and be sneaky- that sort of thing” she answers, waving a hand dismissively.

”Next would be the Lustful Tempest, I suppose” she tells you, her cheeks reddening.

”Lustful Tempest?”

She nods her head, speaking a bit more quietly now. ”They’re the best adventuring party in the eastern region. Their party is a bit more diverse than the Silver Crows in terms of capabilities, made up of five gold-ranked adventurer men. They’re umm...famous for their uh…”

”They like to hit on women and fuck a lot?” you ask.

Charlotte’s cheeks turn an even brighter shade of red as she nods without saying a word. Eventually she clears her throat, the blush draining from her face as she moves on.

”Next is the Resolute Circle, the largest running ‘party’ in the guild, and considered the strongest in the western region. They’re really more of an organization at this point though. They have over fifty members, and their members' goals are basically to achieve enough renown to be taken in by nobles as knights. Most of them are bronze or silver-ranked, but a few are gold-ranked, and their leader is a platinum-rank adventurer who’s also an official knight to the king” she tells you.

(3/4)
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
”Wait, parties can be made up of differently ranked adventurers?” you ask.

She nods her head. ”Yes, but generally the guild will do its best to eventually get all the members of a party in the same ranking if possible. In the case of a group as large as the Resolute Circle though, exceptions have to be made- especially since they’re all seeking to prove themselves. We can’t expedite the process for any of them individually just because their leader is one of the highest ranked adventurers in the guild right now” she explains.

”Lastly, in the northern region the strongest party is ‘Love Eternal’. They’re made up of two platinum-ranked adventurers”

”Isn’t ‘Love Eternal’ a weird name? Also, can two people really be considered a party?”

Charlotte nods. ”Even a group as small as two can be considered a party. In the case of their name, it’s supposed to be a symbol of their love. They’re actually a married couple” she explains. ”Very nice people, too. I met them once when they were visiting the southern region on vacation- they were extremely kind.”

As she finishes her explanation, a realization dawns on you. ”Wait a minute, you said those were the best adventuring groups, but none of them were diamond-ranked. Isn’t that the highest ranking?”

Charlotte smiles politely. ”You must not have heard a lot about adventuring before joining up. Diamond-rank is only given to the most highly qualified adventurers who’ve ever lived- those that have performed deeds of incredible renown. Only ten people in the guild’s five hundred year history have ever been given that honor, and no one alive currently holds the rank of diamond” she informs you. ”Even platinum-ranks are extremely rare. Most adventurers end or maintain their career at silver or gold-rank, which is still an incredible feat”

”I see” you respond, putting a hand to your chin in thought. ”Are there any competitions or contests we can compete in?” you ask.

She shakes her head, ”The guild rarely organizes such events. Sometimes other members invent their own friendly contests and competitions between each other, but that’s about it”

”I understand. Thank you for your time, Charlotte” you say, bowing a little.

”It’s no problem, Herald! It’s my job after all” she giggles.

>Head back to the inn
>Stay at the adventurer’s guild for the night and try to meet people
>Go somewhere else (Where? What do you do?)
>Other (write in)

(4/4)
>>
>>4712129
Only the most primo updates.
>Head back to the inn
Let's get some sleep before the invasion gets here.
>>
>>4712129
>Head back to the inn
>>
TL;DR for your sanity
>How long you been doing this, Charlotte?
5 years

>Got a favorite adventurer?
Can't say, it's unprofessional

>Can I meet the guild master?
In the capitol atm. Won't be back for a few weeks

>How close are we to promotion?
Lots of factors, but 1 or 2 more 'big' quests would likely do it

>Any facilities you would recommend?
Barracks and library. Some adventurers say arena is good, but meh

>What can we do at the guild
Take and give quests, eat and drink, sleep.

>Who are the big teams?
South: Silver Crows. 3 gold-rank rogues
East: Lustful Tempest. 5 gold-ranked adventurers, mad horny.
West: Resolute Circle. Big ass group of over 50 people that wanna be knights. Mostly bronze and silver rank, a few golds. Leader is plat and a knight to the King
North: Love Eternal. Platinum-ranked married couple

>No diamond ranks?
Diamond is uber rare, only 10 people have gotten it. No diamonds alive right now.

>Competitions and contests?
Sometimes adventurers make shit up but the guild rarely does that kinda thing
>>
>>4712129
>Climb a roof
>Look at the sea and take in the storm breeze
>Meditate to clear your mind before tomorrow.
We need this, bros.

>>4712136
D-Damn I already lost it!
>>
>>4712136
The Silver Crows sound based.

>>4712149
This is a good idea, but the last thing we need is to slip on a rainslick stone and hit our head on the ground. I won't support this outright but if the rest of us think this is a good idea, I will.
>>
>>4712149
>>4712129
>>4712162
Fair, fair.

>Find a FLAT, non-slippery roof first
Although I don't remember there being rain, think QM said it's mostly wind over sea.
>>
Gonna give this one another hour- speak now or forever hold your peace!
>>
>>4712171
Fair point. I'll support this.
>>
>>4712171
+1 for a safety conscious introspective moment of thought to clear the mind and prepare for battle and survey the battle field
>>
File: tegaki.png (18 KB, 400x400)
18 KB
18 KB PNG
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xYe6Zxh1eVw

Thanking Charlotte for her time, you wave goodbye and exit the guild hall- only to toss your grappling hook up onto the roof of the building and climb up. The stones are ever so slightly wet from the persistent light drizzle, but it’s not enough to pose any concern as you climb to the top.

The guild hall is nowhere close to the tallest building in Rathalon, but from where it’s positioned it’s high enough up to give you a solid view of the cast and the ocean ahead, the tropical storm still whipping and thrashing the waves about with divine fury. In the actual storm you can only imagine how loud and nerve-wracking it would be, but from up here and so far away there’s almost a beauty to it.

Sitting down, you let yourself really breathe for what feels like the first time since your journey started. Admittedly when you first left Grayshire, all you cared about was your cause. You were a bit rough with poor old Gerald, and you had even considered just killing him and taking his things at one point. After having taken the life of that harpy broodmother and Trawn however, you realize that taking away a sapient life form’s life is no small thing. It’s something you’re perfectly capable of, but it does carry a certain weight.

Your mind drifts to your parents, whose faces you can no longer conjure in your mind. Would they be happy to know that their child took on the cause of the man who killed them? Would they be satisfied with your actions? Would they still smile and hug you, and tell you how much they loved you?

Originally you took up the cause to spread the word to other people, so that they could prepare themselves with the cruel reality of this world. As Silas himself put it, if more people simply understood the truth of this world, then such tragedies would not happen. At first, after your master found you and helped you curb your anger, you thought you’d be able to save people with your message. Now however, you truly believe in it with all your heart. To an extent you still preach Conquest to save others, but now there’s an element of giving meaning to one’s life. After all, it had become your sole reason for carrying on.

Though perhaps that’s not the case anymore. You didn’t expect to get so attached to your party members, but nevertheless after only a couple of weeks or so, you find yourself caring deeply about their health and well being- as they seem to care about yours. Hugging and comforting Jeanne back on the trip to the goblin cave was the first time you’d felt warmth since you could even remember, and with that came memories you thought to be long gone.

(1/2)
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
Of course, you only joined the Adventurer’s Guild with them to gain renown for the sake of spreading your cause. Once you’re a high enough rank to be of note, things should prove a lot easier. People respect the thoughts and opinions of those with great power and influence, after all, which the high-ranking members of the guild certainly hold. As long as you remember what your priorities are, you should be fine.

Still...a part of you is fearful. You had shut your heart after what happened all those years ago so that you’d never feel pain again. Though the love for and from your companions has strengthened and encouraged you thus far, could you take another great loss? If you were to lose the people you cared about again, would you still be able to hold your flag high? The thought admittedly brings some anxiety, but dwelling on worst-case scenarios won’t get you anywhere.

What matters now is the future. Silas is out there planning something, and he’s building some sort of army to accomplish it. An army that includes the likes of goblins, as well as Gods know what else. What’s his game? You haven’t come across any news of rebellions or any large wars in the kingdom. To be fair you’re not the most informed compared to most people, but surely by now you would’ve heard talk of such things around town. So what’s he planning, and why is he attacking Rathalon? Is it a rebellion of his own?

The possibility makes your blood boil. He killed your family and everyone you ever knew over a rebellion, yet now starts one of his own? The sheer hypocrisy of that would be enough to send you off the deep end, back into that old, familiar hatred- but instead you take a few deep breaths and calm yourself down. You don’t have enough proof to convict him to anyone just yet, and you don’t know his true motives either. Aside from spreading word of your cause, finding out what that monster is up to will be a top priority.

With all your thoughts sorted and your goals made clear, you pick yourself up off the roof and climb back down, stowing your grappling hook away afterwards. It’s getting late, and you can feel the need to sleep creeping up on you.

>Rest at the inn (5gp)
>Wind down at the inn
>Sleep at the Adventurer’s Guild
>Other (write in)

(2/2)
>>
>>4712396
>Rest at the inn (5 gp)
It's good to clear our thoughts. Tomorrow, we prepare, and tomorrow's tomorrow, we slay, we slay again, and we slay again and again.
>>
>>4712422
the time has come
>>
>>4712396
>Rest at the inn (5gp)
>>
>>4712396
>>4712422
>>4712438
>>4712452
>>4712283
We should prolly do something about Herald's GF. Long-term relationships don't have a future and our conquest thing might lead us even further away... unless she joined us, like that Love Eternal couple. That'd take a bunch of high persuasion rolls and QM's blessing, but definitely be worth trying.
Gotta admit tho, I haven't joined the quest until Herald nearly got robbed on the streets of Rathalon, so I'm not really attached to her emotionally.
>>
>>4712499
Funny you mention her... :)
>>
>>4712503
https://youtu.be/o5Tm8zV8FlA
*Gasp* You devil, what have you been doing behind the scenes? You plotted all the while we were busy clearing caves, forest gnomes and sewers!
>>
>>4712499
I was planning to suggest taking a break and visit her / giver her our gift after finishing up with the invasion. I'm not sure how viable it would be to take her along with us. Maybe we can get her trained as some kind of healer?
>>
>>4712585
Just make her do pushups till she can wield a warhammer like a pure-blooded mountain giant. The only limit is motivation and we can supply that in heaps+.
That is unless QM has a plot-twist for us.
>>
>>4712396
i think it might help to get a book on large scale battles, and maybe a book on a famous leader that we could look up to.
>>
File: tegaki.png (27 KB, 400x400)
27 KB
27 KB PNG
With your reservations put to rest, it’s time to do the same with your body. Heading back to the inn at around 10:00PM, you’re met with much of the same raucous laughter and general hubbub as usual around this time of night, though for once you choose not to engage in it. You spot your party members hanging around the bar engrossed in conversation and approach them, tossing a small sack of coins to each one.

”The rewards for the quest. We do everything together as a team, and that includes how our pay is distributed” you tell them, each member pawing through their share of the reward.

”Ayyy, thanks Herald!” Clarissa responds with a toothy smile.

Jeanne makes an effort to get out of her seat and approach you, her eyes starry as she dawns an expression of pride and accomplishment. ”Just so you know, I managed to do it! Learn a spell in two damn days! You know how hard that is?” she says, putting her hands to her hips. You can clearly tell that she’s not actually frustrated.

”Great job, Jeanne” you say, patting her head through the wide-brimmed hat, flattening it in the process. ”What’d you learn?”

”The spell Hold! It’ll let me take care of a problem enemy in a fight” she states triumphantly.

(Hold (Major Spell): Spectral hands shoot out of the ground and grab onto a target, preventing them from moving and acting. Each turn the target makes a resistance check to break free, and cannot move until they do so. Check DC is equal to 10 + the caster’s INT.


They can’t attack or move the same turn they’ve broken free. Hold can not be used on the same target more than once per battle)

”Nice work” you say, offering your companion a thumbs up.

”We’re celebrating with drinks. You gonna join us man?” Barret asks.

You shake your head. ”I’m calling it early for the night. I’ll see you guys in the morning, alright?” you say, waving your friends good night as you head up the stairs. They all wave back, looking somewhat confused, before returning to their revelry.

(1/2)
>>
File: tegaki.png (22 KB, 400x400)
22 KB
22 KB PNG
After a good night’s rest, you come back downstairs to see your companions all enjoying their breakfast as usual, taking a seat between Barret and Clarissa. Soup and a cup of water as always, though you can’t complain about some sense of stability.

”Morning!” Clarissa greets before getting back to chowing down on her own breakfast.

”Heya, boss man! We gonna start with training as usual?” Barret asks.

>”Yes, we’ll start with training as alwa-

Your prompt selection is interrupted by the doors suddenly being slammed open, a familiar rough, feminine voice calling out to you. ”I thought you might be here!”

Turning around, you see Trina standing in the doorway with a big grin on her face, making her way over to you. ”As soon as I received your letter three days ago, I just had to come see you!” she says, wrapping you up in a big hug right as you get out of your seat.

”I hired some adventurers to take me through the mountains and came as soon as I could! The stories you wrote about sounded so exciting, I wanted to see and hear them firsthand!” she tells you.

>”Trina! It’s good to see you.”
>”You came all this way because of my letter?”
>”I’m sorry, but you need to leave right away- it’s dangerous”
>Other (write in)

(2/2)
>>
Oh also

*Gold: 290* for staying at the inn another night
>>
>>4712674
>”Trina! It’s good to see you.”
But on the inside:
>"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA"
>>
>>4712674
>"Trina! It's good to see you but there's a monster invasion coming from the sea from the man that burned my village and I barely managed to delay with a storm-favor I called in from Aemis."
Also
>>4712696
FUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU
>>
>>4712673
>Tossing a small sack of coins to each one.
That's how mafia works. Conquer capitalism.

>>4712674
>”Trina! It’s good to see you! You came all this way because of my letter?”
>Introduce her to our team
>Send Barrett and Jeanne to exercise, trust the choice of exercise to Clarissa
Internally:
>"Shit shit shit fuck AAAAH FUUUCK"

We NEED to tell her about today and hide her in the safest place so she doesn't get hostage'd and promise we'll spend time with her as soon as the danger is over.
>>
>>4712674
>”Trina! It’s good to see you.”
>Explain the situation to her
>Set her up in an inn (at least until the invasion is over) at the North end of the city
This has turned into a difficult situation. Hopefully we can soundly defeat this invasion force.
>>
>>4712674
>>4712722
Oh, and make Clarissa show her how to use our crossbow later, so she can shoot potential danger in the dick.
>>
>>4712673
>HOLD
Perfect. If we had this, Trawn would have went down sooo easy.

>>4712674
>”Trina! It’s good to see you."
And give her a bear hug.
>>
>Good to see you
>Hug
>Attempt to summarize situation and get her somewhere safe

writing!
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
”Trina! It’s good to see you!” you respond, reciprocating her affection with a great big bear hug as you lift her up and do a quick spin. It dawns on you that your party members are here, and your face flushes a bit underneath your helmet as you set her back down.

The blacksmith-in-training laughs at your overt affection. ”Good to see you again too, Herald. I really did miss you” she says, brushing a stray lock of hair out of her face. ”Sadly I can’t stay more than a few days, but I just had to come see you”

This is the part where you suck air through your teeth. ”Actually, about that…” you say before delving into a quick rundown on the situation.

”...So this town is about to get attacked by some army coming from the sea? And they’ve got goblins with them too?” she asks, looking around nervously. ”I...I don’t have a way to get back to Talmuth for a few more days. What am I going to do?” she asks in a panic, looking up at you for some sort of guidance.

You place a hand on her shoulder. ”It’s okay, I’ve got a friend in the north part of town you can stay with. Just hide out there until everything blows over. If you hear any fighting, you run out of town as fast as you can without looking back. There’s a hamlet just two days up north that should be safe” you tell her before turning to face your companions.

”You three, continue with morning training as usual. Clarissa will lead the exercises- I’ll have to catch up later today” you order. The ranger seems surprised to hear that she’s in charge, but nods her head nevertheless.

”S-sure thing, Herald. Be safe, alright?” she asks, to which you return a thumbs up. With that settled, you lead Trina down the street before reaching the place you’d been told about prior.

A few moments after knocking on the door, you hear the wooden frame creak open as a little girl looks up at you. ”Umm… who are you?” she asks. Before you get the chance to answer, a familiar figure stumbles over behind her.

”Okay sweetheart, why don’t you go see your mother?” he says, leading her away before engaging with you and Trina. ”So uh, any reason for the sudden visit?”

You nod, gesturing to Trina. ”Can she stay with you guys for a few days? I’ll pay you” you ask.

Josh laughs, waving a hand dismissively. ”I imagine she’s your girlfriend or something? Sure, we can take her in- and don’t worry about paying. You helped me out, so we can just call this breaking even” he says, moving out of the way to let her inside.

Trina looks at you one last time and offers a weak smile before entering the building. With your cute blacksmith gf hopefully safe, you ponder what to do next.

>Meet up with crew
>Go to the library
>Do some shopping (Where?)
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4713072
>Meet up with crew

Dang. We didn't even get a chance to give her the gift, make plans to meet later, go on a date, ask her about her journey, talk about what we've been doing in the town, show her the sword, show her our flute playing, tell her joke, "Hup, here you go, stay at this stranger and his family's house."
>>
>>4713072
>Meet up with crew
>>
>>4713084
Apologies, I assumed after you told her 'hey everything is about to get fucky and people are going to be fighting in the streets' that it wouldn't be a prime time to go over romantic stuff.

If you guys want to vote for that you're welcome to have Herald pivot and spend some time with her at Josh's place before you set out for the day. I was just trying to go with last round's votes
>>
>>4713094
I mean, it makes sense that we would want to be as prepared as possible for the upcoming fight. Spending time with gf would look bad to her and the party too.
>>
>>4713094
Nah, I like to complain to complain and her safety is a priority. Plus, it's a reminder for later when we do have a chance to bring this up so we don't forgot to.
>>
>>4713094
That's what my plan was, to take care of her first.
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
Knowing that Trina is probably as safe as she can be in the city, you make your way over to the usual spot in the barracks where the Super Conqueror Bros do their training.

Thankfully, it seems they’re still in the middle of their reps, so you’re able to join them and spar a little with Barret- though you still let Clarissa lead the exercises. Giving her the chance to develop some leadership skills could prove useful should you ever be indisposed, and she is the oldest in the group.

Everyone finishes their training without issue save for Jeanne, who still physically cannot do fifty pull-ups on the bar. She does a few more than yesterday, but still ends up falling off and needing to be helped by Barret.

You and your group finish training at around 9:00AM with plenty of daylight to kill. Well, perhaps daylight isn’t the right word here. The drizzling from last night has started to turn into a full on rain, and the wind has picked up a little in the city. It’s even more vicious over the waters however, and you assume that Aemis is working overtime to thin the enemies’ ranks before they arrive. Knowing that, you have a distinct feeling that they’ll be here soon.

Your companions look to you for guidance.

>What do you do?
>>
>>4713261
Try to buy night-vision goggles for Clarissa and/or asks if there is something she would want.
Try to find a Basket-hilted sword for Barret and/or ask if there is a particular sword he likes to use. Buy him the basket-hilted sword anyways.
Ask the team to stock up on some potions and emergency first aid kits. We have some, but more never hurts.
Scout out some areas on the beach or port or along the coastline were the fleet would be coming in from with our spyglass.
Pray to Hadis. Thank him, ask that he continues guiding our hands as we escort more to his lands, and offer Trawn's head at his altar.
>>
>>4713289
And
Ask Jeanne if there's anything she wants for us to try to buy her besides a tome, scroll, or new spell book.
Talk with Clarissa about what we should use the wolf leather's for, selling it or trying to make a cloak with it.
Ask Clarissa what languages does she know.
Ask the team their thoughts about the coming battle and where we should go.
Try to talk with Jeffrey one more time to inform him of the Thieves guild being gone.
>>
>>4713295
>>4713289
And
Ask Clarissa if she would like Trawn's daggers instead of our old ones she currently has and the extra heavy crossbow.
>>
Gonna call it here for the night. Also as a heads up I'll be busy with work this weekend, so posts will likely be sparse.

As always guys thanks for playing and reading!
>>
>>4713306
Thanks for always running. I know I always say it, but this is really a great quest.
>>
>>4713289
>>4713295
>>4713300
Your going to make poor QM go insane with all this
Support
>>
>>4713370
Also supporting

Oh man, our girl is gonna get sooooo kidnapped
>>
QM drawing a line in the sand for sake of sanity, I'll lump all the character questions and visiting Jeffrey together, and then if you guys still want we can knock out finding the goggles, praying to hadis, or scouting the coast area with your spyglass.

For writability it's easier to bundle similar actions together and make big distinct things separate- it also makes it easier for you guys to interact to individual events.

Other than that, will get to writing soon, just gotta tend to a few things first!
>>
>>4713676
We broke QM!
Yeah that sounds good QM, tell us if it ever gets too difficult and we will tone it back.
>>
>>4713676
I say fuck all that systemic-interrogation-of-npcs and night-vision-goggles-in-fantasy crap. It's nonsense and clogs up the quest.
>>
>>4713676
lol All right. I'd choose scouting the coast over the other two or offer our spyglass to Clarissa to do it so find a spot we can build a trap and wait if Jeffrey hasn't already taken care of it.

>>4713709
I really dig the world-building the QM does by giving the character distinct personalities, responding to our prompts in their own unique way, and having them act as the lives they led and their station in life may indicate.
"Oh no. Not night vision goggles. Ghostly hands shooting up from the ground to grab someone, gods actually responding if we offer them tribute with boons, and dwarves, halfings, goblins and elfs are fine in fantasy, but eyepieces that may or may not exist to help someone see in the dark, this is where I draw the line"
>u
>>
File: tegaki.png (24 KB, 400x400)
24 KB
24 KB PNG
The Super Conqueror Bros begin making their way to Jeffrey’s office to let him know about the Thieves’ Guild since you all were already at the barracks because of your training anyway.

On your way inside, you recall the daggers you snagged from Trawn back in the sewers and approach Clarissa. ”I know you typically fight from afar, but I figured these might be a nice upgrade to the daggers I gave you before” you tell her, producing the distinct knives from your bag of holding.

The ranger lets out a low whistle, taking the goods and turning them over in her hands. ”Not a bad haul at all, Herald. These’ll do in a pinch. I’ll keep the other daggers on hand too if you don’t mind, just in case I can’t use my bow for whatever reason” she tells you before sheathing Trawn’s daggers on her belt.

While you’re talking with her, you decide to ask another question that’s been on your mind. ”So you mentioned that you know a lot of languages, right? Got a list for me?”

Clarissa laughs awkwardly, scratching the back of her neck. ”I uhh, don’t keep a list on me or anything, but I know most of the sapient species languages, I know Goblin, and it’s not really a language but I can sort of communicate simple ideas and intents with animals” she informs you. ”I prefer not to do that last one though because it makes me look like a crazy person”

”I see, thanks for the heads up”

With Clarissa taken care of, you approach Jeanne and Barret, who are currently giggling and talking about something in hushed whispers, but quickly stop as you approach. ”D-didn’t see you there, boss man! Anything we can do for ya?” Barret asks.

”I was just wondering if there’s anything I could get you guys- like a new sword, or maybe a spellbook” you say, turning towards Jeanne as you say that last part.

The mage shakes her head. ”I think I’m fine for now. The library’s got plenty of resources, and you don’t need to spend all your gold on us. It’s not like we haven’t been putting quest money away too, y’know. I mean, if you come across any books and scrolls and bring them my way then I won’t complain, but don’t worry about it too much” she tells you.

Barret echoes the sentiment. ”Yeah, same here. If you happen to have a cool sword on hand that’s nice and all but...I kinda like the one I’ve got now” he says, craning over his shoulder to look at the blade. ”I’m a sentimental guy, y’know?”

(1/2)
>>
>>4713727
Well, all those other things you listed actually make sense in fantasy setting, night vision goggles don't. We don't even need them, we have plenty of ways to produce light.
>>
File: tegaki.png (17 KB, 400x400)
17 KB
17 KB PNG
Before you get the chance to ask the group about their thoughts on the invasion and what’s coming next or about what to do with the wolf leathers, you find yourself at Jeffrey’s door. Deciding not to worry about it for now, you knock on the wooden frame. The muffled sounds of footsteps can be heard from within before your contact swings open the door.

”Ah, good to see you again Herald! I’d invite you in, but I’m still busy dealing with...y’know, everything. Was there something you needed?” he asks. You can tell he’s doing his best to give you the time of day, but his expression makes it clear he’s very busy and doesn’t have a lot of time to dawdle around.

You wave your hand dismissively in response. ”No no, just came to inform you that the Thieves’ Guild has been taken care of. Trawn’s dead and their men are scattered. One of the higher ups managed to escape temporarily, but he’s grievously injured and chock full of infections, so he won’t be any issue. For all intents and purposes, you can assume they’ve been eliminated”

The sergeant’s face lights up at the news. ”This is great! I’ll make sure to let the men know- this’ll do wonders for morale” he says before putting a hand on your shoulder. ”You did great, kid. Thieves’ Guild has been a plague for months, and they had the town guard absolutely stumped. The whole town appreciates what you’ve done, and I’m sure there’ll be plenty of time for us to celebrate after we deal with this invasion” he tells you with a wry grin.

With that finished, Jeffrey heads back into his room and returns to his work, leaving you and your crewmates to decide what’s next. ”Just to be safe, I think we should all stick together today” Jeanne pipes up.

”Indeed. I don’t know why, but I feel that the danger is close Clarissa responds.

”Better to be safe than sorry” Barret chimes in.

Looks like you’ll have your party members around today- for better or for worse. Now all that’s left to do is decide on the next course of action.

>Head to the temple and make a prayer/offering (To which God?)
>Check out the coastline with your spyglass
>Try to ask about that ‘night-vision goggles’ thing from Caitlyn
>Visit the library (Searching for a specific topic or just browsing around?)
>Other (write in)

(2/2)
>>
>>4713709
>he doesn't like grilling the NPCs
Phillistine
>>
>>4713678
No worries!

Truthfully I'm flattered by the big requests and all, and am glad you guys are so invested! I also am not necessarily opposed to doing big updates if that's what people want, but at the same time I do still want there to be a narrative nuance to it and for people to be able to interact instead of just writing a giant schedule of actions for characters like queuing up orders in a turn-based rpg or something.

I don't mind combining commands or wanting to get stuff done, but if it could be toned down a little to more reasonable levels I'd sincerely appreciate it!
>>
>>4713727
I don't criticize QM, I criticize your tendency to drop a fuckall list of unnecessary questions that end up taking up to 4 posts of nothing but lore dumping to answer. Last time he even tl;dred it. QM definitely deserves a praise for ass-pulling the world details on the spot.
Night vision goggles are a modern tech gadget, not magic. You asked for them specifically, not a nightvision spell, not an enchanted item (that could cost up to a few hundred pieces of gold), but for nightvision goggles. And only so that our ranger can see in the dark for no reason since you already made us carry tibderbox, torches and lamp oil on top of Jeanne's light-enchanted staff. Lawd.
>>
>>4713746
lel Clarissa is greedy as heck.

>>4713750
>Other (write in)
Ask the team their thoughts about the coming battle and where we should go.

>>4713749
There are spells and incantations that fill libraries, engravings that enhances humans, weapons, and armor, it's not a stretch to think a ranger or scout who solos or isn't in a party to request some eyewear that helps them see in the dead of night or darkest of caves. I wanted to give Clarissa a pair as a gift and in case she goes ahead to do some scouting at night or a pitch black area where Jeanne isn't with us or can't use the light.
>>
>>4713758
We haven't bought any sunrods since Jeanne joined the party, the torch was already in the sewers since Trawn would need them to see in the dark, and the tinderbox could be useful in case we need to start a small campfire. The lamp oil was, has, and is used for attacking creatures, which obviously helped us in the case versus the rat, and you would know this being the very reason as I didn't ask to buy the lamp along with the oil if you bothered to take a second to reread the list I asked to buy and used your head to think,
Then ask to reword it. Are you that lazy and spiteful you can't say, "Hey, nightvision goggles are a modern tech, we should ask for a nightvision spell Clarissa can buy or an enchnated item that allows her to see in the dark instead."?
>>
>>4713765
> it's not a stretch to think a ranger or scout who solos or isn't in a party to request some eyewear that helps them see in the dead of night or darkest of caves.
Yes it is. Enchantments and magic spells are common in fantasy, even the idea of night vision goggles is not.

>>4713750
>Check out the coastline with your spyglass
>>
>>4713758
Do you even know what a Quest Master is?
It's a person who brings to life a world of imagination for others to embark on a journey of their choosing.
It doesn't matter if it's in space, under the sea, set in the far-flung future, or the beginning of time as a microscopic amoeba, what matters is that they make the universe as believable, as real, as fleshed out as possible by consistently staying true to the internal laws that govern it, from the orphan who doesn't eat to the king who rules the land, and everything and anything in between.
There's nothing "unnecessary" about "Lore dumping" as you're trying to put it, isn't a negative connotation, but a necessary tool to have the players and Quest Master feel that the choices we make matter to the lives of the people we interact with, and ultimately, as the character we guide,
I like asking those questions and if you don't like it, you can piss off.
>>
>>4713750
>Check out the coastline with your spyglass
also, use our goblin sense ability too so we can get a more accurate guess of their current position and if we should panic or panic but not as much.
>>
>>4713758
It doesn't sound like he's willing to stop, but anyways, you can just vote against dialogue autism when it comes up again.
>>
>>4713782
An enchantment or magical spell placed on glasses to see in the dark is impossible and at least one person has not thought of it? You're full of bologna.
>>
>>4713750
Guys, lemme pitch you an idea:
>We anonymously put up a bounty on Silas Moonsorrow at the Adventurers' Guild. As much as we can, to get people's attention and help us defend the city in process. And then we hunt him down ourselves.
If we succeed, we have support in this upcoming superbossfight, and money returns to us. If we don't... then our fat pockets lose some weight and get an opportunity to meet a really strong adventurer, since Silas is no joke.
>>
Not to interrupt, but this thread is on Page 10--might wanna consider archiving and starting a new one soon!
>>
>>4713801
Kinda like saying
>An enchantment or magical spell placed on paper to copy it and make duplicates is impossible and at least one person has not thought of it? You're full of bologna.
Why not just invent a magic printing press? Magic isn't omnipotent, and seeing in the dark without producing light is a very out of the box and new innovation, and I highly doubt this fantasy society is even aware of different types of light to be able to make night vision technology, with magic or otherwise.

>>4713806
I don't really see how this is going to help us at all. Silas serves the kingdom in an official capacity, and we have no evidence to suggest he is anything other than an upright guy. If anything, this will hurt *our* reputation. A bounty publicly put on a knight isn't going to do anything more to rally people to defend against an invader.
>>
>>4713810
Why not? 1 innovative idea trumps 1000 conventional ones.
If it's possible, cool. If not, oh well. I'm not so deadset on this now as I want the item, but because others aren't even willing to entertain the thought. They obviously have magnification technology, as based on the spyglass, and utility enhancements such as brooms flying through the air without an engine and illusions, invisibility, and magic that lets you see any number of years in the past based on your age. It doesn't even have to be with light. You could have glasses with goblin eyes attached enhanced with magic to give you the same vision as them. There's way to use the world around you to your advantage, you have to reach out and grasp it.
>>
>>4713808
Heh, I already archived it >:) suptg archives automatically update even if new posts are added after archiving

Joke aside I'm trying to get it to a good cliffhanger spot before the next thread but I'm unfortunately pretty busy today and tomorrow. Sincerely appreciate the warning!
>>
>>4713810
He's quite clearly not serving anybody officially by committing treason, funding kidnappings and rapes by goblins, scheming with said goblins, assaulting cities and murdering everyone.
Plus holy fuck, do you think anyone will give two shits how official and unofficial hos little genocidal campaign is when it's THEIR LIVES he's wants to take?
>>
>>4713810
I will also add that this anon is correct. As mentioned in your meditation sesh, you don't have enough solid evidence to convict Silas, and as of right now he is one of the kingdom's most trusted and high ranking knights- this would be social suicide

As an update got some more recording and school work to do but will try to tally votes and update in the next few hours hopefully!
>>
>>4713821
Again, we have NO EVIDENCE that he has done any of this or is behind this attack. The only reason *we* know it's him is we saw him with our past vision. Obviously people would be upset if they knew, but I highly doubt they would be convinced by some random upstart adventurer baselessly accusing an established knight. Besides, we already have the support of the town guard, who exactly are you aiming to recruit here? The townsfolk? Are they going to grab kitchen knives and rocks? Let's let our prepared defenses handle the invasion.
>>
>>4713821
>>4713822
We could try to put up a quest saying meet at the coast to ready to kill, but Jeffrey might have already taken care of that due to the quests about prepping coast and joining the military.
Doing something like that might net us a new adventurer to join the party though.
>>
>>4713821
I agree with >>4713824, we don't have any hard evidence.
>>
>>4713831
>>4713826
>>4713822
Yeah so we can't put up a poster for Moonsorrow because guild won't allow it. Sure. Fair.
>Put up a poster saying there's a mysterious goblin raid coming from the sea and that whoever will bring their leader's head will get the money.
If that's too vague,
>Add a short description "Wearing dark armor, made out of some black material. His helmet is kind of angular".
If they wouldn't believe it,
>Tell them to go ask fucking Castor.

By the time they see Silas and if they even recognize him, it will be all too obvious that he is, indeed evil and out for blood. At that point they either run or fight alongside us.
Win-win.
>>
Things got a little hectic but I'm gonna go with

>How do you guys feel? What should we do next?
and
>Check out the coastline

Will try to get it written and posted in a bit!
>>
>>4713749
Would it make you feel better if they were called "enchanted goggles of night vision" ?
>>
>>4713795
Goblin sense, good call!
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
You know that the next thing you want to do is head over to the coast and see if you can’t get a bead on how long it’ll take for these enemies to arrive. On the way over however, you decide to test the waters a little. ”How do you all feel about this invasion? Anything you think we should be doing?” you ask.

Barret laughs at this, which causes you to tilt your head quizzically at him. ”Is there uh, something funny?” you ask sincerely.

The fighter quickly puts his hands up and shakes his head to indicate otherwise. ”No no, you’re fine- it’s just, it’s kind of weird to hear you asking our thoughts. No offense intended, but usually you’re such a take charge kinda guy” he states.

”I see. I just wanted to make sure you all were feeling alright and see if you had any input…” you say, trailing off a little at the end of your sentence.

”Aww, who knew the tin can was such a softie?” Clarissa teases, slapping the back of your plate armor- which causes a resounding dunnnn to ring out. ”Sure I’m a little nervous and all, but as long as we stick together I know we’ve got this”

Jeanne tosses you a smug smile. ”With my superior magical abilities, there’s no way we won’t win. The storm’s probably taken out most of them too!” she adds in.

”I’m uhh...a little worried, to be honest” Barret admits. ”I think we should’ve had the military focus more on evacuating people. We don’t know how much these enemies will respect the general rules of war and try not to hurt civilians, and I’m afraid there might be some casualties. I know it’s too late for us to evacuate any ‘meaningful’ number of people now, but it still doesn’t sit right with me” he tells you.

At this, Jeanne’s expression darkens a little as well. ”Yeah...hopefully we can hold them off at the coast. If they get past the docks and into the city propers, then who knows what kind of destruction they’ll cause?”

Putting those worries aside for a moment, you arrive at the coast to the sight of hundreds of soldiers preparing cannons and laying out wooden barricades. All the ships are docked at port, and boats are being blocked from leaving the town.

Figuring that you’re in a good enough spot now, you pull out your spyglass and take a peek at the ocean ahead. The storm makes it too hard to tell for sure, but you feel as though you can just make out some ships at the end of the spyglass’ range. Your goblin sense also doesn’t reveal any goblins within a mile radius of you, but the fact that you can now see them with your spyglass makes you guess that they’ll probably be here by later tonight. If you had to guess, you can maybe get two more big actions done to prepare.

>”There’s still work to be done” (What do you do? Where?)
>Timeskip to the invasion
>Other (write in)
>>
>>4713944
>Timeskip to the invasion
I'm tired of write-ins and Bravo Six fetish.
>>
I have the horrible feeling we are going to be looking out to sea and get flanked, can we see if Jeffrey can spare a couple of guys to scout out in other directions? Perhaps on horseback?
>>
>>4713963
Support
>>
>>4713963
this is a good idea.
>>
>>4713963
Just go to Castor or use the Goblin Sense...
>>
>>4713944
>Other (write in)
Pray to Hadis. Thank him, ask that he continues guiding our hands as we escort more to his lands, and offer Trawn's head at his altar.
>>
>bravo six
>god of death
Damn that's edgy.
>>
>>4714014
Good call if we are in the woods or something but I think in the city in a battle situation a one mile radius isn't really that far
>>
>>4714021
Pray to Hadis. Thank him, ask that he continues guiding our hands as we escort more to his lands, and offer Trawn's head and the Behelit at his altar.
>>
Apologies for delays. Gonna try and get out one more update at some point today but this weekend is really balls to the walls!

If you don't hear from me the rest of tonight, then thanks as always for reading and playing guys! Also try not to fight too much, we're all here to have a good time
>>
>>4714069
+1 how can we conquest if we are trying to conquest eachother? We can't be divided before battle
>>
>>4713963
I agree, Silas is the type to think of his toes.

>>4714014
>relying on goblins for a sensitive flanking maneuver
>when you could have the goblins swarming the coast
I don't know man, I just don't think it's likely.

>>4714021
I agree, praying to Hadis is a good call. Ask him to guide our hand and bury the doubts in our soul, because we're about to kill a lot of people.
>>
>>4714141
>>relying on goblins for a sensitive flanking maneuver
>>when you could have the goblins swarming the coast
What. I meant to go to Castor to ask him if there's any retards coming from different directions. Or just use our sense because it's precise and with 1-mile radius.
But Castor for 100% accuracy.
>>
>>4714185
Don't forget our power only allows us to detect goblins, could well be other monsters/humans in his army.

That being said it wouldn't hurt to pray to castor and see if he can give us a heads up.

I'm standing by my scouting suggestion though
>>
Rolled 2 (1d2)

Alright, for the two actions looks like we're
>Asking Jeffrey to send out scouts
>Praying/Offering to a God
1: Hadis
2: Castor
>>
File: tegaki.png (20 KB, 400x400)
20 KB
20 KB PNG
Even though you know the enemies are largely coming by sea, you wouldn’t put it past Silas to have some sort of flank or other forces set up. Would it be difficult for him to pull off in secrecy? Yes. Impossible? No.

You make your way over to Jeffrey, who’s helping set up one of the wooden barricades with a few other soldiers. He stops as you approach, moving to meet you. ”Oh thank the Gods, you come to lend us a hand?” he asks.

You shake your head. ”Just doing some last minute preparations. I know the main force is coming from the sea, but just to be safe, could you spare some scouts over land to make sure there won’t be any surprise flanks?” you inquire.

The sergeant puts a thumb and finger to his temple, letting out a hefty sigh. ”You really do ask a lot of me considering how short we are on men. You’re a greedy guy, but perhaps that comes with being a follower of Conquest, eh?” he remarks with a grin. ”Lucky for you, a few adventurers took us up on our posts at the guild. I can probably send some of them to do some scouting, but I can’t spare any more men than that”

You bow your head in gratitude. ”Thank you, Jeffrey. I sincerely appreciate your efforts”

”Yeah yeah, just get your preparations done and lend us a hand if you wanna show your appreciation” he tells you before getting back to work, shouting for a couple of adventurers as he does so.

With that settled, there’s one final thing you want to do. Sure you asked him to send some scouts, but getting information from Castor first could prove helpful. He did tell you he can’t give that sort of information before, but surely one more ask wouldn’t hurt?

You make your way over to the temple and approach his shrine, which stands as empty and devoid of worship as ever.

>Make Offering (What?)
>Just Pray
>Maybe you should do something ELSE instead… (What?)
>>
>>4714384
Honestly I think praying here is entirely pointless and will in no circumstance yield us anything of use. But I also understand that people are dead set on praying for some reason, so I'll choose the option that doesn't lose us our stuff.

>Just Pray
>>
>>4714384
>Just Pray
After this I say we help Jeffery out, man needs all he can get.
>>
>>4714384
>Just Pray
"Castor, slayer of goblins, hobgoblins, behemoths and more, I do beseech thee- Lend me thine will, that I might proceed to kick ass in thine name, thine name be praised!"
>"Also if you could let us know where the goblins are coming from so that we can be there we would be grateful."
>>
File: tegaki.png (16 KB, 400x400)
16 KB
16 KB PNG
Letting out a sigh, you close your eyes and kneel before the altar, clasping your hands together in prayer. Your party members take a few steps back and give you some space to do your thing. Truthfully it’s a little nerve wracking trying to contact him without making an offering first, but there’s no time to be picky!

---

Roll 1d100. Taking the WORST of 3 rolls. If there aren’t 3 rolls within an hour, someone can reroll.
>>
Rolled 31 (1d100)

>>4714528
Roll
>>
Rolled 57 (1d100)

>>4714528
rollin
>>
Rolled 13 (1d100)

>>4714528
>>
>>4714544
>>4714535
>>4714530
>>4714434
>>4714402
>>4714399
Congratulations. We just lost our boon.
>>
File: tegaki.png (15 KB, 400x400)
15 KB
15 KB PNG
*Total roll: 13*

https://youtu.be/k1eZqTZXmIU

You take a deep breath and concentrate on making a connection with Castor, as you have twice before now. You think deeply on the distinct feeling of his presence, and begin your prayer. Castor, slayer of goblins, hobgoblins, and behemoths, I do beseech thee! Lend me thine will, that I might proceed to kick ass in thine name, thine name be praised! Also, if you could let us know where the goblins are coming from so that we can be there, I would be most grateful

After a moment, you feel the connection click. You knew Castor would pick up! He’s your boy, after all. Strangely enough though, you feel a much colder and menacing presence from him- like whenever you got him talking about Silas working with goblins.

Herald, I am displeased his voice booms in your head.

Forgive me Castor- have I done something wrong? I did not mean to offend you you respond.

I will admit, perhaps I’ve been too lenient with you. I was excited to have someone worship me with such fervor, but I can see now that I have spoilt you. First, I kindly warned you about the insolence of asking for favors without proper offerings, and yet here you stand before me with requests, having no payment. This might be forgivable if you were my champion, but that is not the case he tells you.

I understand, Castor. I will show more reverence in the future- please forgive me!

Second, I know why you’re really here. You want me to give you more information about your enemy’s movements. The little bit I gave you the other day was already stepping well over my boundaries. To ask me to go this far for you a second time, and without even providing an offering, is insolence in the highest regard. Such greedy actions would have you shunned by most Gods should word spread. We have all of the sapient races to watch over, and our domains cover great distances. Outside of champions, we cannot play favorites- and we can not step outside of our roles. To do such is to risk damnation. To ask such of me shows that I have been far too generous with you he lectures.

You pause for a moment, gathering your thoughts. Although Castor’s presence isn’t as great as Aemis’ was, he is still a God and your body can feel it. Even though the pressure you feel isn’t as large, when that pressure is turned into anger and directed at you, you can’t help but sweat and buckle under the pressure. I apologize for my arrogance and understand your frustrations. I swear it will not happen again. I am new to practicing religion, and know not much of what I’ve been meddling in you admit.

(1/2)
>>
>>4714578
big doubt, this just means we don't get a connection
>>
File: tegaki.png (14 KB, 400x400)
14 KB
14 KB PNG
And yet you ask so much of those you beseech. I heard about the favor you owe Aemis. Owing a favor to a God is no small thing, Herald. You should not play with your life and your soul so lightly- lest it come back to haunt you. Out of consideration for your devout worship and understanding for your inexperience, I shall let this incident slide. Should you invoke another God’s wrath, or should you show such insolence again- I will abandon you. Show wisdom and restraint in the future he commands.

Of course, Castor. I completely understand and will do better you answer him from the bottom of your heart.

With that, you feel that anger and pressure lighten a little as Castor’s usual playful tone returns. Good, because I really do wanna see you succeed bud. It’s not fun going all cranky serious mode, but it’s for your own good. I can’t give you any more info, but I sincerely wish you luck in your endeavor- and to see you bring me some more goblin trophies soon! Until then, stay frosty, kid he says before you feel the connection sever.

You are brought some relief by the fact that things ended positively between the two of you, but feeling the wrath of a God for the first time has definitely left an impact. You would do well not to get so cocky again. Castor is right- the Gods are supreme, divine beings- not friends you can rely on for cheap favors at a moment’s notice. Armed with new knowledge and respect, you pick yourself back off the floor.

Jeanne is the first to speak up. ”Did it work? Did that God you pray to give you any more information?” she asks.

You shake your head. ”I’m afraid not. We can’t rely on the Gods so frivolously. From here on out, it’s up to us and the military” you tell her. That being said, considering how short the last two things you did are, you probably have time for one more action if you’re quick.

>Do one final thing (What?)
>Timeskip to the invasion
>Other (write in)

(2/2)
>>
>>4714584
>Timeskip to the invasion
>>
>>4714584
>Do one final thing (What?)
>Help Jeffery set up some defences
The least we can do, also once this is over we are going to offer a lot of goblin ears to Castor to make up for this.
>>
Gonna call it here for the night and leave the vote up. Tomorrow will be very busy so no votes til later at night, if at all.

Thank you guys for your patience- we're just about at the end!
>>
>>4714629
+1
>>
>>4714584
>>4714629
+1 This!
>>
>>4714629
+1 once battle is over we better find some carts to carry all the slaughtered goblin heads to the temple!

>>4714663
Y-you mean the end of the quest entirely?
>>
Alright writing!

>>4714879
End of this thread, my friend! Hopefully the qst will go on for a good bit longer
>>
File: tegaki.png (19 KB, 400x400)
19 KB
19 KB PNG
The last thing you can do to help out is obvious enough- Jeffrey asked you, after all. ”Come on guys, let’s give them a hand down at the coast” you tell your party, who all nod in agreement.

”They’ll need all the help they can get- especially if these guys’ll be here by tonight” Barret says as the four of you make your way back to the docks area. You’re surprised to see how much your party members have steeled themselves. Despite airing some worries and nervousness before, they all look like they’re ready to fearlessly put their lives on the line in this battle- something that you can’t help but feel a little pride in.

You eventually spot the familiar figure with the eye patch and approach him. ”Alright Jeffrey, we’re ready to lend a hand. Just tell me where you need us” you say to the sergeant, who lets out a hefty sigh of relief.

”Thank the Gods. Alright, here’s what you can do…”

Your group spends the next few hours transferring rations from the barracks to the coastline, helping finish some wooden barricades, and making sure the cannons’ enchantments are working properly. It’s a grueling next several hours, but your efforts are well worth the trouble as the coast finally seems fully prepared- and just in time as well.

Looking up from the fruits of your labor, you see three massive war ships closing in on the docks, only ten or so minutes away from the coastline now. Pulling out your spyglass, you take a look through the instrument and see a few thousand orcs with their gray skin and large tusks jutting out of their lower jaw, intermixed with the odd hobgoblin here and there- all chanting something in their ORC language. Turning to Clarissa, you posit a question. ”What are they shouting?”

She gulps before translating. ”Leave no survivors”

-END OF THREAD 2-
>>
Once again thank you guys for sticking around and reading/playing my quest! I hope to return with thread 3 in the next 1-3ish days or so. I'm just waiting for a little surprise to be finished first!

You can find the article archived here on suptg: http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive.html?tags=herald%27s%20journey

And you can interact with me on Twitter here: https://twitter.com/HeraldQm
>>
>>4714970
What a coincidence, we were thinking the same thing
>>
>>4714970
This is going to be epic
Wait where tf is the wizard of the library in all this? They are going to burn down all his books.
>>
>>4714970
>three massive war ships
How many were there, wth.

>>4715117
Shit, we shoulda thought of that before.
>>
>>4714971
Thanks for running, man--the plot is certainly thickening!
>>
>>4715223
There were originally six. Also trust in the plan, I've got you guys

>>4715117
There is a good reason he can't help that you're unaware of
>>
>>4714971
Thanks as always for running. Can't wait for the next thread!



Delete Post: [File Only] Style:
[Disable Mobile View / Use Desktop Site]

[Enable Mobile View / Use Mobile Site]

All trademarks and copyrights on this page are owned by their respective parties. Images uploaded are the responsibility of the Poster. Comments are owned by the Poster.